1 //===--- SemaDecl.cpp - Semantic Analysis for Declarations ----------------===//
2 //
3 //                     The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
4 //
5 // This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
6 // License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
7 //
8 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
9 //
10 //  This file implements semantic analysis for declarations.
11 //
12 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
13 
14 #include "clang/Sema/SemaInternal.h"
15 #include "clang/Sema/Initialization.h"
16 #include "clang/Sema/Lookup.h"
17 #include "clang/Sema/CXXFieldCollector.h"
18 #include "clang/Sema/Scope.h"
19 #include "clang/Sema/ScopeInfo.h"
20 #include "TypeLocBuilder.h"
21 #include "clang/AST/APValue.h"
22 #include "clang/AST/ASTConsumer.h"
23 #include "clang/AST/ASTContext.h"
24 #include "clang/AST/CXXInheritance.h"
25 #include "clang/AST/DeclCXX.h"
26 #include "clang/AST/DeclObjC.h"
27 #include "clang/AST/DeclTemplate.h"
28 #include "clang/AST/EvaluatedExprVisitor.h"
29 #include "clang/AST/ExprCXX.h"
30 #include "clang/AST/StmtCXX.h"
31 #include "clang/AST/CharUnits.h"
32 #include "clang/Sema/DeclSpec.h"
33 #include "clang/Sema/ParsedTemplate.h"
34 #include "clang/Parse/ParseDiagnostic.h"
35 #include "clang/Basic/PartialDiagnostic.h"
36 #include "clang/Sema/DelayedDiagnostic.h"
37 #include "clang/Basic/SourceManager.h"
38 #include "clang/Basic/TargetInfo.h"
39 // FIXME: layering (ideally, Sema shouldn't be dependent on Lex API's)
40 #include "clang/Lex/Preprocessor.h"
41 #include "clang/Lex/HeaderSearch.h"
42 #include "clang/Lex/ModuleLoader.h"
43 #include "llvm/ADT/Triple.h"
44 #include <algorithm>
45 #include <cstring>
46 #include <functional>
47 using namespace clang;
48 using namespace sema;
49 
50 Sema::DeclGroupPtrTy Sema::ConvertDeclToDeclGroup(Decl *Ptr, Decl *OwnedType) {
51   if (OwnedType) {
52     Decl *Group[2] = { OwnedType, Ptr };
53     return DeclGroupPtrTy::make(DeclGroupRef::Create(Context, Group, 2));
54   }
55 
56   return DeclGroupPtrTy::make(DeclGroupRef(Ptr));
57 }
58 
59 /// \brief If the identifier refers to a type name within this scope,
60 /// return the declaration of that type.
61 ///
62 /// This routine performs ordinary name lookup of the identifier II
63 /// within the given scope, with optional C++ scope specifier SS, to
64 /// determine whether the name refers to a type. If so, returns an
65 /// opaque pointer (actually a QualType) corresponding to that
66 /// type. Otherwise, returns NULL.
67 ///
68 /// If name lookup results in an ambiguity, this routine will complain
69 /// and then return NULL.
70 ParsedType Sema::getTypeName(IdentifierInfo &II, SourceLocation NameLoc,
71                              Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec *SS,
72                              bool isClassName, bool HasTrailingDot,
73                              ParsedType ObjectTypePtr,
74                              bool WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo,
75                              IdentifierInfo **CorrectedII) {
76   // Determine where we will perform name lookup.
77   DeclContext *LookupCtx = 0;
78   if (ObjectTypePtr) {
79     QualType ObjectType = ObjectTypePtr.get();
80     if (ObjectType->isRecordType())
81       LookupCtx = computeDeclContext(ObjectType);
82   } else if (SS && SS->isNotEmpty()) {
83     LookupCtx = computeDeclContext(*SS, false);
84 
85     if (!LookupCtx) {
86       if (isDependentScopeSpecifier(*SS)) {
87         // C++ [temp.res]p3:
88         //   A qualified-id that refers to a type and in which the
89         //   nested-name-specifier depends on a template-parameter (14.6.2)
90         //   shall be prefixed by the keyword typename to indicate that the
91         //   qualified-id denotes a type, forming an
92         //   elaborated-type-specifier (7.1.5.3).
93         //
94         // We therefore do not perform any name lookup if the result would
95         // refer to a member of an unknown specialization.
96         if (!isClassName)
97           return ParsedType();
98 
99         // We know from the grammar that this name refers to a type,
100         // so build a dependent node to describe the type.
101         if (WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo)
102           return ActOnTypenameType(S, SourceLocation(), *SS, II, NameLoc).get();
103 
104         NestedNameSpecifierLoc QualifierLoc = SS->getWithLocInContext(Context);
105         QualType T =
106           CheckTypenameType(ETK_None, SourceLocation(), QualifierLoc,
107                             II, NameLoc);
108 
109           return ParsedType::make(T);
110       }
111 
112       return ParsedType();
113     }
114 
115     if (!LookupCtx->isDependentContext() &&
116         RequireCompleteDeclContext(*SS, LookupCtx))
117       return ParsedType();
118   }
119 
120   // FIXME: LookupNestedNameSpecifierName isn't the right kind of
121   // lookup for class-names.
122   LookupNameKind Kind = isClassName ? LookupNestedNameSpecifierName :
123                                       LookupOrdinaryName;
124   LookupResult Result(*this, &II, NameLoc, Kind);
125   if (LookupCtx) {
126     // Perform "qualified" name lookup into the declaration context we
127     // computed, which is either the type of the base of a member access
128     // expression or the declaration context associated with a prior
129     // nested-name-specifier.
130     LookupQualifiedName(Result, LookupCtx);
131 
132     if (ObjectTypePtr && Result.empty()) {
133       // C++ [basic.lookup.classref]p3:
134       //   If the unqualified-id is ~type-name, the type-name is looked up
135       //   in the context of the entire postfix-expression. If the type T of
136       //   the object expression is of a class type C, the type-name is also
137       //   looked up in the scope of class C. At least one of the lookups shall
138       //   find a name that refers to (possibly cv-qualified) T.
139       LookupName(Result, S);
140     }
141   } else {
142     // Perform unqualified name lookup.
143     LookupName(Result, S);
144   }
145 
146   NamedDecl *IIDecl = 0;
147   switch (Result.getResultKind()) {
148   case LookupResult::NotFound:
149   case LookupResult::NotFoundInCurrentInstantiation:
150     if (CorrectedII) {
151       TypoCorrection Correction = CorrectTypo(Result.getLookupNameInfo(),
152                                               Kind, S, SS, 0, false,
153                                               Sema::CTC_Type);
154       IdentifierInfo *NewII = Correction.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo();
155       TemplateTy Template;
156       bool MemberOfUnknownSpecialization;
157       UnqualifiedId TemplateName;
158       TemplateName.setIdentifier(NewII, NameLoc);
159       NestedNameSpecifier *NNS = Correction.getCorrectionSpecifier();
160       CXXScopeSpec NewSS, *NewSSPtr = SS;
161       if (SS && NNS) {
162         NewSS.MakeTrivial(Context, NNS, SourceRange(NameLoc));
163         NewSSPtr = &NewSS;
164       }
165       if (Correction && (NNS || NewII != &II) &&
166           // Ignore a correction to a template type as the to-be-corrected
167           // identifier is not a template (typo correction for template names
168           // is handled elsewhere).
169           !(getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && NewSSPtr &&
170             isTemplateName(S, *NewSSPtr, false, TemplateName, ParsedType(),
171                            false, Template, MemberOfUnknownSpecialization))) {
172         ParsedType Ty = getTypeName(*NewII, NameLoc, S, NewSSPtr,
173                                     isClassName, HasTrailingDot, ObjectTypePtr,
174                                     WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo);
175         if (Ty) {
176           std::string CorrectedStr(Correction.getAsString(getLangOptions()));
177           std::string CorrectedQuotedStr(
178               Correction.getQuoted(getLangOptions()));
179           Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_unknown_typename_suggest)
180               << Result.getLookupName() << CorrectedQuotedStr
181               << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(NameLoc),
182                                               CorrectedStr);
183           if (NamedDecl *FirstDecl = Correction.getCorrectionDecl())
184             Diag(FirstDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl)
185               << CorrectedQuotedStr;
186 
187           if (SS && NNS)
188             SS->MakeTrivial(Context, NNS, SourceRange(NameLoc));
189           *CorrectedII = NewII;
190           return Ty;
191         }
192       }
193     }
194     // If typo correction failed or was not performed, fall through
195   case LookupResult::FoundOverloaded:
196   case LookupResult::FoundUnresolvedValue:
197     Result.suppressDiagnostics();
198     return ParsedType();
199 
200   case LookupResult::Ambiguous:
201     // Recover from type-hiding ambiguities by hiding the type.  We'll
202     // do the lookup again when looking for an object, and we can
203     // diagnose the error then.  If we don't do this, then the error
204     // about hiding the type will be immediately followed by an error
205     // that only makes sense if the identifier was treated like a type.
206     if (Result.getAmbiguityKind() == LookupResult::AmbiguousTagHiding) {
207       Result.suppressDiagnostics();
208       return ParsedType();
209     }
210 
211     // Look to see if we have a type anywhere in the list of results.
212     for (LookupResult::iterator Res = Result.begin(), ResEnd = Result.end();
213          Res != ResEnd; ++Res) {
214       if (isa<TypeDecl>(*Res) || isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(*Res)) {
215         if (!IIDecl ||
216             (*Res)->getLocation().getRawEncoding() <
217               IIDecl->getLocation().getRawEncoding())
218           IIDecl = *Res;
219       }
220     }
221 
222     if (!IIDecl) {
223       // None of the entities we found is a type, so there is no way
224       // to even assume that the result is a type. In this case, don't
225       // complain about the ambiguity. The parser will either try to
226       // perform this lookup again (e.g., as an object name), which
227       // will produce the ambiguity, or will complain that it expected
228       // a type name.
229       Result.suppressDiagnostics();
230       return ParsedType();
231     }
232 
233     // We found a type within the ambiguous lookup; diagnose the
234     // ambiguity and then return that type. This might be the right
235     // answer, or it might not be, but it suppresses any attempt to
236     // perform the name lookup again.
237     break;
238 
239   case LookupResult::Found:
240     IIDecl = Result.getFoundDecl();
241     break;
242   }
243 
244   assert(IIDecl && "Didn't find decl");
245 
246   QualType T;
247   if (TypeDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TypeDecl>(IIDecl)) {
248     DiagnoseUseOfDecl(IIDecl, NameLoc);
249 
250     if (T.isNull())
251       T = Context.getTypeDeclType(TD);
252 
253     if (SS && SS->isNotEmpty()) {
254       if (WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo) {
255         // Construct a type with type-source information.
256         TypeLocBuilder Builder;
257         Builder.pushTypeSpec(T).setNameLoc(NameLoc);
258 
259         T = getElaboratedType(ETK_None, *SS, T);
260         ElaboratedTypeLoc ElabTL = Builder.push<ElaboratedTypeLoc>(T);
261         ElabTL.setKeywordLoc(SourceLocation());
262         ElabTL.setQualifierLoc(SS->getWithLocInContext(Context));
263         return CreateParsedType(T, Builder.getTypeSourceInfo(Context, T));
264       } else {
265         T = getElaboratedType(ETK_None, *SS, T);
266       }
267     }
268   } else if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *IDecl = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(IIDecl)) {
269     (void)DiagnoseUseOfDecl(IDecl, NameLoc);
270     if (!HasTrailingDot)
271       T = Context.getObjCInterfaceType(IDecl);
272   }
273 
274   if (T.isNull()) {
275     // If it's not plausibly a type, suppress diagnostics.
276     Result.suppressDiagnostics();
277     return ParsedType();
278   }
279   return ParsedType::make(T);
280 }
281 
282 /// isTagName() - This method is called *for error recovery purposes only*
283 /// to determine if the specified name is a valid tag name ("struct foo").  If
284 /// so, this returns the TST for the tag corresponding to it (TST_enum,
285 /// TST_union, TST_struct, TST_class).  This is used to diagnose cases in C
286 /// where the user forgot to specify the tag.
287 DeclSpec::TST Sema::isTagName(IdentifierInfo &II, Scope *S) {
288   // Do a tag name lookup in this scope.
289   LookupResult R(*this, &II, SourceLocation(), LookupTagName);
290   LookupName(R, S, false);
291   R.suppressDiagnostics();
292   if (R.getResultKind() == LookupResult::Found)
293     if (const TagDecl *TD = R.getAsSingle<TagDecl>()) {
294       switch (TD->getTagKind()) {
295       default:         return DeclSpec::TST_unspecified;
296       case TTK_Struct: return DeclSpec::TST_struct;
297       case TTK_Union:  return DeclSpec::TST_union;
298       case TTK_Class:  return DeclSpec::TST_class;
299       case TTK_Enum:   return DeclSpec::TST_enum;
300       }
301     }
302 
303   return DeclSpec::TST_unspecified;
304 }
305 
306 /// isMicrosoftMissingTypename - In Microsoft mode, within class scope,
307 /// if a CXXScopeSpec's type is equal to the type of one of the base classes
308 /// then downgrade the missing typename error to a warning.
309 /// This is needed for MSVC compatibility; Example:
310 /// @code
311 /// template<class T> class A {
312 /// public:
313 ///   typedef int TYPE;
314 /// };
315 /// template<class T> class B : public A<T> {
316 /// public:
317 ///   A<T>::TYPE a; // no typename required because A<T> is a base class.
318 /// };
319 /// @endcode
320 bool Sema::isMicrosoftMissingTypename(const CXXScopeSpec *SS, Scope *S) {
321   if (CurContext->isRecord()) {
322     const Type *Ty = SS->getScopeRep()->getAsType();
323 
324     CXXRecordDecl *RD = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext);
325     for (CXXRecordDecl::base_class_const_iterator Base = RD->bases_begin(),
326           BaseEnd = RD->bases_end(); Base != BaseEnd; ++Base)
327       if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(QualType(Ty, 1), Base->getType()))
328         return true;
329     return S->isFunctionPrototypeScope();
330   }
331   return CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod() || S->isFunctionPrototypeScope();
332 }
333 
334 bool Sema::DiagnoseUnknownTypeName(const IdentifierInfo &II,
335                                    SourceLocation IILoc,
336                                    Scope *S,
337                                    CXXScopeSpec *SS,
338                                    ParsedType &SuggestedType) {
339   // We don't have anything to suggest (yet).
340   SuggestedType = ParsedType();
341 
342   // There may have been a typo in the name of the type. Look up typo
343   // results, in case we have something that we can suggest.
344   if (TypoCorrection Corrected = CorrectTypo(DeclarationNameInfo(&II, IILoc),
345                                              LookupOrdinaryName, S, SS, NULL,
346                                              false, CTC_Type)) {
347     std::string CorrectedStr(Corrected.getAsString(getLangOptions()));
348     std::string CorrectedQuotedStr(Corrected.getQuoted(getLangOptions()));
349 
350     if (Corrected.isKeyword()) {
351       // We corrected to a keyword.
352       // FIXME: Actually recover with the keyword we suggest, and emit a fix-it.
353       Diag(IILoc, diag::err_unknown_typename_suggest)
354         << &II << CorrectedQuotedStr;
355       return true;
356     } else {
357       NamedDecl *Result = Corrected.getCorrectionDecl();
358       if ((isa<TypeDecl>(Result) || isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(Result)) &&
359           !Result->isInvalidDecl()) {
360         // We found a similarly-named type or interface; suggest that.
361         if (!SS || !SS->isSet())
362           Diag(IILoc, diag::err_unknown_typename_suggest)
363             << &II << CorrectedQuotedStr
364             << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(IILoc), CorrectedStr);
365         else if (DeclContext *DC = computeDeclContext(*SS, false))
366           Diag(IILoc, diag::err_unknown_nested_typename_suggest)
367             << &II << DC << CorrectedQuotedStr << SS->getRange()
368             << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(IILoc), CorrectedStr);
369         else
370           llvm_unreachable("could not have corrected a typo here");
371 
372         Diag(Result->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl)
373           << CorrectedQuotedStr;
374 
375         SuggestedType = getTypeName(*Result->getIdentifier(), IILoc, S, SS,
376                                     false, false, ParsedType(),
377                                     /*NonTrivialTypeSourceInfo=*/true);
378         return true;
379       }
380     }
381   }
382 
383   if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
384     // See if II is a class template that the user forgot to pass arguments to.
385     UnqualifiedId Name;
386     Name.setIdentifier(&II, IILoc);
387     CXXScopeSpec EmptySS;
388     TemplateTy TemplateResult;
389     bool MemberOfUnknownSpecialization;
390     if (isTemplateName(S, SS ? *SS : EmptySS, /*hasTemplateKeyword=*/false,
391                        Name, ParsedType(), true, TemplateResult,
392                        MemberOfUnknownSpecialization) == TNK_Type_template) {
393       TemplateName TplName = TemplateResult.getAsVal<TemplateName>();
394       Diag(IILoc, diag::err_template_missing_args) << TplName;
395       if (TemplateDecl *TplDecl = TplName.getAsTemplateDecl()) {
396         Diag(TplDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_template_decl_here)
397           << TplDecl->getTemplateParameters()->getSourceRange();
398       }
399       return true;
400     }
401   }
402 
403   // FIXME: Should we move the logic that tries to recover from a missing tag
404   // (struct, union, enum) from Parser::ParseImplicitInt here, instead?
405 
406   if (!SS || (!SS->isSet() && !SS->isInvalid()))
407     Diag(IILoc, diag::err_unknown_typename) << &II;
408   else if (DeclContext *DC = computeDeclContext(*SS, false))
409     Diag(IILoc, diag::err_typename_nested_not_found)
410       << &II << DC << SS->getRange();
411   else if (isDependentScopeSpecifier(*SS)) {
412     unsigned DiagID = diag::err_typename_missing;
413     if (getLangOptions().MicrosoftMode && isMicrosoftMissingTypename(SS, S))
414       DiagID = diag::warn_typename_missing;
415 
416     Diag(SS->getRange().getBegin(), DiagID)
417       << (NestedNameSpecifier *)SS->getScopeRep() << II.getName()
418       << SourceRange(SS->getRange().getBegin(), IILoc)
419       << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(SS->getRange().getBegin(), "typename ");
420     SuggestedType = ActOnTypenameType(S, SourceLocation(), *SS, II, IILoc)
421                                                                          .get();
422   } else {
423     assert(SS && SS->isInvalid() &&
424            "Invalid scope specifier has already been diagnosed");
425   }
426 
427   return true;
428 }
429 
430 /// \brief Determine whether the given result set contains either a type name
431 /// or
432 static bool isResultTypeOrTemplate(LookupResult &R, const Token &NextToken) {
433   bool CheckTemplate = R.getSema().getLangOptions().CPlusPlus &&
434                        NextToken.is(tok::less);
435 
436   for (LookupResult::iterator I = R.begin(), IEnd = R.end(); I != IEnd; ++I) {
437     if (isa<TypeDecl>(*I) || isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(*I))
438       return true;
439 
440     if (CheckTemplate && isa<TemplateDecl>(*I))
441       return true;
442   }
443 
444   return false;
445 }
446 
447 Sema::NameClassification Sema::ClassifyName(Scope *S,
448                                             CXXScopeSpec &SS,
449                                             IdentifierInfo *&Name,
450                                             SourceLocation NameLoc,
451                                             const Token &NextToken) {
452   DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo(Name, NameLoc);
453   ObjCMethodDecl *CurMethod = getCurMethodDecl();
454 
455   if (NextToken.is(tok::coloncolon)) {
456     BuildCXXNestedNameSpecifier(S, *Name, NameLoc, NextToken.getLocation(),
457                                 QualType(), false, SS, 0, false);
458 
459   }
460 
461   LookupResult Result(*this, Name, NameLoc, LookupOrdinaryName);
462   LookupParsedName(Result, S, &SS, !CurMethod);
463 
464   // Perform lookup for Objective-C instance variables (including automatically
465   // synthesized instance variables), if we're in an Objective-C method.
466   // FIXME: This lookup really, really needs to be folded in to the normal
467   // unqualified lookup mechanism.
468   if (!SS.isSet() && CurMethod && !isResultTypeOrTemplate(Result, NextToken)) {
469     ExprResult E = LookupInObjCMethod(Result, S, Name, true);
470     if (E.get() || E.isInvalid())
471       return E;
472   }
473 
474   bool SecondTry = false;
475   bool IsFilteredTemplateName = false;
476 
477 Corrected:
478   switch (Result.getResultKind()) {
479   case LookupResult::NotFound:
480     // If an unqualified-id is followed by a '(', then we have a function
481     // call.
482     if (!SS.isSet() && NextToken.is(tok::l_paren)) {
483       // In C++, this is an ADL-only call.
484       // FIXME: Reference?
485       if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus)
486         return BuildDeclarationNameExpr(SS, Result, /*ADL=*/true);
487 
488       // C90 6.3.2.2:
489       //   If the expression that precedes the parenthesized argument list in a
490       //   function call consists solely of an identifier, and if no
491       //   declaration is visible for this identifier, the identifier is
492       //   implicitly declared exactly as if, in the innermost block containing
493       //   the function call, the declaration
494       //
495       //     extern int identifier ();
496       //
497       //   appeared.
498       //
499       // We also allow this in C99 as an extension.
500       if (NamedDecl *D = ImplicitlyDefineFunction(NameLoc, *Name, S)) {
501         Result.addDecl(D);
502         Result.resolveKind();
503         return BuildDeclarationNameExpr(SS, Result, /*ADL=*/false);
504       }
505     }
506 
507     // In C, we first see whether there is a tag type by the same name, in
508     // which case it's likely that the user just forget to write "enum",
509     // "struct", or "union".
510     if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && !SecondTry) {
511       Result.clear(LookupTagName);
512       LookupParsedName(Result, S, &SS);
513       if (TagDecl *Tag = Result.getAsSingle<TagDecl>()) {
514         const char *TagName = 0;
515         const char *FixItTagName = 0;
516         switch (Tag->getTagKind()) {
517           case TTK_Class:
518             TagName = "class";
519             FixItTagName = "class ";
520             break;
521 
522           case TTK_Enum:
523             TagName = "enum";
524             FixItTagName = "enum ";
525             break;
526 
527           case TTK_Struct:
528             TagName = "struct";
529             FixItTagName = "struct ";
530             break;
531 
532           case TTK_Union:
533             TagName = "union";
534             FixItTagName = "union ";
535             break;
536         }
537 
538         Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_use_of_tag_name_without_tag)
539           << Name << TagName << getLangOptions().CPlusPlus
540           << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(NameLoc, FixItTagName);
541         break;
542       }
543 
544       Result.clear(LookupOrdinaryName);
545     }
546 
547     // Perform typo correction to determine if there is another name that is
548     // close to this name.
549     if (!SecondTry) {
550       SecondTry = true;
551       if (TypoCorrection Corrected = CorrectTypo(Result.getLookupNameInfo(),
552                                                  Result.getLookupKind(), S,
553                                                  &SS)) {
554         unsigned UnqualifiedDiag = diag::err_undeclared_var_use_suggest;
555         unsigned QualifiedDiag = diag::err_no_member_suggest;
556         std::string CorrectedStr(Corrected.getAsString(getLangOptions()));
557         std::string CorrectedQuotedStr(Corrected.getQuoted(getLangOptions()));
558 
559         NamedDecl *FirstDecl = Corrected.getCorrectionDecl();
560         NamedDecl *UnderlyingFirstDecl
561           = FirstDecl? FirstDecl->getUnderlyingDecl() : 0;
562         if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && NextToken.is(tok::less) &&
563             UnderlyingFirstDecl && isa<TemplateDecl>(UnderlyingFirstDecl)) {
564           UnqualifiedDiag = diag::err_no_template_suggest;
565           QualifiedDiag = diag::err_no_member_template_suggest;
566         } else if (UnderlyingFirstDecl &&
567                    (isa<TypeDecl>(UnderlyingFirstDecl) ||
568                     isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(UnderlyingFirstDecl) ||
569                     isa<ObjCCompatibleAliasDecl>(UnderlyingFirstDecl))) {
570            UnqualifiedDiag = diag::err_unknown_typename_suggest;
571            QualifiedDiag = diag::err_unknown_nested_typename_suggest;
572          }
573 
574         if (SS.isEmpty())
575           Diag(NameLoc, UnqualifiedDiag)
576             << Name << CorrectedQuotedStr
577             << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(NameLoc, CorrectedStr);
578         else
579           Diag(NameLoc, QualifiedDiag)
580             << Name << computeDeclContext(SS, false) << CorrectedQuotedStr
581             << SS.getRange()
582             << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(NameLoc, CorrectedStr);
583 
584         // Update the name, so that the caller has the new name.
585         Name = Corrected.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo();
586 
587         // Also update the LookupResult...
588         // FIXME: This should probably go away at some point
589         Result.clear();
590         Result.setLookupName(Corrected.getCorrection());
591         if (FirstDecl) Result.addDecl(FirstDecl);
592 
593         // Typo correction corrected to a keyword.
594         if (Corrected.isKeyword())
595           return Corrected.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo();
596 
597         if (FirstDecl)
598           Diag(FirstDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl)
599             << CorrectedQuotedStr;
600 
601         // If we found an Objective-C instance variable, let
602         // LookupInObjCMethod build the appropriate expression to
603         // reference the ivar.
604         // FIXME: This is a gross hack.
605         if (ObjCIvarDecl *Ivar = Result.getAsSingle<ObjCIvarDecl>()) {
606           Result.clear();
607           ExprResult E(LookupInObjCMethod(Result, S, Ivar->getIdentifier()));
608           return move(E);
609         }
610 
611         goto Corrected;
612       }
613     }
614 
615     // We failed to correct; just fall through and let the parser deal with it.
616     Result.suppressDiagnostics();
617     return NameClassification::Unknown();
618 
619   case LookupResult::NotFoundInCurrentInstantiation:
620     // We performed name lookup into the current instantiation, and there were
621     // dependent bases, so we treat this result the same way as any other
622     // dependent nested-name-specifier.
623 
624     // C++ [temp.res]p2:
625     //   A name used in a template declaration or definition and that is
626     //   dependent on a template-parameter is assumed not to name a type
627     //   unless the applicable name lookup finds a type name or the name is
628     //   qualified by the keyword typename.
629     //
630     // FIXME: If the next token is '<', we might want to ask the parser to
631     // perform some heroics to see if we actually have a
632     // template-argument-list, which would indicate a missing 'template'
633     // keyword here.
634     return BuildDependentDeclRefExpr(SS, NameInfo, /*TemplateArgs=*/0);
635 
636   case LookupResult::Found:
637   case LookupResult::FoundOverloaded:
638   case LookupResult::FoundUnresolvedValue:
639     break;
640 
641   case LookupResult::Ambiguous:
642     if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && NextToken.is(tok::less) &&
643         hasAnyAcceptableTemplateNames(Result)) {
644       // C++ [temp.local]p3:
645       //   A lookup that finds an injected-class-name (10.2) can result in an
646       //   ambiguity in certain cases (for example, if it is found in more than
647       //   one base class). If all of the injected-class-names that are found
648       //   refer to specializations of the same class template, and if the name
649       //   is followed by a template-argument-list, the reference refers to the
650       //   class template itself and not a specialization thereof, and is not
651       //   ambiguous.
652       //
653       // This filtering can make an ambiguous result into an unambiguous one,
654       // so try again after filtering out template names.
655       FilterAcceptableTemplateNames(Result);
656       if (!Result.isAmbiguous()) {
657         IsFilteredTemplateName = true;
658         break;
659       }
660     }
661 
662     // Diagnose the ambiguity and return an error.
663     return NameClassification::Error();
664   }
665 
666   if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && NextToken.is(tok::less) &&
667       (IsFilteredTemplateName || hasAnyAcceptableTemplateNames(Result))) {
668     // C++ [temp.names]p3:
669     //   After name lookup (3.4) finds that a name is a template-name or that
670     //   an operator-function-id or a literal- operator-id refers to a set of
671     //   overloaded functions any member of which is a function template if
672     //   this is followed by a <, the < is always taken as the delimiter of a
673     //   template-argument-list and never as the less-than operator.
674     if (!IsFilteredTemplateName)
675       FilterAcceptableTemplateNames(Result);
676 
677     if (!Result.empty()) {
678       bool IsFunctionTemplate;
679       TemplateName Template;
680       if (Result.end() - Result.begin() > 1) {
681         IsFunctionTemplate = true;
682         Template = Context.getOverloadedTemplateName(Result.begin(),
683                                                      Result.end());
684       } else {
685         TemplateDecl *TD
686           = cast<TemplateDecl>((*Result.begin())->getUnderlyingDecl());
687         IsFunctionTemplate = isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(TD);
688 
689         if (SS.isSet() && !SS.isInvalid())
690           Template = Context.getQualifiedTemplateName(SS.getScopeRep(),
691                                                     /*TemplateKeyword=*/false,
692                                                       TD);
693         else
694           Template = TemplateName(TD);
695       }
696 
697       if (IsFunctionTemplate) {
698         // Function templates always go through overload resolution, at which
699         // point we'll perform the various checks (e.g., accessibility) we need
700         // to based on which function we selected.
701         Result.suppressDiagnostics();
702 
703         return NameClassification::FunctionTemplate(Template);
704       }
705 
706       return NameClassification::TypeTemplate(Template);
707     }
708   }
709 
710   NamedDecl *FirstDecl = (*Result.begin())->getUnderlyingDecl();
711   if (TypeDecl *Type = dyn_cast<TypeDecl>(FirstDecl)) {
712     DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Type, NameLoc);
713     QualType T = Context.getTypeDeclType(Type);
714     return ParsedType::make(T);
715   }
716 
717   ObjCInterfaceDecl *Class = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(FirstDecl);
718   if (!Class) {
719     // FIXME: It's unfortunate that we don't have a Type node for handling this.
720     if (ObjCCompatibleAliasDecl *Alias
721                                 = dyn_cast<ObjCCompatibleAliasDecl>(FirstDecl))
722       Class = Alias->getClassInterface();
723   }
724 
725   if (Class) {
726     DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Class, NameLoc);
727 
728     if (NextToken.is(tok::period)) {
729       // Interface. <something> is parsed as a property reference expression.
730       // Just return "unknown" as a fall-through for now.
731       Result.suppressDiagnostics();
732       return NameClassification::Unknown();
733     }
734 
735     QualType T = Context.getObjCInterfaceType(Class);
736     return ParsedType::make(T);
737   }
738 
739   if (!Result.empty() && (*Result.begin())->isCXXClassMember())
740     return BuildPossibleImplicitMemberExpr(SS, Result, 0);
741 
742   bool ADL = UseArgumentDependentLookup(SS, Result, NextToken.is(tok::l_paren));
743   return BuildDeclarationNameExpr(SS, Result, ADL);
744 }
745 
746 // Determines the context to return to after temporarily entering a
747 // context.  This depends in an unnecessarily complicated way on the
748 // exact ordering of callbacks from the parser.
749 DeclContext *Sema::getContainingDC(DeclContext *DC) {
750 
751   // Functions defined inline within classes aren't parsed until we've
752   // finished parsing the top-level class, so the top-level class is
753   // the context we'll need to return to.
754   if (isa<FunctionDecl>(DC)) {
755     DC = DC->getLexicalParent();
756 
757     // A function not defined within a class will always return to its
758     // lexical context.
759     if (!isa<CXXRecordDecl>(DC))
760       return DC;
761 
762     // A C++ inline method/friend is parsed *after* the topmost class
763     // it was declared in is fully parsed ("complete");  the topmost
764     // class is the context we need to return to.
765     while (CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC->getLexicalParent()))
766       DC = RD;
767 
768     // Return the declaration context of the topmost class the inline method is
769     // declared in.
770     return DC;
771   }
772 
773   return DC->getLexicalParent();
774 }
775 
776 void Sema::PushDeclContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC) {
777   assert(getContainingDC(DC) == CurContext &&
778       "The next DeclContext should be lexically contained in the current one.");
779   CurContext = DC;
780   S->setEntity(DC);
781 }
782 
783 void Sema::PopDeclContext() {
784   assert(CurContext && "DeclContext imbalance!");
785 
786   CurContext = getContainingDC(CurContext);
787   assert(CurContext && "Popped translation unit!");
788 }
789 
790 /// EnterDeclaratorContext - Used when we must lookup names in the context
791 /// of a declarator's nested name specifier.
792 ///
793 void Sema::EnterDeclaratorContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC) {
794   // C++0x [basic.lookup.unqual]p13:
795   //   A name used in the definition of a static data member of class
796   //   X (after the qualified-id of the static member) is looked up as
797   //   if the name was used in a member function of X.
798   // C++0x [basic.lookup.unqual]p14:
799   //   If a variable member of a namespace is defined outside of the
800   //   scope of its namespace then any name used in the definition of
801   //   the variable member (after the declarator-id) is looked up as
802   //   if the definition of the variable member occurred in its
803   //   namespace.
804   // Both of these imply that we should push a scope whose context
805   // is the semantic context of the declaration.  We can't use
806   // PushDeclContext here because that context is not necessarily
807   // lexically contained in the current context.  Fortunately,
808   // the containing scope should have the appropriate information.
809 
810   assert(!S->getEntity() && "scope already has entity");
811 
812 #ifndef NDEBUG
813   Scope *Ancestor = S->getParent();
814   while (!Ancestor->getEntity()) Ancestor = Ancestor->getParent();
815   assert(Ancestor->getEntity() == CurContext && "ancestor context mismatch");
816 #endif
817 
818   CurContext = DC;
819   S->setEntity(DC);
820 }
821 
822 void Sema::ExitDeclaratorContext(Scope *S) {
823   assert(S->getEntity() == CurContext && "Context imbalance!");
824 
825   // Switch back to the lexical context.  The safety of this is
826   // enforced by an assert in EnterDeclaratorContext.
827   Scope *Ancestor = S->getParent();
828   while (!Ancestor->getEntity()) Ancestor = Ancestor->getParent();
829   CurContext = (DeclContext*) Ancestor->getEntity();
830 
831   // We don't need to do anything with the scope, which is going to
832   // disappear.
833 }
834 
835 
836 void Sema::ActOnReenterFunctionContext(Scope* S, Decl *D) {
837   FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D);
838   if (FunctionTemplateDecl *TFD = dyn_cast_or_null<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D)) {
839     // We assume that the caller has already called
840     // ActOnReenterTemplateScope
841     FD = TFD->getTemplatedDecl();
842   }
843   if (!FD)
844     return;
845 
846   PushDeclContext(S, FD);
847   for (unsigned P = 0, NumParams = FD->getNumParams(); P < NumParams; ++P) {
848     ParmVarDecl *Param = FD->getParamDecl(P);
849     // If the parameter has an identifier, then add it to the scope
850     if (Param->getIdentifier()) {
851       S->AddDecl(Param);
852       IdResolver.AddDecl(Param);
853     }
854   }
855 }
856 
857 
858 /// \brief Determine whether we allow overloading of the function
859 /// PrevDecl with another declaration.
860 ///
861 /// This routine determines whether overloading is possible, not
862 /// whether some new function is actually an overload. It will return
863 /// true in C++ (where we can always provide overloads) or, as an
864 /// extension, in C when the previous function is already an
865 /// overloaded function declaration or has the "overloadable"
866 /// attribute.
867 static bool AllowOverloadingOfFunction(LookupResult &Previous,
868                                        ASTContext &Context) {
869   if (Context.getLangOptions().CPlusPlus)
870     return true;
871 
872   if (Previous.getResultKind() == LookupResult::FoundOverloaded)
873     return true;
874 
875   return (Previous.getResultKind() == LookupResult::Found
876           && Previous.getFoundDecl()->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>());
877 }
878 
879 /// Add this decl to the scope shadowed decl chains.
880 void Sema::PushOnScopeChains(NamedDecl *D, Scope *S, bool AddToContext) {
881   // Move up the scope chain until we find the nearest enclosing
882   // non-transparent context. The declaration will be introduced into this
883   // scope.
884   while (S->getEntity() &&
885          ((DeclContext *)S->getEntity())->isTransparentContext())
886     S = S->getParent();
887 
888   // Add scoped declarations into their context, so that they can be
889   // found later. Declarations without a context won't be inserted
890   // into any context.
891   if (AddToContext)
892     CurContext->addDecl(D);
893 
894   // Out-of-line definitions shouldn't be pushed into scope in C++.
895   // Out-of-line variable and function definitions shouldn't even in C.
896   if ((getLangOptions().CPlusPlus || isa<VarDecl>(D) || isa<FunctionDecl>(D)) &&
897       D->isOutOfLine() &&
898       !D->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->Equals(
899         D->getLexicalDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()))
900     return;
901 
902   // Template instantiations should also not be pushed into scope.
903   if (isa<FunctionDecl>(D) &&
904       cast<FunctionDecl>(D)->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization())
905     return;
906 
907   // If this replaces anything in the current scope,
908   IdentifierResolver::iterator I = IdResolver.begin(D->getDeclName()),
909                                IEnd = IdResolver.end();
910   for (; I != IEnd; ++I) {
911     if (S->isDeclScope(*I) && D->declarationReplaces(*I)) {
912       S->RemoveDecl(*I);
913       IdResolver.RemoveDecl(*I);
914 
915       // Should only need to replace one decl.
916       break;
917     }
918   }
919 
920   S->AddDecl(D);
921 
922   if (isa<LabelDecl>(D) && !cast<LabelDecl>(D)->isGnuLocal()) {
923     // Implicitly-generated labels may end up getting generated in an order that
924     // isn't strictly lexical, which breaks name lookup. Be careful to insert
925     // the label at the appropriate place in the identifier chain.
926     for (I = IdResolver.begin(D->getDeclName()); I != IEnd; ++I) {
927       DeclContext *IDC = (*I)->getLexicalDeclContext()->getRedeclContext();
928       if (IDC == CurContext) {
929         if (!S->isDeclScope(*I))
930           continue;
931       } else if (IDC->Encloses(CurContext))
932         break;
933     }
934 
935     IdResolver.InsertDeclAfter(I, D);
936   } else {
937     IdResolver.AddDecl(D);
938   }
939 }
940 
941 void Sema::pushExternalDeclIntoScope(NamedDecl *D, DeclarationName Name) {
942   if (IdResolver.tryAddTopLevelDecl(D, Name) && TUScope)
943     TUScope->AddDecl(D);
944 }
945 
946 bool Sema::isDeclInScope(NamedDecl *&D, DeclContext *Ctx, Scope *S,
947                          bool ExplicitInstantiationOrSpecialization) {
948   return IdResolver.isDeclInScope(D, Ctx, Context, S,
949                                   ExplicitInstantiationOrSpecialization);
950 }
951 
952 Scope *Sema::getScopeForDeclContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC) {
953   DeclContext *TargetDC = DC->getPrimaryContext();
954   do {
955     if (DeclContext *ScopeDC = (DeclContext*) S->getEntity())
956       if (ScopeDC->getPrimaryContext() == TargetDC)
957         return S;
958   } while ((S = S->getParent()));
959 
960   return 0;
961 }
962 
963 static bool isOutOfScopePreviousDeclaration(NamedDecl *,
964                                             DeclContext*,
965                                             ASTContext&);
966 
967 /// Filters out lookup results that don't fall within the given scope
968 /// as determined by isDeclInScope.
969 void Sema::FilterLookupForScope(LookupResult &R,
970                                 DeclContext *Ctx, Scope *S,
971                                 bool ConsiderLinkage,
972                                 bool ExplicitInstantiationOrSpecialization) {
973   LookupResult::Filter F = R.makeFilter();
974   while (F.hasNext()) {
975     NamedDecl *D = F.next();
976 
977     if (isDeclInScope(D, Ctx, S, ExplicitInstantiationOrSpecialization))
978       continue;
979 
980     if (ConsiderLinkage &&
981         isOutOfScopePreviousDeclaration(D, Ctx, Context))
982       continue;
983 
984     F.erase();
985   }
986 
987   F.done();
988 }
989 
990 static bool isUsingDecl(NamedDecl *D) {
991   return isa<UsingShadowDecl>(D) ||
992          isa<UnresolvedUsingTypenameDecl>(D) ||
993          isa<UnresolvedUsingValueDecl>(D);
994 }
995 
996 /// Removes using shadow declarations from the lookup results.
997 static void RemoveUsingDecls(LookupResult &R) {
998   LookupResult::Filter F = R.makeFilter();
999   while (F.hasNext())
1000     if (isUsingDecl(F.next()))
1001       F.erase();
1002 
1003   F.done();
1004 }
1005 
1006 /// \brief Check for this common pattern:
1007 /// @code
1008 /// class S {
1009 ///   S(const S&); // DO NOT IMPLEMENT
1010 ///   void operator=(const S&); // DO NOT IMPLEMENT
1011 /// };
1012 /// @endcode
1013 static bool IsDisallowedCopyOrAssign(const CXXMethodDecl *D) {
1014   // FIXME: Should check for private access too but access is set after we get
1015   // the decl here.
1016   if (D->doesThisDeclarationHaveABody())
1017     return false;
1018 
1019   if (const CXXConstructorDecl *CD = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(D))
1020     return CD->isCopyConstructor();
1021   if (const CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D))
1022     return Method->isCopyAssignmentOperator();
1023   return false;
1024 }
1025 
1026 bool Sema::ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(const DeclaratorDecl *D) const {
1027   assert(D);
1028 
1029   if (D->isInvalidDecl() || D->isUsed() || D->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>())
1030     return false;
1031 
1032   // Ignore class templates.
1033   if (D->getDeclContext()->isDependentContext() ||
1034       D->getLexicalDeclContext()->isDependentContext())
1035     return false;
1036 
1037   if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) {
1038     if (FD->getTemplateSpecializationKind() == TSK_ImplicitInstantiation)
1039       return false;
1040 
1041     if (const CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD)) {
1042       if (MD->isVirtual() || IsDisallowedCopyOrAssign(MD))
1043         return false;
1044     } else {
1045       // 'static inline' functions are used in headers; don't warn.
1046       if (FD->getStorageClass() == SC_Static &&
1047           FD->isInlineSpecified())
1048         return false;
1049     }
1050 
1051     if (FD->doesThisDeclarationHaveABody() &&
1052         Context.DeclMustBeEmitted(FD))
1053       return false;
1054   } else if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) {
1055     if (!VD->isFileVarDecl() ||
1056         VD->getType().isConstant(Context) ||
1057         Context.DeclMustBeEmitted(VD))
1058       return false;
1059 
1060     if (VD->isStaticDataMember() &&
1061         VD->getTemplateSpecializationKind() == TSK_ImplicitInstantiation)
1062       return false;
1063 
1064   } else {
1065     return false;
1066   }
1067 
1068   // Only warn for unused decls internal to the translation unit.
1069   if (D->getLinkage() == ExternalLinkage)
1070     return false;
1071 
1072   return true;
1073 }
1074 
1075 void Sema::MarkUnusedFileScopedDecl(const DeclaratorDecl *D) {
1076   if (!D)
1077     return;
1078 
1079   if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) {
1080     const FunctionDecl *First = FD->getFirstDeclaration();
1081     if (FD != First && ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(First))
1082       return; // First should already be in the vector.
1083   }
1084 
1085   if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) {
1086     const VarDecl *First = VD->getFirstDeclaration();
1087     if (VD != First && ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(First))
1088       return; // First should already be in the vector.
1089   }
1090 
1091    if (ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(D))
1092      UnusedFileScopedDecls.push_back(D);
1093  }
1094 
1095 static bool ShouldDiagnoseUnusedDecl(const NamedDecl *D) {
1096   if (D->isInvalidDecl())
1097     return false;
1098 
1099   if (D->isUsed() || D->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>())
1100     return false;
1101 
1102   if (isa<LabelDecl>(D))
1103     return true;
1104 
1105   // White-list anything that isn't a local variable.
1106   if (!isa<VarDecl>(D) || isa<ParmVarDecl>(D) || isa<ImplicitParamDecl>(D) ||
1107       !D->getDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod())
1108     return false;
1109 
1110   // Types of valid local variables should be complete, so this should succeed.
1111   if (const ValueDecl *VD = dyn_cast<ValueDecl>(D)) {
1112 
1113     // White-list anything with an __attribute__((unused)) type.
1114     QualType Ty = VD->getType();
1115 
1116     // Only look at the outermost level of typedef.
1117     if (const TypedefType *TT = dyn_cast<TypedefType>(Ty)) {
1118       if (TT->getDecl()->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>())
1119         return false;
1120     }
1121 
1122     // If we failed to complete the type for some reason, or if the type is
1123     // dependent, don't diagnose the variable.
1124     if (Ty->isIncompleteType() || Ty->isDependentType())
1125       return false;
1126 
1127     if (const TagType *TT = Ty->getAs<TagType>()) {
1128       const TagDecl *Tag = TT->getDecl();
1129       if (Tag->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>())
1130         return false;
1131 
1132       if (const CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Tag)) {
1133         // FIXME: Checking for the presence of a user-declared constructor
1134         // isn't completely accurate; we'd prefer to check that the initializer
1135         // has no side effects.
1136         if (RD->hasUserDeclaredConstructor() || !RD->hasTrivialDestructor())
1137           return false;
1138       }
1139     }
1140 
1141     // TODO: __attribute__((unused)) templates?
1142   }
1143 
1144   return true;
1145 }
1146 
1147 static void GenerateFixForUnusedDecl(const NamedDecl *D, ASTContext &Ctx,
1148                                      FixItHint &Hint) {
1149   if (isa<LabelDecl>(D)) {
1150     SourceLocation AfterColon = Lexer::findLocationAfterToken(D->getLocEnd(),
1151                 tok::colon, Ctx.getSourceManager(), Ctx.getLangOptions(), true);
1152     if (AfterColon.isInvalid())
1153       return;
1154     Hint = FixItHint::CreateRemoval(CharSourceRange::
1155                                     getCharRange(D->getLocStart(), AfterColon));
1156   }
1157   return;
1158 }
1159 
1160 /// DiagnoseUnusedDecl - Emit warnings about declarations that are not used
1161 /// unless they are marked attr(unused).
1162 void Sema::DiagnoseUnusedDecl(const NamedDecl *D) {
1163   FixItHint Hint;
1164   if (!ShouldDiagnoseUnusedDecl(D))
1165     return;
1166 
1167   GenerateFixForUnusedDecl(D, Context, Hint);
1168 
1169   unsigned DiagID;
1170   if (isa<VarDecl>(D) && cast<VarDecl>(D)->isExceptionVariable())
1171     DiagID = diag::warn_unused_exception_param;
1172   else if (isa<LabelDecl>(D))
1173     DiagID = diag::warn_unused_label;
1174   else
1175     DiagID = diag::warn_unused_variable;
1176 
1177   Diag(D->getLocation(), DiagID) << D->getDeclName() << Hint;
1178 }
1179 
1180 static void CheckPoppedLabel(LabelDecl *L, Sema &S) {
1181   // Verify that we have no forward references left.  If so, there was a goto
1182   // or address of a label taken, but no definition of it.  Label fwd
1183   // definitions are indicated with a null substmt.
1184   if (L->getStmt() == 0)
1185     S.Diag(L->getLocation(), diag::err_undeclared_label_use) <<L->getDeclName();
1186 }
1187 
1188 void Sema::ActOnPopScope(SourceLocation Loc, Scope *S) {
1189   if (S->decl_empty()) return;
1190   assert((S->getFlags() & (Scope::DeclScope | Scope::TemplateParamScope)) &&
1191          "Scope shouldn't contain decls!");
1192 
1193   for (Scope::decl_iterator I = S->decl_begin(), E = S->decl_end();
1194        I != E; ++I) {
1195     Decl *TmpD = (*I);
1196     assert(TmpD && "This decl didn't get pushed??");
1197 
1198     assert(isa<NamedDecl>(TmpD) && "Decl isn't NamedDecl?");
1199     NamedDecl *D = cast<NamedDecl>(TmpD);
1200 
1201     if (!D->getDeclName()) continue;
1202 
1203     // Diagnose unused variables in this scope.
1204     if (!S->hasErrorOccurred())
1205       DiagnoseUnusedDecl(D);
1206 
1207     // If this was a forward reference to a label, verify it was defined.
1208     if (LabelDecl *LD = dyn_cast<LabelDecl>(D))
1209       CheckPoppedLabel(LD, *this);
1210 
1211     // Remove this name from our lexical scope.
1212     IdResolver.RemoveDecl(D);
1213   }
1214 }
1215 
1216 /// \brief Look for an Objective-C class in the translation unit.
1217 ///
1218 /// \param Id The name of the Objective-C class we're looking for. If
1219 /// typo-correction fixes this name, the Id will be updated
1220 /// to the fixed name.
1221 ///
1222 /// \param IdLoc The location of the name in the translation unit.
1223 ///
1224 /// \param TypoCorrection If true, this routine will attempt typo correction
1225 /// if there is no class with the given name.
1226 ///
1227 /// \returns The declaration of the named Objective-C class, or NULL if the
1228 /// class could not be found.
1229 ObjCInterfaceDecl *Sema::getObjCInterfaceDecl(IdentifierInfo *&Id,
1230                                               SourceLocation IdLoc,
1231                                               bool DoTypoCorrection) {
1232   // The third "scope" argument is 0 since we aren't enabling lazy built-in
1233   // creation from this context.
1234   NamedDecl *IDecl = LookupSingleName(TUScope, Id, IdLoc, LookupOrdinaryName);
1235 
1236   if (!IDecl && DoTypoCorrection) {
1237     // Perform typo correction at the given location, but only if we
1238     // find an Objective-C class name.
1239     TypoCorrection C;
1240     if ((C = CorrectTypo(DeclarationNameInfo(Id, IdLoc), LookupOrdinaryName,
1241                          TUScope, NULL, NULL, false, CTC_NoKeywords)) &&
1242         (IDecl = C.getCorrectionDeclAs<ObjCInterfaceDecl>())) {
1243       Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_undef_interface_suggest)
1244         << Id << IDecl->getDeclName()
1245         << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(IdLoc, IDecl->getNameAsString());
1246       Diag(IDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl)
1247         << IDecl->getDeclName();
1248 
1249       Id = IDecl->getIdentifier();
1250     }
1251   }
1252 
1253   return dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(IDecl);
1254 }
1255 
1256 /// getNonFieldDeclScope - Retrieves the innermost scope, starting
1257 /// from S, where a non-field would be declared. This routine copes
1258 /// with the difference between C and C++ scoping rules in structs and
1259 /// unions. For example, the following code is well-formed in C but
1260 /// ill-formed in C++:
1261 /// @code
1262 /// struct S6 {
1263 ///   enum { BAR } e;
1264 /// };
1265 ///
1266 /// void test_S6() {
1267 ///   struct S6 a;
1268 ///   a.e = BAR;
1269 /// }
1270 /// @endcode
1271 /// For the declaration of BAR, this routine will return a different
1272 /// scope. The scope S will be the scope of the unnamed enumeration
1273 /// within S6. In C++, this routine will return the scope associated
1274 /// with S6, because the enumeration's scope is a transparent
1275 /// context but structures can contain non-field names. In C, this
1276 /// routine will return the translation unit scope, since the
1277 /// enumeration's scope is a transparent context and structures cannot
1278 /// contain non-field names.
1279 Scope *Sema::getNonFieldDeclScope(Scope *S) {
1280   while (((S->getFlags() & Scope::DeclScope) == 0) ||
1281          (S->getEntity() &&
1282           ((DeclContext *)S->getEntity())->isTransparentContext()) ||
1283          (S->isClassScope() && !getLangOptions().CPlusPlus))
1284     S = S->getParent();
1285   return S;
1286 }
1287 
1288 /// LazilyCreateBuiltin - The specified Builtin-ID was first used at
1289 /// file scope.  lazily create a decl for it. ForRedeclaration is true
1290 /// if we're creating this built-in in anticipation of redeclaring the
1291 /// built-in.
1292 NamedDecl *Sema::LazilyCreateBuiltin(IdentifierInfo *II, unsigned bid,
1293                                      Scope *S, bool ForRedeclaration,
1294                                      SourceLocation Loc) {
1295   Builtin::ID BID = (Builtin::ID)bid;
1296 
1297   ASTContext::GetBuiltinTypeError Error;
1298   QualType R = Context.GetBuiltinType(BID, Error);
1299   switch (Error) {
1300   case ASTContext::GE_None:
1301     // Okay
1302     break;
1303 
1304   case ASTContext::GE_Missing_stdio:
1305     if (ForRedeclaration)
1306       Diag(Loc, diag::warn_implicit_decl_requires_stdio)
1307         << Context.BuiltinInfo.GetName(BID);
1308     return 0;
1309 
1310   case ASTContext::GE_Missing_setjmp:
1311     if (ForRedeclaration)
1312       Diag(Loc, diag::warn_implicit_decl_requires_setjmp)
1313         << Context.BuiltinInfo.GetName(BID);
1314     return 0;
1315 
1316   case ASTContext::GE_Missing_ucontext:
1317     if (ForRedeclaration)
1318       Diag(Loc, diag::warn_implicit_decl_requires_ucontext)
1319         << Context.BuiltinInfo.GetName(BID);
1320     return 0;
1321   }
1322 
1323   if (!ForRedeclaration && Context.BuiltinInfo.isPredefinedLibFunction(BID)) {
1324     Diag(Loc, diag::ext_implicit_lib_function_decl)
1325       << Context.BuiltinInfo.GetName(BID)
1326       << R;
1327     if (Context.BuiltinInfo.getHeaderName(BID) &&
1328         Diags.getDiagnosticLevel(diag::ext_implicit_lib_function_decl, Loc)
1329           != DiagnosticsEngine::Ignored)
1330       Diag(Loc, diag::note_please_include_header)
1331         << Context.BuiltinInfo.getHeaderName(BID)
1332         << Context.BuiltinInfo.GetName(BID);
1333   }
1334 
1335   FunctionDecl *New = FunctionDecl::Create(Context,
1336                                            Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(),
1337                                            Loc, Loc, II, R, /*TInfo=*/0,
1338                                            SC_Extern,
1339                                            SC_None, false,
1340                                            /*hasPrototype=*/true);
1341   New->setImplicit();
1342 
1343   // Create Decl objects for each parameter, adding them to the
1344   // FunctionDecl.
1345   if (const FunctionProtoType *FT = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(R)) {
1346     SmallVector<ParmVarDecl*, 16> Params;
1347     for (unsigned i = 0, e = FT->getNumArgs(); i != e; ++i) {
1348       ParmVarDecl *parm =
1349         ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, New, SourceLocation(),
1350                             SourceLocation(), 0,
1351                             FT->getArgType(i), /*TInfo=*/0,
1352                             SC_None, SC_None, 0);
1353       parm->setScopeInfo(0, i);
1354       Params.push_back(parm);
1355     }
1356     New->setParams(Params);
1357   }
1358 
1359   AddKnownFunctionAttributes(New);
1360 
1361   // TUScope is the translation-unit scope to insert this function into.
1362   // FIXME: This is hideous. We need to teach PushOnScopeChains to
1363   // relate Scopes to DeclContexts, and probably eliminate CurContext
1364   // entirely, but we're not there yet.
1365   DeclContext *SavedContext = CurContext;
1366   CurContext = Context.getTranslationUnitDecl();
1367   PushOnScopeChains(New, TUScope);
1368   CurContext = SavedContext;
1369   return New;
1370 }
1371 
1372 /// MergeTypedefNameDecl - We just parsed a typedef 'New' which has the
1373 /// same name and scope as a previous declaration 'Old'.  Figure out
1374 /// how to resolve this situation, merging decls or emitting
1375 /// diagnostics as appropriate. If there was an error, set New to be invalid.
1376 ///
1377 void Sema::MergeTypedefNameDecl(TypedefNameDecl *New, LookupResult &OldDecls) {
1378   // If the new decl is known invalid already, don't bother doing any
1379   // merging checks.
1380   if (New->isInvalidDecl()) return;
1381 
1382   // Allow multiple definitions for ObjC built-in typedefs.
1383   // FIXME: Verify the underlying types are equivalent!
1384   if (getLangOptions().ObjC1) {
1385     const IdentifierInfo *TypeID = New->getIdentifier();
1386     switch (TypeID->getLength()) {
1387     default: break;
1388     case 2:
1389       if (!TypeID->isStr("id"))
1390         break;
1391       Context.setObjCIdRedefinitionType(New->getUnderlyingType());
1392       // Install the built-in type for 'id', ignoring the current definition.
1393       New->setTypeForDecl(Context.getObjCIdType().getTypePtr());
1394       return;
1395     case 5:
1396       if (!TypeID->isStr("Class"))
1397         break;
1398       Context.setObjCClassRedefinitionType(New->getUnderlyingType());
1399       // Install the built-in type for 'Class', ignoring the current definition.
1400       New->setTypeForDecl(Context.getObjCClassType().getTypePtr());
1401       return;
1402     case 3:
1403       if (!TypeID->isStr("SEL"))
1404         break;
1405       Context.setObjCSelRedefinitionType(New->getUnderlyingType());
1406       // Install the built-in type for 'SEL', ignoring the current definition.
1407       New->setTypeForDecl(Context.getObjCSelType().getTypePtr());
1408       return;
1409     }
1410     // Fall through - the typedef name was not a builtin type.
1411   }
1412 
1413   // Verify the old decl was also a type.
1414   TypeDecl *Old = OldDecls.getAsSingle<TypeDecl>();
1415   if (!Old) {
1416     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_kind)
1417       << New->getDeclName();
1418 
1419     NamedDecl *OldD = OldDecls.getRepresentativeDecl();
1420     if (OldD->getLocation().isValid())
1421       Diag(OldD->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
1422 
1423     return New->setInvalidDecl();
1424   }
1425 
1426   // If the old declaration is invalid, just give up here.
1427   if (Old->isInvalidDecl())
1428     return New->setInvalidDecl();
1429 
1430   // Determine the "old" type we'll use for checking and diagnostics.
1431   QualType OldType;
1432   if (TypedefNameDecl *OldTypedef = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(Old))
1433     OldType = OldTypedef->getUnderlyingType();
1434   else
1435     OldType = Context.getTypeDeclType(Old);
1436 
1437   // If the typedef types are not identical, reject them in all languages and
1438   // with any extensions enabled.
1439 
1440   if (OldType != New->getUnderlyingType() &&
1441       Context.getCanonicalType(OldType) !=
1442       Context.getCanonicalType(New->getUnderlyingType())) {
1443     int Kind = 0;
1444     if (isa<TypeAliasDecl>(Old))
1445       Kind = 1;
1446     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_typedef)
1447       << Kind << New->getUnderlyingType() << OldType;
1448     if (Old->getLocation().isValid())
1449       Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
1450     return New->setInvalidDecl();
1451   }
1452 
1453   // The types match.  Link up the redeclaration chain if the old
1454   // declaration was a typedef.
1455   // FIXME: this is a potential source of weirdness if the type
1456   // spellings don't match exactly.
1457   if (TypedefNameDecl *Typedef = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(Old))
1458     New->setPreviousDeclaration(Typedef);
1459 
1460   // __module_private__ is propagated to later declarations.
1461   if (Old->isModulePrivate())
1462     New->setModulePrivate();
1463   else if (New->isModulePrivate())
1464     diagnoseModulePrivateRedeclaration(New, Old);
1465 
1466   if (getLangOptions().MicrosoftExt)
1467     return;
1468 
1469   if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
1470     // C++ [dcl.typedef]p2:
1471     //   In a given non-class scope, a typedef specifier can be used to
1472     //   redefine the name of any type declared in that scope to refer
1473     //   to the type to which it already refers.
1474     if (!isa<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext))
1475       return;
1476 
1477     // C++0x [dcl.typedef]p4:
1478     //   In a given class scope, a typedef specifier can be used to redefine
1479     //   any class-name declared in that scope that is not also a typedef-name
1480     //   to refer to the type to which it already refers.
1481     //
1482     // This wording came in via DR424, which was a correction to the
1483     // wording in DR56, which accidentally banned code like:
1484     //
1485     //   struct S {
1486     //     typedef struct A { } A;
1487     //   };
1488     //
1489     // in the C++03 standard. We implement the C++0x semantics, which
1490     // allow the above but disallow
1491     //
1492     //   struct S {
1493     //     typedef int I;
1494     //     typedef int I;
1495     //   };
1496     //
1497     // since that was the intent of DR56.
1498     if (!isa<TypedefNameDecl>(Old))
1499       return;
1500 
1501     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition)
1502       << New->getDeclName();
1503     Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
1504     return New->setInvalidDecl();
1505   }
1506 
1507   // If we have a redefinition of a typedef in C, emit a warning.  This warning
1508   // is normally mapped to an error, but can be controlled with
1509   // -Wtypedef-redefinition.  If either the original or the redefinition is
1510   // in a system header, don't emit this for compatibility with GCC.
1511   if (getDiagnostics().getSuppressSystemWarnings() &&
1512       (Context.getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(Old->getLocation()) ||
1513        Context.getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(New->getLocation())))
1514     return;
1515 
1516   Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::warn_redefinition_of_typedef)
1517     << New->getDeclName();
1518   Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
1519   return;
1520 }
1521 
1522 /// DeclhasAttr - returns true if decl Declaration already has the target
1523 /// attribute.
1524 static bool
1525 DeclHasAttr(const Decl *D, const Attr *A) {
1526   const OwnershipAttr *OA = dyn_cast<OwnershipAttr>(A);
1527   const AnnotateAttr *Ann = dyn_cast<AnnotateAttr>(A);
1528   for (Decl::attr_iterator i = D->attr_begin(), e = D->attr_end(); i != e; ++i)
1529     if ((*i)->getKind() == A->getKind()) {
1530       if (Ann) {
1531         if (Ann->getAnnotation() == cast<AnnotateAttr>(*i)->getAnnotation())
1532           return true;
1533         continue;
1534       }
1535       // FIXME: Don't hardcode this check
1536       if (OA && isa<OwnershipAttr>(*i))
1537         return OA->getOwnKind() == cast<OwnershipAttr>(*i)->getOwnKind();
1538       return true;
1539     }
1540 
1541   return false;
1542 }
1543 
1544 /// mergeDeclAttributes - Copy attributes from the Old decl to the New one.
1545 static void mergeDeclAttributes(Decl *newDecl, const Decl *oldDecl,
1546                                 ASTContext &C, bool mergeDeprecation = true) {
1547   if (!oldDecl->hasAttrs())
1548     return;
1549 
1550   bool foundAny = newDecl->hasAttrs();
1551 
1552   // Ensure that any moving of objects within the allocated map is done before
1553   // we process them.
1554   if (!foundAny) newDecl->setAttrs(AttrVec());
1555 
1556   for (specific_attr_iterator<InheritableAttr>
1557        i = oldDecl->specific_attr_begin<InheritableAttr>(),
1558        e = oldDecl->specific_attr_end<InheritableAttr>(); i != e; ++i) {
1559     // Ignore deprecated/unavailable/availability attributes if requested.
1560     if (!mergeDeprecation &&
1561         (isa<DeprecatedAttr>(*i) ||
1562          isa<UnavailableAttr>(*i) ||
1563          isa<AvailabilityAttr>(*i)))
1564       continue;
1565 
1566     if (!DeclHasAttr(newDecl, *i)) {
1567       InheritableAttr *newAttr = cast<InheritableAttr>((*i)->clone(C));
1568       newAttr->setInherited(true);
1569       newDecl->addAttr(newAttr);
1570       foundAny = true;
1571     }
1572   }
1573 
1574   if (!foundAny) newDecl->dropAttrs();
1575 }
1576 
1577 /// mergeParamDeclAttributes - Copy attributes from the old parameter
1578 /// to the new one.
1579 static void mergeParamDeclAttributes(ParmVarDecl *newDecl,
1580                                      const ParmVarDecl *oldDecl,
1581                                      ASTContext &C) {
1582   if (!oldDecl->hasAttrs())
1583     return;
1584 
1585   bool foundAny = newDecl->hasAttrs();
1586 
1587   // Ensure that any moving of objects within the allocated map is
1588   // done before we process them.
1589   if (!foundAny) newDecl->setAttrs(AttrVec());
1590 
1591   for (specific_attr_iterator<InheritableParamAttr>
1592        i = oldDecl->specific_attr_begin<InheritableParamAttr>(),
1593        e = oldDecl->specific_attr_end<InheritableParamAttr>(); i != e; ++i) {
1594     if (!DeclHasAttr(newDecl, *i)) {
1595       InheritableAttr *newAttr = cast<InheritableParamAttr>((*i)->clone(C));
1596       newAttr->setInherited(true);
1597       newDecl->addAttr(newAttr);
1598       foundAny = true;
1599     }
1600   }
1601 
1602   if (!foundAny) newDecl->dropAttrs();
1603 }
1604 
1605 namespace {
1606 
1607 /// Used in MergeFunctionDecl to keep track of function parameters in
1608 /// C.
1609 struct GNUCompatibleParamWarning {
1610   ParmVarDecl *OldParm;
1611   ParmVarDecl *NewParm;
1612   QualType PromotedType;
1613 };
1614 
1615 }
1616 
1617 /// getSpecialMember - get the special member enum for a method.
1618 Sema::CXXSpecialMember Sema::getSpecialMember(const CXXMethodDecl *MD) {
1619   if (const CXXConstructorDecl *Ctor = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(MD)) {
1620     if (Ctor->isDefaultConstructor())
1621       return Sema::CXXDefaultConstructor;
1622 
1623     if (Ctor->isCopyConstructor())
1624       return Sema::CXXCopyConstructor;
1625 
1626     if (Ctor->isMoveConstructor())
1627       return Sema::CXXMoveConstructor;
1628   } else if (isa<CXXDestructorDecl>(MD)) {
1629     return Sema::CXXDestructor;
1630   } else if (MD->isCopyAssignmentOperator()) {
1631     return Sema::CXXCopyAssignment;
1632   } else if (MD->isMoveAssignmentOperator()) {
1633     return Sema::CXXMoveAssignment;
1634   }
1635 
1636   return Sema::CXXInvalid;
1637 }
1638 
1639 /// canRedefineFunction - checks if a function can be redefined. Currently,
1640 /// only extern inline functions can be redefined, and even then only in
1641 /// GNU89 mode.
1642 static bool canRedefineFunction(const FunctionDecl *FD,
1643                                 const LangOptions& LangOpts) {
1644   return ((FD->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>() || LangOpts.GNUInline) &&
1645           !LangOpts.CPlusPlus &&
1646           FD->isInlineSpecified() &&
1647           FD->getStorageClass() == SC_Extern);
1648 }
1649 
1650 /// MergeFunctionDecl - We just parsed a function 'New' from
1651 /// declarator D which has the same name and scope as a previous
1652 /// declaration 'Old'.  Figure out how to resolve this situation,
1653 /// merging decls or emitting diagnostics as appropriate.
1654 ///
1655 /// In C++, New and Old must be declarations that are not
1656 /// overloaded. Use IsOverload to determine whether New and Old are
1657 /// overloaded, and to select the Old declaration that New should be
1658 /// merged with.
1659 ///
1660 /// Returns true if there was an error, false otherwise.
1661 bool Sema::MergeFunctionDecl(FunctionDecl *New, Decl *OldD) {
1662   // Verify the old decl was also a function.
1663   FunctionDecl *Old = 0;
1664   if (FunctionTemplateDecl *OldFunctionTemplate
1665         = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(OldD))
1666     Old = OldFunctionTemplate->getTemplatedDecl();
1667   else
1668     Old = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(OldD);
1669   if (!Old) {
1670     if (UsingShadowDecl *Shadow = dyn_cast<UsingShadowDecl>(OldD)) {
1671       Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_using_decl_conflict_reverse);
1672       Diag(Shadow->getTargetDecl()->getLocation(),
1673            diag::note_using_decl_target);
1674       Diag(Shadow->getUsingDecl()->getLocation(),
1675            diag::note_using_decl) << 0;
1676       return true;
1677     }
1678 
1679     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_kind)
1680       << New->getDeclName();
1681     Diag(OldD->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
1682     return true;
1683   }
1684 
1685   // Determine whether the previous declaration was a definition,
1686   // implicit declaration, or a declaration.
1687   diag::kind PrevDiag;
1688   if (Old->isThisDeclarationADefinition())
1689     PrevDiag = diag::note_previous_definition;
1690   else if (Old->isImplicit())
1691     PrevDiag = diag::note_previous_implicit_declaration;
1692   else
1693     PrevDiag = diag::note_previous_declaration;
1694 
1695   QualType OldQType = Context.getCanonicalType(Old->getType());
1696   QualType NewQType = Context.getCanonicalType(New->getType());
1697 
1698   // Don't complain about this if we're in GNU89 mode and the old function
1699   // is an extern inline function.
1700   if (!isa<CXXMethodDecl>(New) && !isa<CXXMethodDecl>(Old) &&
1701       New->getStorageClass() == SC_Static &&
1702       Old->getStorageClass() != SC_Static &&
1703       !canRedefineFunction(Old, getLangOptions())) {
1704     if (getLangOptions().MicrosoftExt) {
1705       Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::warn_static_non_static) << New;
1706       Diag(Old->getLocation(), PrevDiag);
1707     } else {
1708       Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_static_non_static) << New;
1709       Diag(Old->getLocation(), PrevDiag);
1710       return true;
1711     }
1712   }
1713 
1714   // If a function is first declared with a calling convention, but is
1715   // later declared or defined without one, the second decl assumes the
1716   // calling convention of the first.
1717   //
1718   // For the new decl, we have to look at the NON-canonical type to tell the
1719   // difference between a function that really doesn't have a calling
1720   // convention and one that is declared cdecl. That's because in
1721   // canonicalization (see ASTContext.cpp), cdecl is canonicalized away
1722   // because it is the default calling convention.
1723   //
1724   // Note also that we DO NOT return at this point, because we still have
1725   // other tests to run.
1726   const FunctionType *OldType = cast<FunctionType>(OldQType);
1727   const FunctionType *NewType = New->getType()->getAs<FunctionType>();
1728   FunctionType::ExtInfo OldTypeInfo = OldType->getExtInfo();
1729   FunctionType::ExtInfo NewTypeInfo = NewType->getExtInfo();
1730   bool RequiresAdjustment = false;
1731   if (OldTypeInfo.getCC() != CC_Default &&
1732       NewTypeInfo.getCC() == CC_Default) {
1733     NewTypeInfo = NewTypeInfo.withCallingConv(OldTypeInfo.getCC());
1734     RequiresAdjustment = true;
1735   } else if (!Context.isSameCallConv(OldTypeInfo.getCC(),
1736                                      NewTypeInfo.getCC())) {
1737     // Calling conventions really aren't compatible, so complain.
1738     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_cconv_change)
1739       << FunctionType::getNameForCallConv(NewTypeInfo.getCC())
1740       << (OldTypeInfo.getCC() == CC_Default)
1741       << (OldTypeInfo.getCC() == CC_Default ? "" :
1742           FunctionType::getNameForCallConv(OldTypeInfo.getCC()));
1743     Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
1744     return true;
1745   }
1746 
1747   // FIXME: diagnose the other way around?
1748   if (OldTypeInfo.getNoReturn() && !NewTypeInfo.getNoReturn()) {
1749     NewTypeInfo = NewTypeInfo.withNoReturn(true);
1750     RequiresAdjustment = true;
1751   }
1752 
1753   // Merge regparm attribute.
1754   if (OldTypeInfo.getHasRegParm() != NewTypeInfo.getHasRegParm() ||
1755       OldTypeInfo.getRegParm() != NewTypeInfo.getRegParm()) {
1756     if (NewTypeInfo.getHasRegParm()) {
1757       Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_regparm_mismatch)
1758         << NewType->getRegParmType()
1759         << OldType->getRegParmType();
1760       Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
1761       return true;
1762     }
1763 
1764     NewTypeInfo = NewTypeInfo.withRegParm(OldTypeInfo.getRegParm());
1765     RequiresAdjustment = true;
1766   }
1767 
1768   // Merge ns_returns_retained attribute.
1769   if (OldTypeInfo.getProducesResult() != NewTypeInfo.getProducesResult()) {
1770     if (NewTypeInfo.getProducesResult()) {
1771       Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_returns_retained_mismatch);
1772       Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
1773       return true;
1774     }
1775 
1776     NewTypeInfo = NewTypeInfo.withProducesResult(true);
1777     RequiresAdjustment = true;
1778   }
1779 
1780   if (RequiresAdjustment) {
1781     NewType = Context.adjustFunctionType(NewType, NewTypeInfo);
1782     New->setType(QualType(NewType, 0));
1783     NewQType = Context.getCanonicalType(New->getType());
1784   }
1785 
1786   if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
1787     // (C++98 13.1p2):
1788     //   Certain function declarations cannot be overloaded:
1789     //     -- Function declarations that differ only in the return type
1790     //        cannot be overloaded.
1791     QualType OldReturnType = OldType->getResultType();
1792     QualType NewReturnType = cast<FunctionType>(NewQType)->getResultType();
1793     QualType ResQT;
1794     if (OldReturnType != NewReturnType) {
1795       if (NewReturnType->isObjCObjectPointerType()
1796           && OldReturnType->isObjCObjectPointerType())
1797         ResQT = Context.mergeObjCGCQualifiers(NewQType, OldQType);
1798       if (ResQT.isNull()) {
1799         if (New->isCXXClassMember() && New->isOutOfLine())
1800           Diag(New->getLocation(),
1801                diag::err_member_def_does_not_match_ret_type) << New;
1802         else
1803           Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_ovl_diff_return_type);
1804         Diag(Old->getLocation(), PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType();
1805         return true;
1806       }
1807       else
1808         NewQType = ResQT;
1809     }
1810 
1811     const CXXMethodDecl* OldMethod = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(Old);
1812     CXXMethodDecl* NewMethod = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(New);
1813     if (OldMethod && NewMethod) {
1814       // Preserve triviality.
1815       NewMethod->setTrivial(OldMethod->isTrivial());
1816 
1817       // MSVC allows explicit template specialization at class scope:
1818       // 2 CXMethodDecls referring to the same function will be injected.
1819       // We don't want a redeclartion error.
1820       bool IsClassScopeExplicitSpecialization =
1821                               OldMethod->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization() &&
1822                               NewMethod->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization();
1823       bool isFriend = NewMethod->getFriendObjectKind();
1824 
1825       if (!isFriend && NewMethod->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord() &&
1826           !IsClassScopeExplicitSpecialization) {
1827         //    -- Member function declarations with the same name and the
1828         //       same parameter types cannot be overloaded if any of them
1829         //       is a static member function declaration.
1830         if (OldMethod->isStatic() || NewMethod->isStatic()) {
1831           Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_ovl_static_nonstatic_member);
1832           Diag(Old->getLocation(), PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType();
1833           return true;
1834         }
1835 
1836         // C++ [class.mem]p1:
1837         //   [...] A member shall not be declared twice in the
1838         //   member-specification, except that a nested class or member
1839         //   class template can be declared and then later defined.
1840         unsigned NewDiag;
1841         if (isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(OldMethod))
1842           NewDiag = diag::err_constructor_redeclared;
1843         else if (isa<CXXDestructorDecl>(NewMethod))
1844           NewDiag = diag::err_destructor_redeclared;
1845         else if (isa<CXXConversionDecl>(NewMethod))
1846           NewDiag = diag::err_conv_function_redeclared;
1847         else
1848           NewDiag = diag::err_member_redeclared;
1849 
1850         Diag(New->getLocation(), NewDiag);
1851         Diag(Old->getLocation(), PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType();
1852 
1853       // Complain if this is an explicit declaration of a special
1854       // member that was initially declared implicitly.
1855       //
1856       // As an exception, it's okay to befriend such methods in order
1857       // to permit the implicit constructor/destructor/operator calls.
1858       } else if (OldMethod->isImplicit()) {
1859         if (isFriend) {
1860           NewMethod->setImplicit();
1861         } else {
1862           Diag(NewMethod->getLocation(),
1863                diag::err_definition_of_implicitly_declared_member)
1864             << New << getSpecialMember(OldMethod);
1865           return true;
1866         }
1867       } else if (OldMethod->isExplicitlyDefaulted()) {
1868         Diag(NewMethod->getLocation(),
1869              diag::err_definition_of_explicitly_defaulted_member)
1870           << getSpecialMember(OldMethod);
1871         return true;
1872       }
1873     }
1874 
1875     // (C++98 8.3.5p3):
1876     //   All declarations for a function shall agree exactly in both the
1877     //   return type and the parameter-type-list.
1878     // We also want to respect all the extended bits except noreturn.
1879 
1880     // noreturn should now match unless the old type info didn't have it.
1881     QualType OldQTypeForComparison = OldQType;
1882     if (!OldTypeInfo.getNoReturn() && NewTypeInfo.getNoReturn()) {
1883       assert(OldQType == QualType(OldType, 0));
1884       const FunctionType *OldTypeForComparison
1885         = Context.adjustFunctionType(OldType, OldTypeInfo.withNoReturn(true));
1886       OldQTypeForComparison = QualType(OldTypeForComparison, 0);
1887       assert(OldQTypeForComparison.isCanonical());
1888     }
1889 
1890     if (OldQTypeForComparison == NewQType)
1891       return MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(New, Old);
1892 
1893     // Fall through for conflicting redeclarations and redefinitions.
1894   }
1895 
1896   // C: Function types need to be compatible, not identical. This handles
1897   // duplicate function decls like "void f(int); void f(enum X);" properly.
1898   if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus &&
1899       Context.typesAreCompatible(OldQType, NewQType)) {
1900     const FunctionType *OldFuncType = OldQType->getAs<FunctionType>();
1901     const FunctionType *NewFuncType = NewQType->getAs<FunctionType>();
1902     const FunctionProtoType *OldProto = 0;
1903     if (isa<FunctionNoProtoType>(NewFuncType) &&
1904         (OldProto = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(OldFuncType))) {
1905       // The old declaration provided a function prototype, but the
1906       // new declaration does not. Merge in the prototype.
1907       assert(!OldProto->hasExceptionSpec() && "Exception spec in C");
1908       SmallVector<QualType, 16> ParamTypes(OldProto->arg_type_begin(),
1909                                                  OldProto->arg_type_end());
1910       NewQType = Context.getFunctionType(NewFuncType->getResultType(),
1911                                          ParamTypes.data(), ParamTypes.size(),
1912                                          OldProto->getExtProtoInfo());
1913       New->setType(NewQType);
1914       New->setHasInheritedPrototype();
1915 
1916       // Synthesize a parameter for each argument type.
1917       SmallVector<ParmVarDecl*, 16> Params;
1918       for (FunctionProtoType::arg_type_iterator
1919              ParamType = OldProto->arg_type_begin(),
1920              ParamEnd = OldProto->arg_type_end();
1921            ParamType != ParamEnd; ++ParamType) {
1922         ParmVarDecl *Param = ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, New,
1923                                                  SourceLocation(),
1924                                                  SourceLocation(), 0,
1925                                                  *ParamType, /*TInfo=*/0,
1926                                                  SC_None, SC_None,
1927                                                  0);
1928         Param->setScopeInfo(0, Params.size());
1929         Param->setImplicit();
1930         Params.push_back(Param);
1931       }
1932 
1933       New->setParams(Params);
1934     }
1935 
1936     return MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(New, Old);
1937   }
1938 
1939   // GNU C permits a K&R definition to follow a prototype declaration
1940   // if the declared types of the parameters in the K&R definition
1941   // match the types in the prototype declaration, even when the
1942   // promoted types of the parameters from the K&R definition differ
1943   // from the types in the prototype. GCC then keeps the types from
1944   // the prototype.
1945   //
1946   // If a variadic prototype is followed by a non-variadic K&R definition,
1947   // the K&R definition becomes variadic.  This is sort of an edge case, but
1948   // it's legal per the standard depending on how you read C99 6.7.5.3p15 and
1949   // C99 6.9.1p8.
1950   if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus &&
1951       Old->hasPrototype() && !New->hasPrototype() &&
1952       New->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>() &&
1953       Old->getNumParams() == New->getNumParams()) {
1954     SmallVector<QualType, 16> ArgTypes;
1955     SmallVector<GNUCompatibleParamWarning, 16> Warnings;
1956     const FunctionProtoType *OldProto
1957       = Old->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>();
1958     const FunctionProtoType *NewProto
1959       = New->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>();
1960 
1961     // Determine whether this is the GNU C extension.
1962     QualType MergedReturn = Context.mergeTypes(OldProto->getResultType(),
1963                                                NewProto->getResultType());
1964     bool LooseCompatible = !MergedReturn.isNull();
1965     for (unsigned Idx = 0, End = Old->getNumParams();
1966          LooseCompatible && Idx != End; ++Idx) {
1967       ParmVarDecl *OldParm = Old->getParamDecl(Idx);
1968       ParmVarDecl *NewParm = New->getParamDecl(Idx);
1969       if (Context.typesAreCompatible(OldParm->getType(),
1970                                      NewProto->getArgType(Idx))) {
1971         ArgTypes.push_back(NewParm->getType());
1972       } else if (Context.typesAreCompatible(OldParm->getType(),
1973                                             NewParm->getType(),
1974                                             /*CompareUnqualified=*/true)) {
1975         GNUCompatibleParamWarning Warn
1976           = { OldParm, NewParm, NewProto->getArgType(Idx) };
1977         Warnings.push_back(Warn);
1978         ArgTypes.push_back(NewParm->getType());
1979       } else
1980         LooseCompatible = false;
1981     }
1982 
1983     if (LooseCompatible) {
1984       for (unsigned Warn = 0; Warn < Warnings.size(); ++Warn) {
1985         Diag(Warnings[Warn].NewParm->getLocation(),
1986              diag::ext_param_promoted_not_compatible_with_prototype)
1987           << Warnings[Warn].PromotedType
1988           << Warnings[Warn].OldParm->getType();
1989         if (Warnings[Warn].OldParm->getLocation().isValid())
1990           Diag(Warnings[Warn].OldParm->getLocation(),
1991                diag::note_previous_declaration);
1992       }
1993 
1994       New->setType(Context.getFunctionType(MergedReturn, &ArgTypes[0],
1995                                            ArgTypes.size(),
1996                                            OldProto->getExtProtoInfo()));
1997       return MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(New, Old);
1998     }
1999 
2000     // Fall through to diagnose conflicting types.
2001   }
2002 
2003   // A function that has already been declared has been redeclared or defined
2004   // with a different type- show appropriate diagnostic
2005   if (unsigned BuiltinID = Old->getBuiltinID()) {
2006     // The user has declared a builtin function with an incompatible
2007     // signature.
2008     if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isPredefinedLibFunction(BuiltinID)) {
2009       // The function the user is redeclaring is a library-defined
2010       // function like 'malloc' or 'printf'. Warn about the
2011       // redeclaration, then pretend that we don't know about this
2012       // library built-in.
2013       Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::warn_redecl_library_builtin) << New;
2014       Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_builtin_declaration)
2015         << Old << Old->getType();
2016       New->getIdentifier()->setBuiltinID(Builtin::NotBuiltin);
2017       Old->setInvalidDecl();
2018       return false;
2019     }
2020 
2021     PrevDiag = diag::note_previous_builtin_declaration;
2022   }
2023 
2024   Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_conflicting_types) << New->getDeclName();
2025   Diag(Old->getLocation(), PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType();
2026   return true;
2027 }
2028 
2029 /// \brief Completes the merge of two function declarations that are
2030 /// known to be compatible.
2031 ///
2032 /// This routine handles the merging of attributes and other
2033 /// properties of function declarations form the old declaration to
2034 /// the new declaration, once we know that New is in fact a
2035 /// redeclaration of Old.
2036 ///
2037 /// \returns false
2038 bool Sema::MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(FunctionDecl *New, FunctionDecl *Old) {
2039   // Merge the attributes
2040   mergeDeclAttributes(New, Old, Context);
2041 
2042   // Merge the storage class.
2043   if (Old->getStorageClass() != SC_Extern &&
2044       Old->getStorageClass() != SC_None)
2045     New->setStorageClass(Old->getStorageClass());
2046 
2047   // Merge "pure" flag.
2048   if (Old->isPure())
2049     New->setPure();
2050 
2051   // __module_private__ is propagated to later declarations.
2052   if (Old->isModulePrivate())
2053     New->setModulePrivate();
2054   else if (New->isModulePrivate())
2055     diagnoseModulePrivateRedeclaration(New, Old);
2056 
2057   // Merge attributes from the parameters.  These can mismatch with K&R
2058   // declarations.
2059   if (New->getNumParams() == Old->getNumParams())
2060     for (unsigned i = 0, e = New->getNumParams(); i != e; ++i)
2061       mergeParamDeclAttributes(New->getParamDecl(i), Old->getParamDecl(i),
2062                                Context);
2063 
2064   if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus)
2065     return MergeCXXFunctionDecl(New, Old);
2066 
2067   return false;
2068 }
2069 
2070 
2071 void Sema::mergeObjCMethodDecls(ObjCMethodDecl *newMethod,
2072                                 const ObjCMethodDecl *oldMethod) {
2073   // We don't want to merge unavailable and deprecated attributes
2074   // except from interface to implementation.
2075   bool mergeDeprecation = isa<ObjCImplDecl>(newMethod->getDeclContext());
2076 
2077   // Merge the attributes.
2078   mergeDeclAttributes(newMethod, oldMethod, Context, mergeDeprecation);
2079 
2080   // Merge attributes from the parameters.
2081   ObjCMethodDecl::param_const_iterator oi = oldMethod->param_begin();
2082   for (ObjCMethodDecl::param_iterator
2083          ni = newMethod->param_begin(), ne = newMethod->param_end();
2084        ni != ne; ++ni, ++oi)
2085     mergeParamDeclAttributes(*ni, *oi, Context);
2086 
2087   CheckObjCMethodOverride(newMethod, oldMethod, true);
2088 }
2089 
2090 /// MergeVarDeclTypes - We parsed a variable 'New' which has the same name and
2091 /// scope as a previous declaration 'Old'.  Figure out how to merge their types,
2092 /// emitting diagnostics as appropriate.
2093 ///
2094 /// Declarations using the auto type specifier (C++ [decl.spec.auto]) call back
2095 /// to here in AddInitializerToDecl and AddCXXDirectInitializerToDecl. We can't
2096 /// check them before the initializer is attached.
2097 ///
2098 void Sema::MergeVarDeclTypes(VarDecl *New, VarDecl *Old) {
2099   if (New->isInvalidDecl() || Old->isInvalidDecl())
2100     return;
2101 
2102   QualType MergedT;
2103   if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
2104     AutoType *AT = New->getType()->getContainedAutoType();
2105     if (AT && !AT->isDeduced()) {
2106       // We don't know what the new type is until the initializer is attached.
2107       return;
2108     } else if (Context.hasSameType(New->getType(), Old->getType())) {
2109       // These could still be something that needs exception specs checked.
2110       return MergeVarDeclExceptionSpecs(New, Old);
2111     }
2112     // C++ [basic.link]p10:
2113     //   [...] the types specified by all declarations referring to a given
2114     //   object or function shall be identical, except that declarations for an
2115     //   array object can specify array types that differ by the presence or
2116     //   absence of a major array bound (8.3.4).
2117     else if (Old->getType()->isIncompleteArrayType() &&
2118              New->getType()->isArrayType()) {
2119       CanQual<ArrayType> OldArray
2120         = Context.getCanonicalType(Old->getType())->getAs<ArrayType>();
2121       CanQual<ArrayType> NewArray
2122         = Context.getCanonicalType(New->getType())->getAs<ArrayType>();
2123       if (OldArray->getElementType() == NewArray->getElementType())
2124         MergedT = New->getType();
2125     } else if (Old->getType()->isArrayType() &&
2126              New->getType()->isIncompleteArrayType()) {
2127       CanQual<ArrayType> OldArray
2128         = Context.getCanonicalType(Old->getType())->getAs<ArrayType>();
2129       CanQual<ArrayType> NewArray
2130         = Context.getCanonicalType(New->getType())->getAs<ArrayType>();
2131       if (OldArray->getElementType() == NewArray->getElementType())
2132         MergedT = Old->getType();
2133     } else if (New->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType()
2134                && Old->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType()) {
2135         MergedT = Context.mergeObjCGCQualifiers(New->getType(),
2136                                                         Old->getType());
2137     }
2138   } else {
2139     MergedT = Context.mergeTypes(New->getType(), Old->getType());
2140   }
2141   if (MergedT.isNull()) {
2142     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_type)
2143       << New->getDeclName();
2144     Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
2145     return New->setInvalidDecl();
2146   }
2147   New->setType(MergedT);
2148 }
2149 
2150 /// MergeVarDecl - We just parsed a variable 'New' which has the same name
2151 /// and scope as a previous declaration 'Old'.  Figure out how to resolve this
2152 /// situation, merging decls or emitting diagnostics as appropriate.
2153 ///
2154 /// Tentative definition rules (C99 6.9.2p2) are checked by
2155 /// FinalizeDeclaratorGroup. Unfortunately, we can't analyze tentative
2156 /// definitions here, since the initializer hasn't been attached.
2157 ///
2158 void Sema::MergeVarDecl(VarDecl *New, LookupResult &Previous) {
2159   // If the new decl is already invalid, don't do any other checking.
2160   if (New->isInvalidDecl())
2161     return;
2162 
2163   // Verify the old decl was also a variable.
2164   VarDecl *Old = 0;
2165   if (!Previous.isSingleResult() ||
2166       !(Old = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(Previous.getFoundDecl()))) {
2167     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_kind)
2168       << New->getDeclName();
2169     Diag(Previous.getRepresentativeDecl()->getLocation(),
2170          diag::note_previous_definition);
2171     return New->setInvalidDecl();
2172   }
2173 
2174   // C++ [class.mem]p1:
2175   //   A member shall not be declared twice in the member-specification [...]
2176   //
2177   // Here, we need only consider static data members.
2178   if (Old->isStaticDataMember() && !New->isOutOfLine()) {
2179     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_duplicate_member)
2180       << New->getIdentifier();
2181     Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
2182     New->setInvalidDecl();
2183   }
2184 
2185   mergeDeclAttributes(New, Old, Context);
2186   // Warn if an already-declared variable is made a weak_import in a subsequent
2187   // declaration
2188   if (New->getAttr<WeakImportAttr>() &&
2189       Old->getStorageClass() == SC_None &&
2190       !Old->getAttr<WeakImportAttr>()) {
2191     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::warn_weak_import) << New->getDeclName();
2192     Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
2193     // Remove weak_import attribute on new declaration.
2194     New->dropAttr<WeakImportAttr>();
2195   }
2196 
2197   // Merge the types.
2198   MergeVarDeclTypes(New, Old);
2199   if (New->isInvalidDecl())
2200     return;
2201 
2202   // C99 6.2.2p4: Check if we have a static decl followed by a non-static.
2203   if (New->getStorageClass() == SC_Static &&
2204       (Old->getStorageClass() == SC_None || Old->hasExternalStorage())) {
2205     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_static_non_static) << New->getDeclName();
2206     Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
2207     return New->setInvalidDecl();
2208   }
2209   // C99 6.2.2p4:
2210   //   For an identifier declared with the storage-class specifier
2211   //   extern in a scope in which a prior declaration of that
2212   //   identifier is visible,23) if the prior declaration specifies
2213   //   internal or external linkage, the linkage of the identifier at
2214   //   the later declaration is the same as the linkage specified at
2215   //   the prior declaration. If no prior declaration is visible, or
2216   //   if the prior declaration specifies no linkage, then the
2217   //   identifier has external linkage.
2218   if (New->hasExternalStorage() && Old->hasLinkage())
2219     /* Okay */;
2220   else if (New->getStorageClass() != SC_Static &&
2221            Old->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) {
2222     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_non_static_static) << New->getDeclName();
2223     Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
2224     return New->setInvalidDecl();
2225   }
2226 
2227   // Check if extern is followed by non-extern and vice-versa.
2228   if (New->hasExternalStorage() &&
2229       !Old->hasLinkage() && Old->isLocalVarDecl()) {
2230     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_extern_non_extern) << New->getDeclName();
2231     Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
2232     return New->setInvalidDecl();
2233   }
2234   if (Old->hasExternalStorage() &&
2235       !New->hasLinkage() && New->isLocalVarDecl()) {
2236     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_non_extern_extern) << New->getDeclName();
2237     Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
2238     return New->setInvalidDecl();
2239   }
2240 
2241   // __module_private__ is propagated to later declarations.
2242   if (Old->isModulePrivate())
2243     New->setModulePrivate();
2244   else if (New->isModulePrivate())
2245     diagnoseModulePrivateRedeclaration(New, Old);
2246 
2247   // Variables with external linkage are analyzed in FinalizeDeclaratorGroup.
2248 
2249   // FIXME: The test for external storage here seems wrong? We still
2250   // need to check for mismatches.
2251   if (!New->hasExternalStorage() && !New->isFileVarDecl() &&
2252       // Don't complain about out-of-line definitions of static members.
2253       !(Old->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord() &&
2254         !New->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord())) {
2255     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) << New->getDeclName();
2256     Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
2257     return New->setInvalidDecl();
2258   }
2259 
2260   if (New->isThreadSpecified() && !Old->isThreadSpecified()) {
2261     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_thread_non_thread) << New->getDeclName();
2262     Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
2263   } else if (!New->isThreadSpecified() && Old->isThreadSpecified()) {
2264     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_non_thread_thread) << New->getDeclName();
2265     Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
2266   }
2267 
2268   // C++ doesn't have tentative definitions, so go right ahead and check here.
2269   const VarDecl *Def;
2270   if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus &&
2271       New->isThisDeclarationADefinition() == VarDecl::Definition &&
2272       (Def = Old->getDefinition())) {
2273     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition)
2274       << New->getDeclName();
2275     Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
2276     New->setInvalidDecl();
2277     return;
2278   }
2279   // c99 6.2.2 P4.
2280   // For an identifier declared with the storage-class specifier extern in a
2281   // scope in which a prior declaration of that identifier is visible, if
2282   // the prior declaration specifies internal or external linkage, the linkage
2283   // of the identifier at the later declaration is the same as the linkage
2284   // specified at the prior declaration.
2285   // FIXME. revisit this code.
2286   if (New->hasExternalStorage() &&
2287       Old->getLinkage() == InternalLinkage &&
2288       New->getDeclContext() == Old->getDeclContext())
2289     New->setStorageClass(Old->getStorageClass());
2290 
2291   // Keep a chain of previous declarations.
2292   New->setPreviousDeclaration(Old);
2293 
2294   // Inherit access appropriately.
2295   New->setAccess(Old->getAccess());
2296 }
2297 
2298 /// ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec - This method is invoked when a declspec with
2299 /// no declarator (e.g. "struct foo;") is parsed.
2300 Decl *Sema::ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec(Scope *S, AccessSpecifier AS,
2301                                        DeclSpec &DS) {
2302   return ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec(S, AS, DS,
2303                                     MultiTemplateParamsArg(*this, 0, 0));
2304 }
2305 
2306 /// ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec - This method is invoked when a declspec with
2307 /// no declarator (e.g. "struct foo;") is parsed. It also accopts template
2308 /// parameters to cope with template friend declarations.
2309 Decl *Sema::ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec(Scope *S, AccessSpecifier AS,
2310                                        DeclSpec &DS,
2311                                        MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParams) {
2312   Decl *TagD = 0;
2313   TagDecl *Tag = 0;
2314   if (DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_class ||
2315       DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_struct ||
2316       DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_union ||
2317       DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_enum) {
2318     TagD = DS.getRepAsDecl();
2319 
2320     if (!TagD) // We probably had an error
2321       return 0;
2322 
2323     // Note that the above type specs guarantee that the
2324     // type rep is a Decl, whereas in many of the others
2325     // it's a Type.
2326     if (isa<TagDecl>(TagD))
2327       Tag = cast<TagDecl>(TagD);
2328     else if (ClassTemplateDecl *CTD = dyn_cast<ClassTemplateDecl>(TagD))
2329       Tag = CTD->getTemplatedDecl();
2330   }
2331 
2332   if (Tag)
2333     Tag->setFreeStanding();
2334 
2335   if (unsigned TypeQuals = DS.getTypeQualifiers()) {
2336     // Enforce C99 6.7.3p2: "Types other than pointer types derived from object
2337     // or incomplete types shall not be restrict-qualified."
2338     if (TypeQuals & DeclSpec::TQ_restrict)
2339       Diag(DS.getRestrictSpecLoc(),
2340            diag::err_typecheck_invalid_restrict_not_pointer_noarg)
2341            << DS.getSourceRange();
2342   }
2343 
2344   if (DS.isConstexprSpecified()) {
2345     // C++0x [dcl.constexpr]p1: constexpr can only be applied to declarations
2346     // and definitions of functions and variables.
2347     if (Tag)
2348       Diag(DS.getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_constexpr_tag)
2349         << (DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_class ? 0 :
2350             DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_struct ? 1 :
2351             DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_union ? 2 : 3);
2352     else
2353       Diag(DS.getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_constexpr_no_declarators);
2354     // Don't emit warnings after this error.
2355     return TagD;
2356   }
2357 
2358   if (DS.isFriendSpecified()) {
2359     // If we're dealing with a decl but not a TagDecl, assume that
2360     // whatever routines created it handled the friendship aspect.
2361     if (TagD && !Tag)
2362       return 0;
2363     return ActOnFriendTypeDecl(S, DS, TemplateParams);
2364   }
2365 
2366   // Track whether we warned about the fact that there aren't any
2367   // declarators.
2368   bool emittedWarning = false;
2369 
2370   if (RecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast_or_null<RecordDecl>(Tag)) {
2371     ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, Record, DS.getAttributes().getList());
2372 
2373     if (!Record->getDeclName() && Record->isCompleteDefinition() &&
2374         DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) {
2375       if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus ||
2376           Record->getDeclContext()->isRecord())
2377         return BuildAnonymousStructOrUnion(S, DS, AS, Record);
2378 
2379       Diag(DS.getSourceRange().getBegin(), diag::ext_no_declarators)
2380         << DS.getSourceRange();
2381       emittedWarning = true;
2382     }
2383   }
2384 
2385   // Check for Microsoft C extension: anonymous struct.
2386   if (getLangOptions().MicrosoftExt && !getLangOptions().CPlusPlus &&
2387       CurContext->isRecord() &&
2388       DS.getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified) {
2389     // Handle 2 kinds of anonymous struct:
2390     //   struct STRUCT;
2391     // and
2392     //   STRUCT_TYPE;  <- where STRUCT_TYPE is a typedef struct.
2393     RecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast_or_null<RecordDecl>(Tag);
2394     if ((Record && Record->getDeclName() && !Record->isCompleteDefinition()) ||
2395         (DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_typename &&
2396          DS.getRepAsType().get()->isStructureType())) {
2397       Diag(DS.getSourceRange().getBegin(), diag::ext_ms_anonymous_struct)
2398         << DS.getSourceRange();
2399       return BuildMicrosoftCAnonymousStruct(S, DS, Record);
2400     }
2401   }
2402 
2403   if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus &&
2404       DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef)
2405     if (EnumDecl *Enum = dyn_cast_or_null<EnumDecl>(Tag))
2406       if (Enum->enumerator_begin() == Enum->enumerator_end() &&
2407           !Enum->getIdentifier() && !Enum->isInvalidDecl()) {
2408         Diag(Enum->getLocation(), diag::ext_no_declarators)
2409           << DS.getSourceRange();
2410         emittedWarning = true;
2411       }
2412 
2413   // Skip all the checks below if we have a type error.
2414   if (DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_error) return TagD;
2415 
2416   if (!DS.isMissingDeclaratorOk()) {
2417     // Warn about typedefs of enums without names, since this is an
2418     // extension in both Microsoft and GNU.
2419     if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_typedef &&
2420         Tag && isa<EnumDecl>(Tag)) {
2421       Diag(DS.getSourceRange().getBegin(), diag::ext_typedef_without_a_name)
2422         << DS.getSourceRange();
2423       return Tag;
2424     }
2425 
2426     Diag(DS.getSourceRange().getBegin(), diag::ext_no_declarators)
2427       << DS.getSourceRange();
2428     emittedWarning = true;
2429   }
2430 
2431   // We're going to complain about a bunch of spurious specifiers;
2432   // only do this if we're declaring a tag, because otherwise we
2433   // should be getting diag::ext_no_declarators.
2434   if (emittedWarning || (TagD && TagD->isInvalidDecl()))
2435     return TagD;
2436 
2437   // Note that a linkage-specification sets a storage class, but
2438   // 'extern "C" struct foo;' is actually valid and not theoretically
2439   // useless.
2440   if (DeclSpec::SCS scs = DS.getStorageClassSpec())
2441     if (!DS.isExternInLinkageSpec())
2442       Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(), diag::warn_standalone_specifier)
2443         << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(scs);
2444 
2445   if (DS.isThreadSpecified())
2446     Diag(DS.getThreadSpecLoc(), diag::warn_standalone_specifier) << "__thread";
2447   if (DS.getTypeQualifiers()) {
2448     if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_const)
2449       Diag(DS.getConstSpecLoc(), diag::warn_standalone_specifier) << "const";
2450     if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_volatile)
2451       Diag(DS.getConstSpecLoc(), diag::warn_standalone_specifier) << "volatile";
2452     // Restrict is covered above.
2453   }
2454   if (DS.isInlineSpecified())
2455     Diag(DS.getInlineSpecLoc(), diag::warn_standalone_specifier) << "inline";
2456   if (DS.isVirtualSpecified())
2457     Diag(DS.getVirtualSpecLoc(), diag::warn_standalone_specifier) << "virtual";
2458   if (DS.isExplicitSpecified())
2459     Diag(DS.getExplicitSpecLoc(), diag::warn_standalone_specifier) <<"explicit";
2460 
2461   if (DS.isModulePrivateSpecified() &&
2462       Tag && Tag->getDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod())
2463     Diag(DS.getModulePrivateSpecLoc(), diag::err_module_private_local_class)
2464       << Tag->getTagKind()
2465       << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getModulePrivateSpecLoc());
2466 
2467   // FIXME: Warn on useless attributes
2468 
2469   return TagD;
2470 }
2471 
2472 /// ActOnVlaStmt - This rouine if finds a vla expression in a decl spec.
2473 /// builds a statement for it and returns it so it is evaluated.
2474 StmtResult Sema::ActOnVlaStmt(const DeclSpec &DS) {
2475   StmtResult R;
2476   if (DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_typeofExpr) {
2477     Expr *Exp = DS.getRepAsExpr();
2478     QualType Ty = Exp->getType();
2479     if (Ty->isPointerType()) {
2480       do
2481         Ty = Ty->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
2482       while (Ty->isPointerType());
2483     }
2484     if (Ty->isVariableArrayType()) {
2485       R = ActOnExprStmt(MakeFullExpr(Exp));
2486     }
2487   }
2488   return R;
2489 }
2490 
2491 /// We are trying to inject an anonymous member into the given scope;
2492 /// check if there's an existing declaration that can't be overloaded.
2493 ///
2494 /// \return true if this is a forbidden redeclaration
2495 static bool CheckAnonMemberRedeclaration(Sema &SemaRef,
2496                                          Scope *S,
2497                                          DeclContext *Owner,
2498                                          DeclarationName Name,
2499                                          SourceLocation NameLoc,
2500                                          unsigned diagnostic) {
2501   LookupResult R(SemaRef, Name, NameLoc, Sema::LookupMemberName,
2502                  Sema::ForRedeclaration);
2503   if (!SemaRef.LookupName(R, S)) return false;
2504 
2505   if (R.getAsSingle<TagDecl>())
2506     return false;
2507 
2508   // Pick a representative declaration.
2509   NamedDecl *PrevDecl = R.getRepresentativeDecl()->getUnderlyingDecl();
2510   assert(PrevDecl && "Expected a non-null Decl");
2511 
2512   if (!SemaRef.isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, Owner, S))
2513     return false;
2514 
2515   SemaRef.Diag(NameLoc, diagnostic) << Name;
2516   SemaRef.Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
2517 
2518   return true;
2519 }
2520 
2521 /// InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers - Inject the members of the
2522 /// anonymous struct or union AnonRecord into the owning context Owner
2523 /// and scope S. This routine will be invoked just after we realize
2524 /// that an unnamed union or struct is actually an anonymous union or
2525 /// struct, e.g.,
2526 ///
2527 /// @code
2528 /// union {
2529 ///   int i;
2530 ///   float f;
2531 /// }; // InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers called here to inject i and
2532 ///    // f into the surrounding scope.x
2533 /// @endcode
2534 ///
2535 /// This routine is recursive, injecting the names of nested anonymous
2536 /// structs/unions into the owning context and scope as well.
2537 static bool InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers(Sema &SemaRef, Scope *S,
2538                                                 DeclContext *Owner,
2539                                                 RecordDecl *AnonRecord,
2540                                                 AccessSpecifier AS,
2541                               SmallVector<NamedDecl*, 2> &Chaining,
2542                                                       bool MSAnonStruct) {
2543   unsigned diagKind
2544     = AnonRecord->isUnion() ? diag::err_anonymous_union_member_redecl
2545                             : diag::err_anonymous_struct_member_redecl;
2546 
2547   bool Invalid = false;
2548 
2549   // Look every FieldDecl and IndirectFieldDecl with a name.
2550   for (RecordDecl::decl_iterator D = AnonRecord->decls_begin(),
2551                                DEnd = AnonRecord->decls_end();
2552        D != DEnd; ++D) {
2553     if ((isa<FieldDecl>(*D) || isa<IndirectFieldDecl>(*D)) &&
2554         cast<NamedDecl>(*D)->getDeclName()) {
2555       ValueDecl *VD = cast<ValueDecl>(*D);
2556       if (CheckAnonMemberRedeclaration(SemaRef, S, Owner, VD->getDeclName(),
2557                                        VD->getLocation(), diagKind)) {
2558         // C++ [class.union]p2:
2559         //   The names of the members of an anonymous union shall be
2560         //   distinct from the names of any other entity in the
2561         //   scope in which the anonymous union is declared.
2562         Invalid = true;
2563       } else {
2564         // C++ [class.union]p2:
2565         //   For the purpose of name lookup, after the anonymous union
2566         //   definition, the members of the anonymous union are
2567         //   considered to have been defined in the scope in which the
2568         //   anonymous union is declared.
2569         unsigned OldChainingSize = Chaining.size();
2570         if (IndirectFieldDecl *IF = dyn_cast<IndirectFieldDecl>(VD))
2571           for (IndirectFieldDecl::chain_iterator PI = IF->chain_begin(),
2572                PE = IF->chain_end(); PI != PE; ++PI)
2573             Chaining.push_back(*PI);
2574         else
2575           Chaining.push_back(VD);
2576 
2577         assert(Chaining.size() >= 2);
2578         NamedDecl **NamedChain =
2579           new (SemaRef.Context)NamedDecl*[Chaining.size()];
2580         for (unsigned i = 0; i < Chaining.size(); i++)
2581           NamedChain[i] = Chaining[i];
2582 
2583         IndirectFieldDecl* IndirectField =
2584           IndirectFieldDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, Owner, VD->getLocation(),
2585                                     VD->getIdentifier(), VD->getType(),
2586                                     NamedChain, Chaining.size());
2587 
2588         IndirectField->setAccess(AS);
2589         IndirectField->setImplicit();
2590         SemaRef.PushOnScopeChains(IndirectField, S);
2591 
2592         // That includes picking up the appropriate access specifier.
2593         if (AS != AS_none) IndirectField->setAccess(AS);
2594 
2595         Chaining.resize(OldChainingSize);
2596       }
2597     }
2598   }
2599 
2600   return Invalid;
2601 }
2602 
2603 /// StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass - Maps a DeclSpec::SCS to
2604 /// a VarDecl::StorageClass. Any error reporting is up to the caller:
2605 /// illegal input values are mapped to SC_None.
2606 static StorageClass
2607 StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass(DeclSpec::SCS StorageClassSpec) {
2608   switch (StorageClassSpec) {
2609   case DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified:    return SC_None;
2610   case DeclSpec::SCS_extern:         return SC_Extern;
2611   case DeclSpec::SCS_static:         return SC_Static;
2612   case DeclSpec::SCS_auto:           return SC_Auto;
2613   case DeclSpec::SCS_register:       return SC_Register;
2614   case DeclSpec::SCS_private_extern: return SC_PrivateExtern;
2615     // Illegal SCSs map to None: error reporting is up to the caller.
2616   case DeclSpec::SCS_mutable:        // Fall through.
2617   case DeclSpec::SCS_typedef:        return SC_None;
2618   }
2619   llvm_unreachable("unknown storage class specifier");
2620 }
2621 
2622 /// StorageClassSpecToFunctionDeclStorageClass - Maps a DeclSpec::SCS to
2623 /// a StorageClass. Any error reporting is up to the caller:
2624 /// illegal input values are mapped to SC_None.
2625 static StorageClass
2626 StorageClassSpecToFunctionDeclStorageClass(DeclSpec::SCS StorageClassSpec) {
2627   switch (StorageClassSpec) {
2628   case DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified:    return SC_None;
2629   case DeclSpec::SCS_extern:         return SC_Extern;
2630   case DeclSpec::SCS_static:         return SC_Static;
2631   case DeclSpec::SCS_private_extern: return SC_PrivateExtern;
2632     // Illegal SCSs map to None: error reporting is up to the caller.
2633   case DeclSpec::SCS_auto:           // Fall through.
2634   case DeclSpec::SCS_mutable:        // Fall through.
2635   case DeclSpec::SCS_register:       // Fall through.
2636   case DeclSpec::SCS_typedef:        return SC_None;
2637   }
2638   llvm_unreachable("unknown storage class specifier");
2639 }
2640 
2641 /// BuildAnonymousStructOrUnion - Handle the declaration of an
2642 /// anonymous structure or union. Anonymous unions are a C++ feature
2643 /// (C++ [class.union]) and a GNU C extension; anonymous structures
2644 /// are a GNU C and GNU C++ extension.
2645 Decl *Sema::BuildAnonymousStructOrUnion(Scope *S, DeclSpec &DS,
2646                                              AccessSpecifier AS,
2647                                              RecordDecl *Record) {
2648   DeclContext *Owner = Record->getDeclContext();
2649 
2650   // Diagnose whether this anonymous struct/union is an extension.
2651   if (Record->isUnion() && !getLangOptions().CPlusPlus)
2652     Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::ext_anonymous_union);
2653   else if (!Record->isUnion())
2654     Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::ext_anonymous_struct);
2655 
2656   // C and C++ require different kinds of checks for anonymous
2657   // structs/unions.
2658   bool Invalid = false;
2659   if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
2660     const char* PrevSpec = 0;
2661     unsigned DiagID;
2662     if (Record->isUnion()) {
2663       // C++ [class.union]p6:
2664       //   Anonymous unions declared in a named namespace or in the
2665       //   global namespace shall be declared static.
2666       if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_static &&
2667           (isa<TranslationUnitDecl>(Owner) ||
2668            (isa<NamespaceDecl>(Owner) &&
2669             cast<NamespaceDecl>(Owner)->getDeclName()))) {
2670         Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_union_not_static)
2671           << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(Record->getLocation(), "static ");
2672 
2673         // Recover by adding 'static'.
2674         DS.SetStorageClassSpec(*this, DeclSpec::SCS_static, SourceLocation(),
2675                                PrevSpec, DiagID);
2676       }
2677       // C++ [class.union]p6:
2678       //   A storage class is not allowed in a declaration of an
2679       //   anonymous union in a class scope.
2680       else if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified &&
2681                isa<RecordDecl>(Owner)) {
2682         Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(),
2683              diag::err_anonymous_union_with_storage_spec)
2684           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc());
2685 
2686         // Recover by removing the storage specifier.
2687         DS.SetStorageClassSpec(*this, DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified,
2688                                SourceLocation(),
2689                                PrevSpec, DiagID);
2690       }
2691     }
2692 
2693     // Ignore const/volatile/restrict qualifiers.
2694     if (DS.getTypeQualifiers()) {
2695       if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_const)
2696         Diag(DS.getConstSpecLoc(), diag::ext_anonymous_struct_union_qualified)
2697           << Record->isUnion() << 0
2698           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getConstSpecLoc());
2699       if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_volatile)
2700         Diag(DS.getVolatileSpecLoc(),
2701              diag::ext_anonymous_struct_union_qualified)
2702           << Record->isUnion() << 1
2703           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getVolatileSpecLoc());
2704       if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_restrict)
2705         Diag(DS.getRestrictSpecLoc(),
2706              diag::ext_anonymous_struct_union_qualified)
2707           << Record->isUnion() << 2
2708           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getRestrictSpecLoc());
2709 
2710       DS.ClearTypeQualifiers();
2711     }
2712 
2713     // C++ [class.union]p2:
2714     //   The member-specification of an anonymous union shall only
2715     //   define non-static data members. [Note: nested types and
2716     //   functions cannot be declared within an anonymous union. ]
2717     for (DeclContext::decl_iterator Mem = Record->decls_begin(),
2718                                  MemEnd = Record->decls_end();
2719          Mem != MemEnd; ++Mem) {
2720       if (FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(*Mem)) {
2721         // C++ [class.union]p3:
2722         //   An anonymous union shall not have private or protected
2723         //   members (clause 11).
2724         assert(FD->getAccess() != AS_none);
2725         if (FD->getAccess() != AS_public) {
2726           Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_record_nonpublic_member)
2727             << (int)Record->isUnion() << (int)(FD->getAccess() == AS_protected);
2728           Invalid = true;
2729         }
2730 
2731         // C++ [class.union]p1
2732         //   An object of a class with a non-trivial constructor, a non-trivial
2733         //   copy constructor, a non-trivial destructor, or a non-trivial copy
2734         //   assignment operator cannot be a member of a union, nor can an
2735         //   array of such objects.
2736         if (CheckNontrivialField(FD))
2737           Invalid = true;
2738       } else if ((*Mem)->isImplicit()) {
2739         // Any implicit members are fine.
2740       } else if (isa<TagDecl>(*Mem) && (*Mem)->getDeclContext() != Record) {
2741         // This is a type that showed up in an
2742         // elaborated-type-specifier inside the anonymous struct or
2743         // union, but which actually declares a type outside of the
2744         // anonymous struct or union. It's okay.
2745       } else if (RecordDecl *MemRecord = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(*Mem)) {
2746         if (!MemRecord->isAnonymousStructOrUnion() &&
2747             MemRecord->getDeclName()) {
2748           // Visual C++ allows type definition in anonymous struct or union.
2749           if (getLangOptions().MicrosoftExt)
2750             Diag(MemRecord->getLocation(), diag::ext_anonymous_record_with_type)
2751               << (int)Record->isUnion();
2752           else {
2753             // This is a nested type declaration.
2754             Diag(MemRecord->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_record_with_type)
2755               << (int)Record->isUnion();
2756             Invalid = true;
2757           }
2758         }
2759       } else if (isa<AccessSpecDecl>(*Mem)) {
2760         // Any access specifier is fine.
2761       } else {
2762         // We have something that isn't a non-static data
2763         // member. Complain about it.
2764         unsigned DK = diag::err_anonymous_record_bad_member;
2765         if (isa<TypeDecl>(*Mem))
2766           DK = diag::err_anonymous_record_with_type;
2767         else if (isa<FunctionDecl>(*Mem))
2768           DK = diag::err_anonymous_record_with_function;
2769         else if (isa<VarDecl>(*Mem))
2770           DK = diag::err_anonymous_record_with_static;
2771 
2772         // Visual C++ allows type definition in anonymous struct or union.
2773         if (getLangOptions().MicrosoftExt &&
2774             DK == diag::err_anonymous_record_with_type)
2775           Diag((*Mem)->getLocation(), diag::ext_anonymous_record_with_type)
2776             << (int)Record->isUnion();
2777         else {
2778           Diag((*Mem)->getLocation(), DK)
2779               << (int)Record->isUnion();
2780           Invalid = true;
2781         }
2782       }
2783     }
2784   }
2785 
2786   if (!Record->isUnion() && !Owner->isRecord()) {
2787     Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_struct_not_member)
2788       << (int)getLangOptions().CPlusPlus;
2789     Invalid = true;
2790   }
2791 
2792   // Mock up a declarator.
2793   Declarator Dc(DS, Declarator::MemberContext);
2794   TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(Dc, S);
2795   assert(TInfo && "couldn't build declarator info for anonymous struct/union");
2796 
2797   // Create a declaration for this anonymous struct/union.
2798   NamedDecl *Anon = 0;
2799   if (RecordDecl *OwningClass = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(Owner)) {
2800     Anon = FieldDecl::Create(Context, OwningClass,
2801                              DS.getSourceRange().getBegin(),
2802                              Record->getLocation(),
2803                              /*IdentifierInfo=*/0,
2804                              Context.getTypeDeclType(Record),
2805                              TInfo,
2806                              /*BitWidth=*/0, /*Mutable=*/false,
2807                              /*HasInit=*/false);
2808     Anon->setAccess(AS);
2809     if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus)
2810       FieldCollector->Add(cast<FieldDecl>(Anon));
2811   } else {
2812     DeclSpec::SCS SCSpec = DS.getStorageClassSpec();
2813     assert(SCSpec != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef &&
2814            "Parser allowed 'typedef' as storage class VarDecl.");
2815     VarDecl::StorageClass SC = StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass(SCSpec);
2816     if (SCSpec == DeclSpec::SCS_mutable) {
2817       // mutable can only appear on non-static class members, so it's always
2818       // an error here
2819       Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::err_mutable_nonmember);
2820       Invalid = true;
2821       SC = SC_None;
2822     }
2823     SCSpec = DS.getStorageClassSpecAsWritten();
2824     VarDecl::StorageClass SCAsWritten
2825       = StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass(SCSpec);
2826 
2827     Anon = VarDecl::Create(Context, Owner,
2828                            DS.getSourceRange().getBegin(),
2829                            Record->getLocation(), /*IdentifierInfo=*/0,
2830                            Context.getTypeDeclType(Record),
2831                            TInfo, SC, SCAsWritten);
2832 
2833     // Default-initialize the implicit variable. This initialization will be
2834     // trivial in almost all cases, except if a union member has an in-class
2835     // initializer:
2836     //   union { int n = 0; };
2837     ActOnUninitializedDecl(Anon, /*TypeMayContainAuto=*/false);
2838   }
2839   Anon->setImplicit();
2840 
2841   // Add the anonymous struct/union object to the current
2842   // context. We'll be referencing this object when we refer to one of
2843   // its members.
2844   Owner->addDecl(Anon);
2845 
2846   // Inject the members of the anonymous struct/union into the owning
2847   // context and into the identifier resolver chain for name lookup
2848   // purposes.
2849   SmallVector<NamedDecl*, 2> Chain;
2850   Chain.push_back(Anon);
2851 
2852   if (InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers(*this, S, Owner, Record, AS,
2853                                           Chain, false))
2854     Invalid = true;
2855 
2856   // Mark this as an anonymous struct/union type. Note that we do not
2857   // do this until after we have already checked and injected the
2858   // members of this anonymous struct/union type, because otherwise
2859   // the members could be injected twice: once by DeclContext when it
2860   // builds its lookup table, and once by
2861   // InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers.
2862   Record->setAnonymousStructOrUnion(true);
2863 
2864   if (Invalid)
2865     Anon->setInvalidDecl();
2866 
2867   return Anon;
2868 }
2869 
2870 /// BuildMicrosoftCAnonymousStruct - Handle the declaration of an
2871 /// Microsoft C anonymous structure.
2872 /// Ref: http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/z2cx9y4f.aspx
2873 /// Example:
2874 ///
2875 /// struct A { int a; };
2876 /// struct B { struct A; int b; };
2877 ///
2878 /// void foo() {
2879 ///   B var;
2880 ///   var.a = 3;
2881 /// }
2882 ///
2883 Decl *Sema::BuildMicrosoftCAnonymousStruct(Scope *S, DeclSpec &DS,
2884                                            RecordDecl *Record) {
2885 
2886   // If there is no Record, get the record via the typedef.
2887   if (!Record)
2888     Record = DS.getRepAsType().get()->getAsStructureType()->getDecl();
2889 
2890   // Mock up a declarator.
2891   Declarator Dc(DS, Declarator::TypeNameContext);
2892   TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(Dc, S);
2893   assert(TInfo && "couldn't build declarator info for anonymous struct");
2894 
2895   // Create a declaration for this anonymous struct.
2896   NamedDecl* Anon = FieldDecl::Create(Context,
2897                              cast<RecordDecl>(CurContext),
2898                              DS.getSourceRange().getBegin(),
2899                              DS.getSourceRange().getBegin(),
2900                              /*IdentifierInfo=*/0,
2901                              Context.getTypeDeclType(Record),
2902                              TInfo,
2903                              /*BitWidth=*/0, /*Mutable=*/false,
2904                              /*HasInit=*/false);
2905   Anon->setImplicit();
2906 
2907   // Add the anonymous struct object to the current context.
2908   CurContext->addDecl(Anon);
2909 
2910   // Inject the members of the anonymous struct into the current
2911   // context and into the identifier resolver chain for name lookup
2912   // purposes.
2913   SmallVector<NamedDecl*, 2> Chain;
2914   Chain.push_back(Anon);
2915 
2916   if (InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers(*this, S, CurContext,
2917                                           Record->getDefinition(),
2918                                           AS_none, Chain, true))
2919     Anon->setInvalidDecl();
2920 
2921   return Anon;
2922 }
2923 
2924 /// GetNameForDeclarator - Determine the full declaration name for the
2925 /// given Declarator.
2926 DeclarationNameInfo Sema::GetNameForDeclarator(Declarator &D) {
2927   return GetNameFromUnqualifiedId(D.getName());
2928 }
2929 
2930 /// \brief Retrieves the declaration name from a parsed unqualified-id.
2931 DeclarationNameInfo
2932 Sema::GetNameFromUnqualifiedId(const UnqualifiedId &Name) {
2933   DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo;
2934   NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation);
2935 
2936   switch (Name.getKind()) {
2937 
2938   case UnqualifiedId::IK_ImplicitSelfParam:
2939   case UnqualifiedId::IK_Identifier:
2940     NameInfo.setName(Name.Identifier);
2941     NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation);
2942     return NameInfo;
2943 
2944   case UnqualifiedId::IK_OperatorFunctionId:
2945     NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(
2946                                            Name.OperatorFunctionId.Operator));
2947     NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation);
2948     NameInfo.getInfo().CXXOperatorName.BeginOpNameLoc
2949       = Name.OperatorFunctionId.SymbolLocations[0];
2950     NameInfo.getInfo().CXXOperatorName.EndOpNameLoc
2951       = Name.EndLocation.getRawEncoding();
2952     return NameInfo;
2953 
2954   case UnqualifiedId::IK_LiteralOperatorId:
2955     NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXLiteralOperatorName(
2956                                                            Name.Identifier));
2957     NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation);
2958     NameInfo.setCXXLiteralOperatorNameLoc(Name.EndLocation);
2959     return NameInfo;
2960 
2961   case UnqualifiedId::IK_ConversionFunctionId: {
2962     TypeSourceInfo *TInfo;
2963     QualType Ty = GetTypeFromParser(Name.ConversionFunctionId, &TInfo);
2964     if (Ty.isNull())
2965       return DeclarationNameInfo();
2966     NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXConversionFunctionName(
2967                                                Context.getCanonicalType(Ty)));
2968     NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation);
2969     NameInfo.setNamedTypeInfo(TInfo);
2970     return NameInfo;
2971   }
2972 
2973   case UnqualifiedId::IK_ConstructorName: {
2974     TypeSourceInfo *TInfo;
2975     QualType Ty = GetTypeFromParser(Name.ConstructorName, &TInfo);
2976     if (Ty.isNull())
2977       return DeclarationNameInfo();
2978     NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXConstructorName(
2979                                               Context.getCanonicalType(Ty)));
2980     NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation);
2981     NameInfo.setNamedTypeInfo(TInfo);
2982     return NameInfo;
2983   }
2984 
2985   case UnqualifiedId::IK_ConstructorTemplateId: {
2986     // In well-formed code, we can only have a constructor
2987     // template-id that refers to the current context, so go there
2988     // to find the actual type being constructed.
2989     CXXRecordDecl *CurClass = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext);
2990     if (!CurClass || CurClass->getIdentifier() != Name.TemplateId->Name)
2991       return DeclarationNameInfo();
2992 
2993     // Determine the type of the class being constructed.
2994     QualType CurClassType = Context.getTypeDeclType(CurClass);
2995 
2996     // FIXME: Check two things: that the template-id names the same type as
2997     // CurClassType, and that the template-id does not occur when the name
2998     // was qualified.
2999 
3000     NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXConstructorName(
3001                                     Context.getCanonicalType(CurClassType)));
3002     NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation);
3003     // FIXME: should we retrieve TypeSourceInfo?
3004     NameInfo.setNamedTypeInfo(0);
3005     return NameInfo;
3006   }
3007 
3008   case UnqualifiedId::IK_DestructorName: {
3009     TypeSourceInfo *TInfo;
3010     QualType Ty = GetTypeFromParser(Name.DestructorName, &TInfo);
3011     if (Ty.isNull())
3012       return DeclarationNameInfo();
3013     NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXDestructorName(
3014                                               Context.getCanonicalType(Ty)));
3015     NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation);
3016     NameInfo.setNamedTypeInfo(TInfo);
3017     return NameInfo;
3018   }
3019 
3020   case UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId: {
3021     TemplateName TName = Name.TemplateId->Template.get();
3022     SourceLocation TNameLoc = Name.TemplateId->TemplateNameLoc;
3023     return Context.getNameForTemplate(TName, TNameLoc);
3024   }
3025 
3026   } // switch (Name.getKind())
3027 
3028   llvm_unreachable("Unknown name kind");
3029 }
3030 
3031 static QualType getCoreType(QualType Ty) {
3032   do {
3033     if (Ty->isPointerType() || Ty->isReferenceType())
3034       Ty = Ty->getPointeeType();
3035     else if (Ty->isArrayType())
3036       Ty = Ty->castAsArrayTypeUnsafe()->getElementType();
3037     else
3038       return Ty.withoutLocalFastQualifiers();
3039   } while (true);
3040 }
3041 
3042 /// hasSimilarParameters - Determine whether the C++ functions Declaration
3043 /// and Definition have "nearly" matching parameters. This heuristic is
3044 /// used to improve diagnostics in the case where an out-of-line function
3045 /// definition doesn't match any declaration within the class or namespace.
3046 /// Also sets Params to the list of indices to the parameters that differ
3047 /// between the declaration and the definition. If hasSimilarParameters
3048 /// returns true and Params is empty, then all of the parameters match.
3049 static bool hasSimilarParameters(ASTContext &Context,
3050                                      FunctionDecl *Declaration,
3051                                      FunctionDecl *Definition,
3052                                      llvm::SmallVectorImpl<unsigned> &Params) {
3053   Params.clear();
3054   if (Declaration->param_size() != Definition->param_size())
3055     return false;
3056   for (unsigned Idx = 0; Idx < Declaration->param_size(); ++Idx) {
3057     QualType DeclParamTy = Declaration->getParamDecl(Idx)->getType();
3058     QualType DefParamTy = Definition->getParamDecl(Idx)->getType();
3059 
3060     // The parameter types are identical
3061     if (Context.hasSameType(DefParamTy, DeclParamTy))
3062       continue;
3063 
3064     QualType DeclParamBaseTy = getCoreType(DeclParamTy);
3065     QualType DefParamBaseTy = getCoreType(DefParamTy);
3066     const IdentifierInfo *DeclTyName = DeclParamBaseTy.getBaseTypeIdentifier();
3067     const IdentifierInfo *DefTyName = DefParamBaseTy.getBaseTypeIdentifier();
3068 
3069     if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(DeclParamBaseTy, DefParamBaseTy) ||
3070         (DeclTyName && DeclTyName == DefTyName))
3071       Params.push_back(Idx);
3072     else  // The two parameters aren't even close
3073       return false;
3074   }
3075 
3076   return true;
3077 }
3078 
3079 /// NeedsRebuildingInCurrentInstantiation - Checks whether the given
3080 /// declarator needs to be rebuilt in the current instantiation.
3081 /// Any bits of declarator which appear before the name are valid for
3082 /// consideration here.  That's specifically the type in the decl spec
3083 /// and the base type in any member-pointer chunks.
3084 static bool RebuildDeclaratorInCurrentInstantiation(Sema &S, Declarator &D,
3085                                                     DeclarationName Name) {
3086   // The types we specifically need to rebuild are:
3087   //   - typenames, typeofs, and decltypes
3088   //   - types which will become injected class names
3089   // Of course, we also need to rebuild any type referencing such a
3090   // type.  It's safest to just say "dependent", but we call out a
3091   // few cases here.
3092 
3093   DeclSpec &DS = D.getMutableDeclSpec();
3094   switch (DS.getTypeSpecType()) {
3095   case DeclSpec::TST_typename:
3096   case DeclSpec::TST_typeofType:
3097   case DeclSpec::TST_decltype:
3098   case DeclSpec::TST_underlyingType:
3099   case DeclSpec::TST_atomic: {
3100     // Grab the type from the parser.
3101     TypeSourceInfo *TSI = 0;
3102     QualType T = S.GetTypeFromParser(DS.getRepAsType(), &TSI);
3103     if (T.isNull() || !T->isDependentType()) break;
3104 
3105     // Make sure there's a type source info.  This isn't really much
3106     // of a waste; most dependent types should have type source info
3107     // attached already.
3108     if (!TSI)
3109       TSI = S.Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T, DS.getTypeSpecTypeLoc());
3110 
3111     // Rebuild the type in the current instantiation.
3112     TSI = S.RebuildTypeInCurrentInstantiation(TSI, D.getIdentifierLoc(), Name);
3113     if (!TSI) return true;
3114 
3115     // Store the new type back in the decl spec.
3116     ParsedType LocType = S.CreateParsedType(TSI->getType(), TSI);
3117     DS.UpdateTypeRep(LocType);
3118     break;
3119   }
3120 
3121   case DeclSpec::TST_typeofExpr: {
3122     Expr *E = DS.getRepAsExpr();
3123     ExprResult Result = S.RebuildExprInCurrentInstantiation(E);
3124     if (Result.isInvalid()) return true;
3125     DS.UpdateExprRep(Result.get());
3126     break;
3127   }
3128 
3129   default:
3130     // Nothing to do for these decl specs.
3131     break;
3132   }
3133 
3134   // It doesn't matter what order we do this in.
3135   for (unsigned I = 0, E = D.getNumTypeObjects(); I != E; ++I) {
3136     DeclaratorChunk &Chunk = D.getTypeObject(I);
3137 
3138     // The only type information in the declarator which can come
3139     // before the declaration name is the base type of a member
3140     // pointer.
3141     if (Chunk.Kind != DeclaratorChunk::MemberPointer)
3142       continue;
3143 
3144     // Rebuild the scope specifier in-place.
3145     CXXScopeSpec &SS = Chunk.Mem.Scope();
3146     if (S.RebuildNestedNameSpecifierInCurrentInstantiation(SS))
3147       return true;
3148   }
3149 
3150   return false;
3151 }
3152 
3153 Decl *Sema::ActOnDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D) {
3154   D.setFunctionDefinitionKind(FDK_Declaration);
3155   return HandleDeclarator(S, D, MultiTemplateParamsArg(*this));
3156 }
3157 
3158 /// DiagnoseClassNameShadow - Implement C++ [class.mem]p13:
3159 ///   If T is the name of a class, then each of the following shall have a
3160 ///   name different from T:
3161 ///     - every static data member of class T;
3162 ///     - every member function of class T
3163 ///     - every member of class T that is itself a type;
3164 /// \returns true if the declaration name violates these rules.
3165 bool Sema::DiagnoseClassNameShadow(DeclContext *DC,
3166                                    DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo) {
3167   DeclarationName Name = NameInfo.getName();
3168 
3169   if (CXXRecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC))
3170     if (Record->getIdentifier() && Record->getDeclName() == Name) {
3171       Diag(NameInfo.getLoc(), diag::err_member_name_of_class) << Name;
3172       return true;
3173     }
3174 
3175   return false;
3176 }
3177 
3178 Decl *Sema::HandleDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D,
3179                              MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists) {
3180   // TODO: consider using NameInfo for diagnostic.
3181   DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo = GetNameForDeclarator(D);
3182   DeclarationName Name = NameInfo.getName();
3183 
3184   // All of these full declarators require an identifier.  If it doesn't have
3185   // one, the ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec action should be used.
3186   if (!Name) {
3187     if (!D.isInvalidType())  // Reject this if we think it is valid.
3188       Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getSourceRange().getBegin(),
3189            diag::err_declarator_need_ident)
3190         << D.getDeclSpec().getSourceRange() << D.getSourceRange();
3191     return 0;
3192   } else if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(NameInfo, UPPC_DeclarationType))
3193     return 0;
3194 
3195   // The scope passed in may not be a decl scope.  Zip up the scope tree until
3196   // we find one that is.
3197   while ((S->getFlags() & Scope::DeclScope) == 0 ||
3198          (S->getFlags() & Scope::TemplateParamScope) != 0)
3199     S = S->getParent();
3200 
3201   DeclContext *DC = CurContext;
3202   if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isInvalid())
3203     D.setInvalidType();
3204   else if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) {
3205     if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(D.getCXXScopeSpec(),
3206                                         UPPC_DeclarationQualifier))
3207       return 0;
3208 
3209     bool EnteringContext = !D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified();
3210     DC = computeDeclContext(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), EnteringContext);
3211     if (!DC) {
3212       // If we could not compute the declaration context, it's because the
3213       // declaration context is dependent but does not refer to a class,
3214       // class template, or class template partial specialization. Complain
3215       // and return early, to avoid the coming semantic disaster.
3216       Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(),
3217            diag::err_template_qualified_declarator_no_match)
3218         << (NestedNameSpecifier*)D.getCXXScopeSpec().getScopeRep()
3219         << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange();
3220       return 0;
3221     }
3222     bool IsDependentContext = DC->isDependentContext();
3223 
3224     if (!IsDependentContext &&
3225         RequireCompleteDeclContext(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), DC))
3226       return 0;
3227 
3228     if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)) {
3229       if (!cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)->hasDefinition()) {
3230         Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(),
3231              diag::err_member_def_undefined_record)
3232           << Name << DC << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange();
3233         D.setInvalidType();
3234       } else if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext) &&
3235                  !D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified()) {
3236         // The user provided a superfluous scope specifier inside a class
3237         // definition:
3238         //
3239         // class X {
3240         //   void X::f();
3241         // };
3242         if (CurContext->Equals(DC)) {
3243           Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::warn_member_extra_qualification)
3244             << Name << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange());
3245         } else {
3246           Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_member_qualification)
3247             << Name << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange();
3248 
3249           // C++ constructors and destructors with incorrect scopes can break
3250           // our AST invariants by having the wrong underlying types. If
3251           // that's the case, then drop this declaration entirely.
3252           if ((Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXConstructorName ||
3253                Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName) &&
3254               !Context.hasSameType(Name.getCXXNameType(),
3255                  Context.getTypeDeclType(cast<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext))))
3256             return 0;
3257         }
3258 
3259         // Pretend that this qualifier was not here.
3260         D.getCXXScopeSpec().clear();
3261       }
3262     }
3263 
3264     // Check whether we need to rebuild the type of the given
3265     // declaration in the current instantiation.
3266     if (EnteringContext && IsDependentContext &&
3267         TemplateParamLists.size() != 0) {
3268       ContextRAII SavedContext(*this, DC);
3269       if (RebuildDeclaratorInCurrentInstantiation(*this, D, Name))
3270         D.setInvalidType();
3271     }
3272   }
3273 
3274   if (DiagnoseClassNameShadow(DC, NameInfo))
3275     // If this is a typedef, we'll end up spewing multiple diagnostics.
3276     // Just return early; it's safer.
3277     if (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_typedef)
3278       return 0;
3279 
3280   NamedDecl *New;
3281 
3282   TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S);
3283   QualType R = TInfo->getType();
3284 
3285   if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(D.getIdentifierLoc(), TInfo,
3286                                       UPPC_DeclarationType))
3287     D.setInvalidType();
3288 
3289   LookupResult Previous(*this, NameInfo, LookupOrdinaryName,
3290                         ForRedeclaration);
3291 
3292   // See if this is a redefinition of a variable in the same scope.
3293   if (!D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) {
3294     bool IsLinkageLookup = false;
3295 
3296     // If the declaration we're planning to build will be a function
3297     // or object with linkage, then look for another declaration with
3298     // linkage (C99 6.2.2p4-5 and C++ [basic.link]p6).
3299     if (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_typedef)
3300       /* Do nothing*/;
3301     else if (R->isFunctionType()) {
3302       if (CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod() ||
3303           D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_static)
3304         IsLinkageLookup = true;
3305     } else if (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_extern)
3306       IsLinkageLookup = true;
3307     else if (CurContext->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit() &&
3308              D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_static)
3309       IsLinkageLookup = true;
3310 
3311     if (IsLinkageLookup)
3312       Previous.clear(LookupRedeclarationWithLinkage);
3313 
3314     LookupName(Previous, S, /* CreateBuiltins = */ IsLinkageLookup);
3315   } else { // Something like "int foo::x;"
3316     LookupQualifiedName(Previous, DC);
3317 
3318     // Don't consider using declarations as previous declarations for
3319     // out-of-line members.
3320     RemoveUsingDecls(Previous);
3321 
3322     // C++ 7.3.1.2p2:
3323     // Members (including explicit specializations of templates) of a named
3324     // namespace can also be defined outside that namespace by explicit
3325     // qualification of the name being defined, provided that the entity being
3326     // defined was already declared in the namespace and the definition appears
3327     // after the point of declaration in a namespace that encloses the
3328     // declarations namespace.
3329     //
3330     // Note that we only check the context at this point. We don't yet
3331     // have enough information to make sure that PrevDecl is actually
3332     // the declaration we want to match. For example, given:
3333     //
3334     //   class X {
3335     //     void f();
3336     //     void f(float);
3337     //   };
3338     //
3339     //   void X::f(int) { } // ill-formed
3340     //
3341     // In this case, PrevDecl will point to the overload set
3342     // containing the two f's declared in X, but neither of them
3343     // matches.
3344 
3345     // First check whether we named the global scope.
3346     if (isa<TranslationUnitDecl>(DC)) {
3347       Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_invalid_declarator_global_scope)
3348         << Name << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange();
3349     } else {
3350       DeclContext *Cur = CurContext;
3351       while (isa<LinkageSpecDecl>(Cur))
3352         Cur = Cur->getParent();
3353       if (!Cur->Encloses(DC)) {
3354         // The qualifying scope doesn't enclose the original declaration.
3355         // Emit diagnostic based on current scope.
3356         SourceLocation L = D.getIdentifierLoc();
3357         SourceRange R = D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange();
3358         if (isa<FunctionDecl>(Cur))
3359           Diag(L, diag::err_invalid_declarator_in_function) << Name << R;
3360         else
3361           Diag(L, diag::err_invalid_declarator_scope)
3362             << Name << cast<NamedDecl>(DC) << R;
3363         D.setInvalidType();
3364       }
3365     }
3366   }
3367 
3368   if (Previous.isSingleResult() &&
3369       Previous.getFoundDecl()->isTemplateParameter()) {
3370     // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter.
3371     if (!D.isInvalidType())
3372       DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(D.getIdentifierLoc(),
3373                                       Previous.getFoundDecl());
3374 
3375     // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration.
3376     Previous.clear();
3377   }
3378 
3379   // In C++, the previous declaration we find might be a tag type
3380   // (class or enum). In this case, the new declaration will hide the
3381   // tag type. Note that this does does not apply if we're declaring a
3382   // typedef (C++ [dcl.typedef]p4).
3383   if (Previous.isSingleTagDecl() &&
3384       D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef)
3385     Previous.clear();
3386 
3387   bool AddToScope = true;
3388   if (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) {
3389     if (TemplateParamLists.size()) {
3390       Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_template_typedef);
3391       return 0;
3392     }
3393 
3394     New = ActOnTypedefDeclarator(S, D, DC, TInfo, Previous);
3395   } else if (R->isFunctionType()) {
3396     New = ActOnFunctionDeclarator(S, D, DC, TInfo, Previous,
3397                                   move(TemplateParamLists),
3398                                   AddToScope);
3399   } else {
3400     New = ActOnVariableDeclarator(S, D, DC, TInfo, Previous,
3401                                   move(TemplateParamLists));
3402   }
3403 
3404   if (New == 0)
3405     return 0;
3406 
3407   // If this has an identifier and is not an invalid redeclaration or
3408   // function template specialization, add it to the scope stack.
3409   if (New->getDeclName() && AddToScope &&
3410        !(D.isRedeclaration() && New->isInvalidDecl()))
3411     PushOnScopeChains(New, S);
3412 
3413   return New;
3414 }
3415 
3416 /// TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType - Helper method to turn variable array
3417 /// types into constant array types in certain situations which would otherwise
3418 /// be errors (for GCC compatibility).
3419 static QualType TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(QualType T,
3420                                                     ASTContext &Context,
3421                                                     bool &SizeIsNegative,
3422                                                     llvm::APSInt &Oversized) {
3423   // This method tries to turn a variable array into a constant
3424   // array even when the size isn't an ICE.  This is necessary
3425   // for compatibility with code that depends on gcc's buggy
3426   // constant expression folding, like struct {char x[(int)(char*)2];}
3427   SizeIsNegative = false;
3428   Oversized = 0;
3429 
3430   if (T->isDependentType())
3431     return QualType();
3432 
3433   QualifierCollector Qs;
3434   const Type *Ty = Qs.strip(T);
3435 
3436   if (const PointerType* PTy = dyn_cast<PointerType>(Ty)) {
3437     QualType Pointee = PTy->getPointeeType();
3438     QualType FixedType =
3439         TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(Pointee, Context, SizeIsNegative,
3440                                             Oversized);
3441     if (FixedType.isNull()) return FixedType;
3442     FixedType = Context.getPointerType(FixedType);
3443     return Qs.apply(Context, FixedType);
3444   }
3445   if (const ParenType* PTy = dyn_cast<ParenType>(Ty)) {
3446     QualType Inner = PTy->getInnerType();
3447     QualType FixedType =
3448         TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(Inner, Context, SizeIsNegative,
3449                                             Oversized);
3450     if (FixedType.isNull()) return FixedType;
3451     FixedType = Context.getParenType(FixedType);
3452     return Qs.apply(Context, FixedType);
3453   }
3454 
3455   const VariableArrayType* VLATy = dyn_cast<VariableArrayType>(T);
3456   if (!VLATy)
3457     return QualType();
3458   // FIXME: We should probably handle this case
3459   if (VLATy->getElementType()->isVariablyModifiedType())
3460     return QualType();
3461 
3462   Expr::EvalResult EvalResult;
3463   if (!VLATy->getSizeExpr() ||
3464       !VLATy->getSizeExpr()->EvaluateAsRValue(EvalResult, Context) ||
3465       !EvalResult.Val.isInt())
3466     return QualType();
3467 
3468   // Check whether the array size is negative.
3469   llvm::APSInt &Res = EvalResult.Val.getInt();
3470   if (Res.isSigned() && Res.isNegative()) {
3471     SizeIsNegative = true;
3472     return QualType();
3473   }
3474 
3475   // Check whether the array is too large to be addressed.
3476   unsigned ActiveSizeBits
3477     = ConstantArrayType::getNumAddressingBits(Context, VLATy->getElementType(),
3478                                               Res);
3479   if (ActiveSizeBits > ConstantArrayType::getMaxSizeBits(Context)) {
3480     Oversized = Res;
3481     return QualType();
3482   }
3483 
3484   return Context.getConstantArrayType(VLATy->getElementType(),
3485                                       Res, ArrayType::Normal, 0);
3486 }
3487 
3488 /// \brief Register the given locally-scoped external C declaration so
3489 /// that it can be found later for redeclarations
3490 void
3491 Sema::RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(NamedDecl *ND,
3492                                        const LookupResult &Previous,
3493                                        Scope *S) {
3494   assert(ND->getLexicalDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod() &&
3495          "Decl is not a locally-scoped decl!");
3496   // Note that we have a locally-scoped external with this name.
3497   LocallyScopedExternalDecls[ND->getDeclName()] = ND;
3498 
3499   if (!Previous.isSingleResult())
3500     return;
3501 
3502   NamedDecl *PrevDecl = Previous.getFoundDecl();
3503 
3504   // If there was a previous declaration of this variable, it may be
3505   // in our identifier chain. Update the identifier chain with the new
3506   // declaration.
3507   if (S && IdResolver.ReplaceDecl(PrevDecl, ND)) {
3508     // The previous declaration was found on the identifer resolver
3509     // chain, so remove it from its scope.
3510 
3511     if (S->isDeclScope(PrevDecl)) {
3512       // Special case for redeclarations in the SAME scope.
3513       // Because this declaration is going to be added to the identifier chain
3514       // later, we should temporarily take it OFF the chain.
3515       IdResolver.RemoveDecl(ND);
3516 
3517     } else {
3518       // Find the scope for the original declaration.
3519       while (S && !S->isDeclScope(PrevDecl))
3520         S = S->getParent();
3521     }
3522 
3523     if (S)
3524       S->RemoveDecl(PrevDecl);
3525   }
3526 }
3527 
3528 llvm::DenseMap<DeclarationName, NamedDecl *>::iterator
3529 Sema::findLocallyScopedExternalDecl(DeclarationName Name) {
3530   if (ExternalSource) {
3531     // Load locally-scoped external decls from the external source.
3532     SmallVector<NamedDecl *, 4> Decls;
3533     ExternalSource->ReadLocallyScopedExternalDecls(Decls);
3534     for (unsigned I = 0, N = Decls.size(); I != N; ++I) {
3535       llvm::DenseMap<DeclarationName, NamedDecl *>::iterator Pos
3536         = LocallyScopedExternalDecls.find(Decls[I]->getDeclName());
3537       if (Pos == LocallyScopedExternalDecls.end())
3538         LocallyScopedExternalDecls[Decls[I]->getDeclName()] = Decls[I];
3539     }
3540   }
3541 
3542   return LocallyScopedExternalDecls.find(Name);
3543 }
3544 
3545 /// \brief Diagnose function specifiers on a declaration of an identifier that
3546 /// does not identify a function.
3547 void Sema::DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(Declarator& D) {
3548   // FIXME: We should probably indicate the identifier in question to avoid
3549   // confusion for constructs like "inline int a(), b;"
3550   if (D.getDeclSpec().isInlineSpecified())
3551     Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc(),
3552          diag::err_inline_non_function);
3553 
3554   if (D.getDeclSpec().isVirtualSpecified())
3555     Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(),
3556          diag::err_virtual_non_function);
3557 
3558   if (D.getDeclSpec().isExplicitSpecified())
3559     Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc(),
3560          diag::err_explicit_non_function);
3561 }
3562 
3563 NamedDecl*
3564 Sema::ActOnTypedefDeclarator(Scope* S, Declarator& D, DeclContext* DC,
3565                              TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, LookupResult &Previous) {
3566   // Typedef declarators cannot be qualified (C++ [dcl.meaning]p1).
3567   if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) {
3568     Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_qualified_typedef_declarator)
3569       << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange();
3570     D.setInvalidType();
3571     // Pretend we didn't see the scope specifier.
3572     DC = CurContext;
3573     Previous.clear();
3574   }
3575 
3576   if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
3577     // Check that there are no default arguments (C++ only).
3578     CheckExtraCXXDefaultArguments(D);
3579   }
3580 
3581   DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(D);
3582 
3583   if (D.getDeclSpec().isThreadSpecified())
3584     Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadSpecLoc(), diag::err_invalid_thread);
3585   if (D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified())
3586     Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_invalid_constexpr)
3587       << 1;
3588 
3589   if (D.getName().Kind != UnqualifiedId::IK_Identifier) {
3590     Diag(D.getName().StartLocation, diag::err_typedef_not_identifier)
3591       << D.getName().getSourceRange();
3592     return 0;
3593   }
3594 
3595   TypedefDecl *NewTD = ParseTypedefDecl(S, D, TInfo->getType(), TInfo);
3596   if (!NewTD) return 0;
3597 
3598   // Handle attributes prior to checking for duplicates in MergeVarDecl
3599   ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewTD, D);
3600 
3601   CheckTypedefForVariablyModifiedType(S, NewTD);
3602 
3603   bool Redeclaration = D.isRedeclaration();
3604   NamedDecl *ND = ActOnTypedefNameDecl(S, DC, NewTD, Previous, Redeclaration);
3605   D.setRedeclaration(Redeclaration);
3606   return ND;
3607 }
3608 
3609 void
3610 Sema::CheckTypedefForVariablyModifiedType(Scope *S, TypedefNameDecl *NewTD) {
3611   // C99 6.7.7p2: If a typedef name specifies a variably modified type
3612   // then it shall have block scope.
3613   // Note that variably modified types must be fixed before merging the decl so
3614   // that redeclarations will match.
3615   QualType T = NewTD->getUnderlyingType();
3616   if (T->isVariablyModifiedType()) {
3617     getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope();
3618 
3619     if (S->getFnParent() == 0) {
3620       bool SizeIsNegative;
3621       llvm::APSInt Oversized;
3622       QualType FixedTy =
3623           TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(T, Context, SizeIsNegative,
3624                                               Oversized);
3625       if (!FixedTy.isNull()) {
3626         Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::warn_illegal_constant_array_size);
3627         NewTD->setTypeSourceInfo(Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(FixedTy));
3628       } else {
3629         if (SizeIsNegative)
3630           Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_typecheck_negative_array_size);
3631         else if (T->isVariableArrayType())
3632           Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_vla_decl_in_file_scope);
3633         else if (Oversized.getBoolValue())
3634           Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_array_too_large)
3635             << Oversized.toString(10);
3636         else
3637           Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_vm_decl_in_file_scope);
3638         NewTD->setInvalidDecl();
3639       }
3640     }
3641   }
3642 }
3643 
3644 
3645 /// ActOnTypedefNameDecl - Perform semantic checking for a declaration which
3646 /// declares a typedef-name, either using the 'typedef' type specifier or via
3647 /// a C++0x [dcl.typedef]p2 alias-declaration: 'using T = A;'.
3648 NamedDecl*
3649 Sema::ActOnTypedefNameDecl(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC, TypedefNameDecl *NewTD,
3650                            LookupResult &Previous, bool &Redeclaration) {
3651   // Merge the decl with the existing one if appropriate. If the decl is
3652   // in an outer scope, it isn't the same thing.
3653   FilterLookupForScope(Previous, DC, S, /*ConsiderLinkage*/ false,
3654                        /*ExplicitInstantiationOrSpecialization=*/false);
3655   if (!Previous.empty()) {
3656     Redeclaration = true;
3657     MergeTypedefNameDecl(NewTD, Previous);
3658   }
3659 
3660   // If this is the C FILE type, notify the AST context.
3661   if (IdentifierInfo *II = NewTD->getIdentifier())
3662     if (!NewTD->isInvalidDecl() &&
3663         NewTD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) {
3664       if (II->isStr("FILE"))
3665         Context.setFILEDecl(NewTD);
3666       else if (II->isStr("jmp_buf"))
3667         Context.setjmp_bufDecl(NewTD);
3668       else if (II->isStr("sigjmp_buf"))
3669         Context.setsigjmp_bufDecl(NewTD);
3670       else if (II->isStr("ucontext_t"))
3671         Context.setucontext_tDecl(NewTD);
3672       else if (II->isStr("__builtin_va_list"))
3673         Context.setBuiltinVaListType(Context.getTypedefType(NewTD));
3674     }
3675 
3676   return NewTD;
3677 }
3678 
3679 /// \brief Determines whether the given declaration is an out-of-scope
3680 /// previous declaration.
3681 ///
3682 /// This routine should be invoked when name lookup has found a
3683 /// previous declaration (PrevDecl) that is not in the scope where a
3684 /// new declaration by the same name is being introduced. If the new
3685 /// declaration occurs in a local scope, previous declarations with
3686 /// linkage may still be considered previous declarations (C99
3687 /// 6.2.2p4-5, C++ [basic.link]p6).
3688 ///
3689 /// \param PrevDecl the previous declaration found by name
3690 /// lookup
3691 ///
3692 /// \param DC the context in which the new declaration is being
3693 /// declared.
3694 ///
3695 /// \returns true if PrevDecl is an out-of-scope previous declaration
3696 /// for a new delcaration with the same name.
3697 static bool
3698 isOutOfScopePreviousDeclaration(NamedDecl *PrevDecl, DeclContext *DC,
3699                                 ASTContext &Context) {
3700   if (!PrevDecl)
3701     return false;
3702 
3703   if (!PrevDecl->hasLinkage())
3704     return false;
3705 
3706   if (Context.getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
3707     // C++ [basic.link]p6:
3708     //   If there is a visible declaration of an entity with linkage
3709     //   having the same name and type, ignoring entities declared
3710     //   outside the innermost enclosing namespace scope, the block
3711     //   scope declaration declares that same entity and receives the
3712     //   linkage of the previous declaration.
3713     DeclContext *OuterContext = DC->getRedeclContext();
3714     if (!OuterContext->isFunctionOrMethod())
3715       // This rule only applies to block-scope declarations.
3716       return false;
3717 
3718     DeclContext *PrevOuterContext = PrevDecl->getDeclContext();
3719     if (PrevOuterContext->isRecord())
3720       // We found a member function: ignore it.
3721       return false;
3722 
3723     // Find the innermost enclosing namespace for the new and
3724     // previous declarations.
3725     OuterContext = OuterContext->getEnclosingNamespaceContext();
3726     PrevOuterContext = PrevOuterContext->getEnclosingNamespaceContext();
3727 
3728     // The previous declaration is in a different namespace, so it
3729     // isn't the same function.
3730     if (!OuterContext->Equals(PrevOuterContext))
3731       return false;
3732   }
3733 
3734   return true;
3735 }
3736 
3737 static void SetNestedNameSpecifier(DeclaratorDecl *DD, Declarator &D) {
3738   CXXScopeSpec &SS = D.getCXXScopeSpec();
3739   if (!SS.isSet()) return;
3740   DD->setQualifierInfo(SS.getWithLocInContext(DD->getASTContext()));
3741 }
3742 
3743 bool Sema::inferObjCARCLifetime(ValueDecl *decl) {
3744   QualType type = decl->getType();
3745   Qualifiers::ObjCLifetime lifetime = type.getObjCLifetime();
3746   if (lifetime == Qualifiers::OCL_Autoreleasing) {
3747     // Various kinds of declaration aren't allowed to be __autoreleasing.
3748     unsigned kind = -1U;
3749     if (VarDecl *var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(decl)) {
3750       if (var->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>())
3751         kind = 0; // __block
3752       else if (!var->hasLocalStorage())
3753         kind = 1; // global
3754     } else if (isa<ObjCIvarDecl>(decl)) {
3755       kind = 3; // ivar
3756     } else if (isa<FieldDecl>(decl)) {
3757       kind = 2; // field
3758     }
3759 
3760     if (kind != -1U) {
3761       Diag(decl->getLocation(), diag::err_arc_autoreleasing_var)
3762         << kind;
3763     }
3764   } else if (lifetime == Qualifiers::OCL_None) {
3765     // Try to infer lifetime.
3766     if (!type->isObjCLifetimeType())
3767       return false;
3768 
3769     lifetime = type->getObjCARCImplicitLifetime();
3770     type = Context.getLifetimeQualifiedType(type, lifetime);
3771     decl->setType(type);
3772   }
3773 
3774   if (VarDecl *var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(decl)) {
3775     // Thread-local variables cannot have lifetime.
3776     if (lifetime && lifetime != Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone &&
3777         var->isThreadSpecified()) {
3778       Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::err_arc_thread_ownership)
3779         << var->getType();
3780       return true;
3781     }
3782   }
3783 
3784   return false;
3785 }
3786 
3787 NamedDecl*
3788 Sema::ActOnVariableDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D, DeclContext *DC,
3789                               TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, LookupResult &Previous,
3790                               MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists) {
3791   QualType R = TInfo->getType();
3792   DeclarationName Name = GetNameForDeclarator(D).getName();
3793 
3794   // Check that there are no default arguments (C++ only).
3795   if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus)
3796     CheckExtraCXXDefaultArguments(D);
3797 
3798   DeclSpec::SCS SCSpec = D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec();
3799   assert(SCSpec != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef &&
3800          "Parser allowed 'typedef' as storage class VarDecl.");
3801   VarDecl::StorageClass SC = StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass(SCSpec);
3802   if (SCSpec == DeclSpec::SCS_mutable) {
3803     // mutable can only appear on non-static class members, so it's always
3804     // an error here
3805     Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_mutable_nonmember);
3806     D.setInvalidType();
3807     SC = SC_None;
3808   }
3809   SCSpec = D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecAsWritten();
3810   VarDecl::StorageClass SCAsWritten
3811     = StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass(SCSpec);
3812 
3813   IdentifierInfo *II = Name.getAsIdentifierInfo();
3814   if (!II) {
3815     Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_bad_variable_name)
3816       << Name;
3817     return 0;
3818   }
3819 
3820   DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(D);
3821 
3822   if (!DC->isRecord() && S->getFnParent() == 0) {
3823     // C99 6.9p2: The storage-class specifiers auto and register shall not
3824     // appear in the declaration specifiers in an external declaration.
3825     if (SC == SC_Auto || SC == SC_Register) {
3826 
3827       // If this is a register variable with an asm label specified, then this
3828       // is a GNU extension.
3829       if (SC == SC_Register && D.getAsmLabel())
3830         Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_unsupported_global_register);
3831       else
3832         Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_typecheck_sclass_fscope);
3833       D.setInvalidType();
3834     }
3835   }
3836 
3837   if (getLangOptions().OpenCL) {
3838     // Set up the special work-group-local storage class for variables in the
3839     // OpenCL __local address space.
3840     if (R.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_local)
3841       SC = SC_OpenCLWorkGroupLocal;
3842   }
3843 
3844   bool isExplicitSpecialization = false;
3845   VarDecl *NewVD;
3846   if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
3847     NewVD = VarDecl::Create(Context, DC, D.getSourceRange().getBegin(),
3848                             D.getIdentifierLoc(), II,
3849                             R, TInfo, SC, SCAsWritten);
3850 
3851     if (D.isInvalidType())
3852       NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
3853   } else {
3854     if (DC->isRecord() && !CurContext->isRecord()) {
3855       // This is an out-of-line definition of a static data member.
3856       if (SC == SC_Static) {
3857         Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(),
3858              diag::err_static_out_of_line)
3859           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc());
3860       } else if (SC == SC_None)
3861         SC = SC_Static;
3862     }
3863     if (SC == SC_Static) {
3864       if (const CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)) {
3865         if (RD->isLocalClass())
3866           Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(),
3867                diag::err_static_data_member_not_allowed_in_local_class)
3868             << Name << RD->getDeclName();
3869 
3870         // C++ [class.union]p1: If a union contains a static data member,
3871         // the program is ill-formed.
3872         //
3873         // We also disallow static data members in anonymous structs.
3874         if (CurContext->isRecord() && (RD->isUnion() || !RD->getDeclName()))
3875           Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(),
3876                diag::err_static_data_member_not_allowed_in_union_or_anon_struct)
3877             << Name << RD->isUnion();
3878       }
3879     }
3880 
3881     // Match up the template parameter lists with the scope specifier, then
3882     // determine whether we have a template or a template specialization.
3883     isExplicitSpecialization = false;
3884     bool Invalid = false;
3885     if (TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams
3886         = MatchTemplateParametersToScopeSpecifier(
3887                                   D.getDeclSpec().getSourceRange().getBegin(),
3888                                                   D.getIdentifierLoc(),
3889                                                   D.getCXXScopeSpec(),
3890                                                   TemplateParamLists.get(),
3891                                                   TemplateParamLists.size(),
3892                                                   /*never a friend*/ false,
3893                                                   isExplicitSpecialization,
3894                                                   Invalid)) {
3895       if (TemplateParams->size() > 0) {
3896         // There is no such thing as a variable template.
3897         Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_template_variable)
3898           << II
3899           << SourceRange(TemplateParams->getTemplateLoc(),
3900                          TemplateParams->getRAngleLoc());
3901         return 0;
3902       } else {
3903         // There is an extraneous 'template<>' for this variable. Complain
3904         // about it, but allow the declaration of the variable.
3905         Diag(TemplateParams->getTemplateLoc(),
3906              diag::err_template_variable_noparams)
3907           << II
3908           << SourceRange(TemplateParams->getTemplateLoc(),
3909                          TemplateParams->getRAngleLoc());
3910       }
3911     }
3912 
3913     NewVD = VarDecl::Create(Context, DC, D.getSourceRange().getBegin(),
3914                             D.getIdentifierLoc(), II,
3915                             R, TInfo, SC, SCAsWritten);
3916 
3917     // If this decl has an auto type in need of deduction, make a note of the
3918     // Decl so we can diagnose uses of it in its own initializer.
3919     if (D.getDeclSpec().getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_auto &&
3920         R->getContainedAutoType())
3921       ParsingInitForAutoVars.insert(NewVD);
3922 
3923     if (D.isInvalidType() || Invalid)
3924       NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
3925 
3926     SetNestedNameSpecifier(NewVD, D);
3927 
3928     if (TemplateParamLists.size() > 0 && D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) {
3929       NewVD->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context,
3930                                            TemplateParamLists.size(),
3931                                            TemplateParamLists.release());
3932     }
3933 
3934     if (D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified()) {
3935       // FIXME: once we know whether there's an initializer, apply this to
3936       // static data members too.
3937       if (!NewVD->isStaticDataMember() &&
3938           !NewVD->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) {
3939         // 'constexpr' is redundant and ill-formed on a non-defining declaration
3940         // of a variable. Suggest replacing it with 'const' if appropriate.
3941         SourceLocation ConstexprLoc = D.getDeclSpec().getConstexprSpecLoc();
3942         SourceRange ConstexprRange(ConstexprLoc, ConstexprLoc);
3943         // If the declarator is complex, we need to move the keyword to the
3944         // innermost chunk as we switch it from 'constexpr' to 'const'.
3945         int Kind = DeclaratorChunk::Paren;
3946         for (unsigned I = 0, E = D.getNumTypeObjects(); I != E; ++I) {
3947           Kind = D.getTypeObject(I).Kind;
3948           if (Kind != DeclaratorChunk::Paren)
3949             break;
3950         }
3951         if ((D.getDeclSpec().getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_const) ||
3952             Kind == DeclaratorChunk::Reference)
3953           Diag(ConstexprLoc, diag::err_invalid_constexpr_var_decl)
3954             << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(ConstexprRange);
3955         else if (Kind == DeclaratorChunk::Paren)
3956           Diag(ConstexprLoc, diag::err_invalid_constexpr_var_decl)
3957             << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(ConstexprRange, "const");
3958         else
3959           Diag(ConstexprLoc, diag::err_invalid_constexpr_var_decl)
3960             << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(ConstexprRange)
3961             << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(D.getIdentifierLoc(), "const ");
3962       } else {
3963         NewVD->setConstexpr(true);
3964       }
3965     }
3966   }
3967 
3968   // Set the lexical context. If the declarator has a C++ scope specifier, the
3969   // lexical context will be different from the semantic context.
3970   NewVD->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext);
3971 
3972   if (D.getDeclSpec().isThreadSpecified()) {
3973     if (NewVD->hasLocalStorage())
3974       Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadSpecLoc(), diag::err_thread_non_global);
3975     else if (!Context.getTargetInfo().isTLSSupported())
3976       Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadSpecLoc(), diag::err_thread_unsupported);
3977     else
3978       NewVD->setThreadSpecified(true);
3979   }
3980 
3981   if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) {
3982     if (isExplicitSpecialization)
3983       Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_specialization)
3984         << 2
3985         << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc());
3986     else if (NewVD->hasLocalStorage())
3987       Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_local)
3988         << 0 << NewVD->getDeclName()
3989         << SourceRange(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc())
3990         << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc());
3991     else
3992       NewVD->setModulePrivate();
3993   }
3994 
3995   // Handle attributes prior to checking for duplicates in MergeVarDecl
3996   ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewVD, D);
3997 
3998   // In auto-retain/release, infer strong retension for variables of
3999   // retainable type.
4000   if (getLangOptions().ObjCAutoRefCount && inferObjCARCLifetime(NewVD))
4001     NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
4002 
4003   // Handle GNU asm-label extension (encoded as an attribute).
4004   if (Expr *E = (Expr*)D.getAsmLabel()) {
4005     // The parser guarantees this is a string.
4006     StringLiteral *SE = cast<StringLiteral>(E);
4007     StringRef Label = SE->getString();
4008     if (S->getFnParent() != 0) {
4009       switch (SC) {
4010       case SC_None:
4011       case SC_Auto:
4012         Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::warn_asm_label_on_auto_decl) << Label;
4013         break;
4014       case SC_Register:
4015         if (!Context.getTargetInfo().isValidGCCRegisterName(Label))
4016           Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::err_asm_unknown_register_name) << Label;
4017         break;
4018       case SC_Static:
4019       case SC_Extern:
4020       case SC_PrivateExtern:
4021       case SC_OpenCLWorkGroupLocal:
4022         break;
4023       }
4024     }
4025 
4026     NewVD->addAttr(::new (Context) AsmLabelAttr(SE->getStrTokenLoc(0),
4027                                                 Context, Label));
4028   }
4029 
4030   // Diagnose shadowed variables before filtering for scope.
4031   if (!D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet())
4032     CheckShadow(S, NewVD, Previous);
4033 
4034   // Don't consider existing declarations that are in a different
4035   // scope and are out-of-semantic-context declarations (if the new
4036   // declaration has linkage).
4037   FilterLookupForScope(Previous, DC, S, NewVD->hasLinkage(),
4038                        isExplicitSpecialization);
4039 
4040   if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
4041     D.setRedeclaration(CheckVariableDeclaration(NewVD, Previous));
4042   } else {
4043     // Merge the decl with the existing one if appropriate.
4044     if (!Previous.empty()) {
4045       if (Previous.isSingleResult() &&
4046           isa<FieldDecl>(Previous.getFoundDecl()) &&
4047           D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) {
4048         // The user tried to define a non-static data member
4049         // out-of-line (C++ [dcl.meaning]p1).
4050         Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_nonstatic_member_out_of_line)
4051           << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange();
4052         Previous.clear();
4053         NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
4054       }
4055     } else if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) {
4056       // No previous declaration in the qualifying scope.
4057       Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_no_member)
4058         << Name << computeDeclContext(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), true)
4059         << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange();
4060       NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
4061     }
4062 
4063     D.setRedeclaration(CheckVariableDeclaration(NewVD, Previous));
4064 
4065     // This is an explicit specialization of a static data member. Check it.
4066     if (isExplicitSpecialization && !NewVD->isInvalidDecl() &&
4067         CheckMemberSpecialization(NewVD, Previous))
4068       NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
4069   }
4070 
4071   // attributes declared post-definition are currently ignored
4072   // FIXME: This should be handled in attribute merging, not
4073   // here.
4074   if (Previous.isSingleResult()) {
4075     VarDecl *Def = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(Previous.getFoundDecl());
4076     if (Def && (Def = Def->getDefinition()) &&
4077         Def != NewVD && D.hasAttributes()) {
4078       Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::warn_attribute_precede_definition);
4079       Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
4080     }
4081   }
4082 
4083   // If this is a locally-scoped extern C variable, update the map of
4084   // such variables.
4085   if (CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod() && NewVD->isExternC() &&
4086       !NewVD->isInvalidDecl())
4087     RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(NewVD, Previous, S);
4088 
4089   // If there's a #pragma GCC visibility in scope, and this isn't a class
4090   // member, set the visibility of this variable.
4091   if (NewVD->getLinkage() == ExternalLinkage && !DC->isRecord())
4092     AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(NewVD);
4093 
4094   MarkUnusedFileScopedDecl(NewVD);
4095 
4096   return NewVD;
4097 }
4098 
4099 /// \brief Diagnose variable or built-in function shadowing.  Implements
4100 /// -Wshadow.
4101 ///
4102 /// This method is called whenever a VarDecl is added to a "useful"
4103 /// scope.
4104 ///
4105 /// \param S the scope in which the shadowing name is being declared
4106 /// \param R the lookup of the name
4107 ///
4108 void Sema::CheckShadow(Scope *S, VarDecl *D, const LookupResult& R) {
4109   // Return if warning is ignored.
4110   if (Diags.getDiagnosticLevel(diag::warn_decl_shadow, R.getNameLoc()) ==
4111         DiagnosticsEngine::Ignored)
4112     return;
4113 
4114   // Don't diagnose declarations at file scope.
4115   if (D->hasGlobalStorage())
4116     return;
4117 
4118   DeclContext *NewDC = D->getDeclContext();
4119 
4120   // Only diagnose if we're shadowing an unambiguous field or variable.
4121   if (R.getResultKind() != LookupResult::Found)
4122     return;
4123 
4124   NamedDecl* ShadowedDecl = R.getFoundDecl();
4125   if (!isa<VarDecl>(ShadowedDecl) && !isa<FieldDecl>(ShadowedDecl))
4126     return;
4127 
4128   // Fields are not shadowed by variables in C++ static methods.
4129   if (isa<FieldDecl>(ShadowedDecl))
4130     if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewDC))
4131       if (MD->isStatic())
4132         return;
4133 
4134   if (VarDecl *shadowedVar = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(ShadowedDecl))
4135     if (shadowedVar->isExternC()) {
4136       // For shadowing external vars, make sure that we point to the global
4137       // declaration, not a locally scoped extern declaration.
4138       for (VarDecl::redecl_iterator
4139              I = shadowedVar->redecls_begin(), E = shadowedVar->redecls_end();
4140            I != E; ++I)
4141         if (I->isFileVarDecl()) {
4142           ShadowedDecl = *I;
4143           break;
4144         }
4145     }
4146 
4147   DeclContext *OldDC = ShadowedDecl->getDeclContext();
4148 
4149   // Only warn about certain kinds of shadowing for class members.
4150   if (NewDC && NewDC->isRecord()) {
4151     // In particular, don't warn about shadowing non-class members.
4152     if (!OldDC->isRecord())
4153       return;
4154 
4155     // TODO: should we warn about static data members shadowing
4156     // static data members from base classes?
4157 
4158     // TODO: don't diagnose for inaccessible shadowed members.
4159     // This is hard to do perfectly because we might friend the
4160     // shadowing context, but that's just a false negative.
4161   }
4162 
4163   // Determine what kind of declaration we're shadowing.
4164   unsigned Kind;
4165   if (isa<RecordDecl>(OldDC)) {
4166     if (isa<FieldDecl>(ShadowedDecl))
4167       Kind = 3; // field
4168     else
4169       Kind = 2; // static data member
4170   } else if (OldDC->isFileContext())
4171     Kind = 1; // global
4172   else
4173     Kind = 0; // local
4174 
4175   DeclarationName Name = R.getLookupName();
4176 
4177   // Emit warning and note.
4178   Diag(R.getNameLoc(), diag::warn_decl_shadow) << Name << Kind << OldDC;
4179   Diag(ShadowedDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
4180 }
4181 
4182 /// \brief Check -Wshadow without the advantage of a previous lookup.
4183 void Sema::CheckShadow(Scope *S, VarDecl *D) {
4184   if (Diags.getDiagnosticLevel(diag::warn_decl_shadow, D->getLocation()) ==
4185         DiagnosticsEngine::Ignored)
4186     return;
4187 
4188   LookupResult R(*this, D->getDeclName(), D->getLocation(),
4189                  Sema::LookupOrdinaryName, Sema::ForRedeclaration);
4190   LookupName(R, S);
4191   CheckShadow(S, D, R);
4192 }
4193 
4194 /// \brief Perform semantic checking on a newly-created variable
4195 /// declaration.
4196 ///
4197 /// This routine performs all of the type-checking required for a
4198 /// variable declaration once it has been built. It is used both to
4199 /// check variables after they have been parsed and their declarators
4200 /// have been translated into a declaration, and to check variables
4201 /// that have been instantiated from a template.
4202 ///
4203 /// Sets NewVD->isInvalidDecl() if an error was encountered.
4204 ///
4205 /// Returns true if the variable declaration is a redeclaration.
4206 bool Sema::CheckVariableDeclaration(VarDecl *NewVD,
4207                                     LookupResult &Previous) {
4208   // If the decl is already known invalid, don't check it.
4209   if (NewVD->isInvalidDecl())
4210     return false;
4211 
4212   QualType T = NewVD->getType();
4213 
4214   if (T->isObjCObjectType()) {
4215     Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_statically_allocated_object)
4216       << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(NewVD->getLocation(), "*");
4217     T = Context.getObjCObjectPointerType(T);
4218     NewVD->setType(T);
4219   }
4220 
4221   // Emit an error if an address space was applied to decl with local storage.
4222   // This includes arrays of objects with address space qualifiers, but not
4223   // automatic variables that point to other address spaces.
4224   // ISO/IEC TR 18037 S5.1.2
4225   if (NewVD->hasLocalStorage() && T.getAddressSpace() != 0) {
4226     Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_as_qualified_auto_decl);
4227     NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
4228     return false;
4229   }
4230 
4231   if (NewVD->hasLocalStorage() && T.isObjCGCWeak()
4232       && !NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) {
4233     if (getLangOptions().getGC() != LangOptions::NonGC)
4234       Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::warn_gc_attribute_weak_on_local);
4235     else
4236       Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::warn_attribute_weak_on_local);
4237   }
4238 
4239   bool isVM = T->isVariablyModifiedType();
4240   if (isVM || NewVD->hasAttr<CleanupAttr>() ||
4241       NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>())
4242     getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope();
4243 
4244   if ((isVM && NewVD->hasLinkage()) ||
4245       (T->isVariableArrayType() && NewVD->hasGlobalStorage())) {
4246     bool SizeIsNegative;
4247     llvm::APSInt Oversized;
4248     QualType FixedTy =
4249         TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(T, Context, SizeIsNegative,
4250                                             Oversized);
4251 
4252     if (FixedTy.isNull() && T->isVariableArrayType()) {
4253       const VariableArrayType *VAT = Context.getAsVariableArrayType(T);
4254       // FIXME: This won't give the correct result for
4255       // int a[10][n];
4256       SourceRange SizeRange = VAT->getSizeExpr()->getSourceRange();
4257 
4258       if (NewVD->isFileVarDecl())
4259         Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vla_decl_in_file_scope)
4260         << SizeRange;
4261       else if (NewVD->getStorageClass() == SC_Static)
4262         Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vla_decl_has_static_storage)
4263         << SizeRange;
4264       else
4265         Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vla_decl_has_extern_linkage)
4266         << SizeRange;
4267       NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
4268       return false;
4269     }
4270 
4271     if (FixedTy.isNull()) {
4272       if (NewVD->isFileVarDecl())
4273         Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vm_decl_in_file_scope);
4274       else
4275         Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vm_decl_has_extern_linkage);
4276       NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
4277       return false;
4278     }
4279 
4280     Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::warn_illegal_constant_array_size);
4281     NewVD->setType(FixedTy);
4282   }
4283 
4284   if (Previous.empty() && NewVD->isExternC()) {
4285     // Since we did not find anything by this name and we're declaring
4286     // an extern "C" variable, look for a non-visible extern "C"
4287     // declaration with the same name.
4288     llvm::DenseMap<DeclarationName, NamedDecl *>::iterator Pos
4289       = findLocallyScopedExternalDecl(NewVD->getDeclName());
4290     if (Pos != LocallyScopedExternalDecls.end())
4291       Previous.addDecl(Pos->second);
4292   }
4293 
4294   if (T->isVoidType() && !NewVD->hasExternalStorage()) {
4295     Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)
4296       << T;
4297     NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
4298     return false;
4299   }
4300 
4301   if (!NewVD->hasLocalStorage() && NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) {
4302     Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_block_on_nonlocal);
4303     NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
4304     return false;
4305   }
4306 
4307   if (isVM && NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) {
4308     Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_block_on_vm);
4309     NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
4310     return false;
4311   }
4312 
4313   // Function pointers and references cannot have qualified function type, only
4314   // function pointer-to-members can do that.
4315   QualType Pointee;
4316   unsigned PtrOrRef = 0;
4317   if (const PointerType *Ptr = T->getAs<PointerType>())
4318     Pointee = Ptr->getPointeeType();
4319   else if (const ReferenceType *Ref = T->getAs<ReferenceType>()) {
4320     Pointee = Ref->getPointeeType();
4321     PtrOrRef = 1;
4322   }
4323   if (!Pointee.isNull() && Pointee->isFunctionProtoType() &&
4324       Pointee->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()->getTypeQuals() != 0) {
4325     Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_invalid_qualified_function_pointer)
4326         << PtrOrRef;
4327     NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
4328     return false;
4329   }
4330 
4331   if (!Previous.empty()) {
4332     MergeVarDecl(NewVD, Previous);
4333     return true;
4334   }
4335   return false;
4336 }
4337 
4338 /// \brief Data used with FindOverriddenMethod
4339 struct FindOverriddenMethodData {
4340   Sema *S;
4341   CXXMethodDecl *Method;
4342 };
4343 
4344 /// \brief Member lookup function that determines whether a given C++
4345 /// method overrides a method in a base class, to be used with
4346 /// CXXRecordDecl::lookupInBases().
4347 static bool FindOverriddenMethod(const CXXBaseSpecifier *Specifier,
4348                                  CXXBasePath &Path,
4349                                  void *UserData) {
4350   RecordDecl *BaseRecord = Specifier->getType()->getAs<RecordType>()->getDecl();
4351 
4352   FindOverriddenMethodData *Data
4353     = reinterpret_cast<FindOverriddenMethodData*>(UserData);
4354 
4355   DeclarationName Name = Data->Method->getDeclName();
4356 
4357   // FIXME: Do we care about other names here too?
4358   if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName) {
4359     // We really want to find the base class destructor here.
4360     QualType T = Data->S->Context.getTypeDeclType(BaseRecord);
4361     CanQualType CT = Data->S->Context.getCanonicalType(T);
4362 
4363     Name = Data->S->Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXDestructorName(CT);
4364   }
4365 
4366   for (Path.Decls = BaseRecord->lookup(Name);
4367        Path.Decls.first != Path.Decls.second;
4368        ++Path.Decls.first) {
4369     NamedDecl *D = *Path.Decls.first;
4370     if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D)) {
4371       if (MD->isVirtual() && !Data->S->IsOverload(Data->Method, MD, false))
4372         return true;
4373     }
4374   }
4375 
4376   return false;
4377 }
4378 
4379 /// AddOverriddenMethods - See if a method overrides any in the base classes,
4380 /// and if so, check that it's a valid override and remember it.
4381 bool Sema::AddOverriddenMethods(CXXRecordDecl *DC, CXXMethodDecl *MD) {
4382   // Look for virtual methods in base classes that this method might override.
4383   CXXBasePaths Paths;
4384   FindOverriddenMethodData Data;
4385   Data.Method = MD;
4386   Data.S = this;
4387   bool AddedAny = false;
4388   if (DC->lookupInBases(&FindOverriddenMethod, &Data, Paths)) {
4389     for (CXXBasePaths::decl_iterator I = Paths.found_decls_begin(),
4390          E = Paths.found_decls_end(); I != E; ++I) {
4391       if (CXXMethodDecl *OldMD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(*I)) {
4392         MD->addOverriddenMethod(OldMD->getCanonicalDecl());
4393         if (!CheckOverridingFunctionReturnType(MD, OldMD) &&
4394             !CheckOverridingFunctionExceptionSpec(MD, OldMD) &&
4395             !CheckIfOverriddenFunctionIsMarkedFinal(MD, OldMD)) {
4396           AddedAny = true;
4397         }
4398       }
4399     }
4400   }
4401 
4402   return AddedAny;
4403 }
4404 
4405 namespace {
4406   // Struct for holding all of the extra arguments needed by
4407   // DiagnoseInvalidRedeclaration to call Sema::ActOnFunctionDeclarator.
4408   struct ActOnFDArgs {
4409     Scope *S;
4410     Declarator &D;
4411     MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists;
4412     bool AddToScope;
4413   };
4414 }
4415 
4416 /// \brief Generate diagnostics for an invalid function redeclaration.
4417 ///
4418 /// This routine handles generating the diagnostic messages for an invalid
4419 /// function redeclaration, including finding possible similar declarations
4420 /// or performing typo correction if there are no previous declarations with
4421 /// the same name.
4422 ///
4423 /// Returns a NamedDecl iff typo correction was performed and substituting in
4424 /// the new declaration name does not cause new errors.
4425 static NamedDecl* DiagnoseInvalidRedeclaration(
4426     Sema &SemaRef, LookupResult &Previous, FunctionDecl *NewFD,
4427     ActOnFDArgs &ExtraArgs) {
4428   NamedDecl *Result = NULL;
4429   DeclarationName Name = NewFD->getDeclName();
4430   DeclContext *NewDC = NewFD->getDeclContext();
4431   LookupResult Prev(SemaRef, Name, NewFD->getLocation(),
4432                     Sema::LookupOrdinaryName, Sema::ForRedeclaration);
4433   llvm::SmallVector<unsigned, 1> MismatchedParams;
4434   llvm::SmallVector<std::pair<FunctionDecl*, unsigned>, 1> NearMatches;
4435   TypoCorrection Correction;
4436   bool isFriendDecl = (SemaRef.getLangOptions().CPlusPlus &&
4437                        ExtraArgs.D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified());
4438   unsigned DiagMsg = isFriendDecl ? diag::err_no_matching_local_friend
4439                                   : diag::err_member_def_does_not_match;
4440 
4441   NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
4442   SemaRef.LookupQualifiedName(Prev, NewDC);
4443   assert(!Prev.isAmbiguous() &&
4444          "Cannot have an ambiguity in previous-declaration lookup");
4445   if (!Prev.empty()) {
4446     for (LookupResult::iterator Func = Prev.begin(), FuncEnd = Prev.end();
4447          Func != FuncEnd; ++Func) {
4448       FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(*Func);
4449       if (FD &&
4450           hasSimilarParameters(SemaRef.Context, FD, NewFD, MismatchedParams)) {
4451         // Add 1 to the index so that 0 can mean the mismatch didn't
4452         // involve a parameter
4453         unsigned ParamNum =
4454             MismatchedParams.empty() ? 0 : MismatchedParams.front() + 1;
4455         NearMatches.push_back(std::make_pair(FD, ParamNum));
4456       }
4457     }
4458   // If the qualified name lookup yielded nothing, try typo correction
4459   } else if ((Correction = SemaRef.CorrectTypo(Prev.getLookupNameInfo(),
4460                                          Prev.getLookupKind(), 0, 0, NewDC)) &&
4461              Correction.getCorrection() != Name) {
4462     // Trap errors.
4463     Sema::SFINAETrap Trap(SemaRef);
4464 
4465     // Set up everything for the call to ActOnFunctionDeclarator
4466     ExtraArgs.D.SetIdentifier(Correction.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo(),
4467                               ExtraArgs.D.getIdentifierLoc());
4468     Previous.clear();
4469     Previous.setLookupName(Correction.getCorrection());
4470     for (TypoCorrection::decl_iterator CDecl = Correction.begin(),
4471                                     CDeclEnd = Correction.end();
4472          CDecl != CDeclEnd; ++CDecl) {
4473       FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(*CDecl);
4474       if (FD && hasSimilarParameters(SemaRef.Context, FD, NewFD,
4475                                      MismatchedParams)) {
4476         Previous.addDecl(FD);
4477       }
4478     }
4479     bool wasRedeclaration = ExtraArgs.D.isRedeclaration();
4480     // TODO: Refactor ActOnFunctionDeclarator so that we can call only the
4481     // pieces need to verify the typo-corrected C++ declaraction and hopefully
4482     // eliminate the need for the parameter pack ExtraArgs.
4483     Result = SemaRef.ActOnFunctionDeclarator(ExtraArgs.S, ExtraArgs.D,
4484                                              NewFD->getDeclContext(),
4485                                              NewFD->getTypeSourceInfo(),
4486                                              Previous,
4487                                              ExtraArgs.TemplateParamLists,
4488                                              ExtraArgs.AddToScope);
4489     if (Trap.hasErrorOccurred()) {
4490       // Pretend the typo correction never occurred
4491       ExtraArgs.D.SetIdentifier(Name.getAsIdentifierInfo(),
4492                                 ExtraArgs.D.getIdentifierLoc());
4493       ExtraArgs.D.setRedeclaration(wasRedeclaration);
4494       Previous.clear();
4495       Previous.setLookupName(Name);
4496       Result = NULL;
4497     } else {
4498       for (LookupResult::iterator Func = Previous.begin(),
4499                                FuncEnd = Previous.end();
4500            Func != FuncEnd; ++Func) {
4501         if (FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(*Func))
4502           NearMatches.push_back(std::make_pair(FD, 0));
4503       }
4504     }
4505     if (NearMatches.empty()) {
4506       // Ignore the correction if it didn't yield any close FunctionDecl matches
4507       Correction = TypoCorrection();
4508     } else {
4509       DiagMsg = isFriendDecl ? diag::err_no_matching_local_friend_suggest
4510                              : diag::err_member_def_does_not_match_suggest;
4511     }
4512   }
4513 
4514   if (Correction)
4515     SemaRef.Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), DiagMsg)
4516         << Name << NewDC << Correction.getQuoted(SemaRef.getLangOptions())
4517         << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(
4518             NewFD->getLocation(),
4519             Correction.getAsString(SemaRef.getLangOptions()));
4520   else
4521     SemaRef.Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), DiagMsg)
4522         << Name << NewDC << NewFD->getLocation();
4523 
4524   bool NewFDisConst = false;
4525   if (CXXMethodDecl *NewMD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD))
4526     NewFDisConst = NewMD->getTypeQualifiers() & Qualifiers::Const;
4527 
4528   for (llvm::SmallVector<std::pair<FunctionDecl*, unsigned>, 1>::iterator
4529        NearMatch = NearMatches.begin(), NearMatchEnd = NearMatches.end();
4530        NearMatch != NearMatchEnd; ++NearMatch) {
4531     FunctionDecl *FD = NearMatch->first;
4532     bool FDisConst = false;
4533     if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD))
4534       FDisConst = MD->getTypeQualifiers() & Qualifiers::Const;
4535 
4536     if (unsigned Idx = NearMatch->second) {
4537       ParmVarDecl *FDParam = FD->getParamDecl(Idx-1);
4538       SemaRef.Diag(FDParam->getTypeSpecStartLoc(),
4539              diag::note_member_def_close_param_match)
4540           << Idx << FDParam->getType() << NewFD->getParamDecl(Idx-1)->getType();
4541     } else if (Correction) {
4542       SemaRef.Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl)
4543           << Correction.getQuoted(SemaRef.getLangOptions());
4544     } else if (FDisConst != NewFDisConst) {
4545       SemaRef.Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::note_member_def_close_const_match)
4546           << NewFDisConst << FD->getSourceRange().getEnd();
4547     } else
4548       SemaRef.Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::note_member_def_close_match);
4549   }
4550   return Result;
4551 }
4552 
4553 static FunctionDecl::StorageClass getFunctionStorageClass(Sema &SemaRef,
4554                                                           Declarator &D) {
4555   switch (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec()) {
4556   default: llvm_unreachable("Unknown storage class!");
4557   case DeclSpec::SCS_auto:
4558   case DeclSpec::SCS_register:
4559   case DeclSpec::SCS_mutable:
4560     SemaRef.Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(),
4561                  diag::err_typecheck_sclass_func);
4562     D.setInvalidType();
4563     break;
4564   case DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified: break;
4565   case DeclSpec::SCS_extern: return SC_Extern;
4566   case DeclSpec::SCS_static: {
4567     if (SemaRef.CurContext->getRedeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod()) {
4568       // C99 6.7.1p5:
4569       //   The declaration of an identifier for a function that has
4570       //   block scope shall have no explicit storage-class specifier
4571       //   other than extern
4572       // See also (C++ [dcl.stc]p4).
4573       SemaRef.Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(),
4574                    diag::err_static_block_func);
4575       break;
4576     } else
4577       return SC_Static;
4578   }
4579   case DeclSpec::SCS_private_extern: return SC_PrivateExtern;
4580   }
4581 
4582   // No explicit storage class has already been returned
4583   return SC_None;
4584 }
4585 
4586 static FunctionDecl* CreateNewFunctionDecl(Sema &SemaRef, Declarator &D,
4587                                            DeclContext *DC, QualType &R,
4588                                            TypeSourceInfo *TInfo,
4589                                            FunctionDecl::StorageClass SC,
4590                                            bool &IsVirtualOkay) {
4591   DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo = SemaRef.GetNameForDeclarator(D);
4592   DeclarationName Name = NameInfo.getName();
4593 
4594   FunctionDecl *NewFD = 0;
4595   bool isInline = D.getDeclSpec().isInlineSpecified();
4596   DeclSpec::SCS SCSpec = D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecAsWritten();
4597   FunctionDecl::StorageClass SCAsWritten
4598     = StorageClassSpecToFunctionDeclStorageClass(SCSpec);
4599 
4600   if (!SemaRef.getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
4601     // Determine whether the function was written with a
4602     // prototype. This true when:
4603     //   - there is a prototype in the declarator, or
4604     //   - the type R of the function is some kind of typedef or other reference
4605     //     to a type name (which eventually refers to a function type).
4606     bool HasPrototype =
4607       (D.isFunctionDeclarator() && D.getFunctionTypeInfo().hasPrototype) ||
4608       (!isa<FunctionType>(R.getTypePtr()) && R->isFunctionProtoType());
4609 
4610     NewFD = FunctionDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, DC,
4611                                  D.getSourceRange().getBegin(), NameInfo, R,
4612                                  TInfo, SC, SCAsWritten, isInline,
4613                                  HasPrototype);
4614     if (D.isInvalidType())
4615       NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
4616 
4617     // Set the lexical context.
4618     NewFD->setLexicalDeclContext(SemaRef.CurContext);
4619 
4620     return NewFD;
4621   }
4622 
4623   bool isExplicit = D.getDeclSpec().isExplicitSpecified();
4624   bool isConstexpr = D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified();
4625 
4626   // Check that the return type is not an abstract class type.
4627   // For record types, this is done by the AbstractClassUsageDiagnoser once
4628   // the class has been completely parsed.
4629   if (!DC->isRecord() &&
4630       SemaRef.RequireNonAbstractType(D.getIdentifierLoc(),
4631                                      R->getAs<FunctionType>()->getResultType(),
4632                                      diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl,
4633                                      SemaRef.AbstractReturnType))
4634     D.setInvalidType();
4635 
4636   if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXConstructorName) {
4637     // This is a C++ constructor declaration.
4638     assert(DC->isRecord() &&
4639            "Constructors can only be declared in a member context");
4640 
4641     R = SemaRef.CheckConstructorDeclarator(D, R, SC);
4642     return CXXConstructorDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC),
4643                                       D.getSourceRange().getBegin(), NameInfo,
4644                                       R, TInfo, isExplicit, isInline,
4645                                       /*isImplicitlyDeclared=*/false,
4646                                       isConstexpr);
4647 
4648   } else if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName) {
4649     // This is a C++ destructor declaration.
4650     if (DC->isRecord()) {
4651       R = SemaRef.CheckDestructorDeclarator(D, R, SC);
4652       CXXRecordDecl *Record = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC);
4653       CXXDestructorDecl *NewDD = CXXDestructorDecl::Create(
4654                                         SemaRef.Context, Record,
4655                                         D.getSourceRange().getBegin(),
4656                                         NameInfo, R, TInfo, isInline,
4657                                         /*isImplicitlyDeclared=*/false);
4658 
4659       // If the class is complete, then we now create the implicit exception
4660       // specification. If the class is incomplete or dependent, we can't do
4661       // it yet.
4662       if (SemaRef.getLangOptions().CPlusPlus0x && !Record->isDependentType() &&
4663           Record->getDefinition() && !Record->isBeingDefined() &&
4664           R->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()->getExceptionSpecType() == EST_None) {
4665         SemaRef.AdjustDestructorExceptionSpec(Record, NewDD);
4666       }
4667 
4668       IsVirtualOkay = true;
4669       return NewDD;
4670 
4671     } else {
4672       SemaRef.Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_destructor_not_member);
4673       D.setInvalidType();
4674 
4675       // Create a FunctionDecl to satisfy the function definition parsing
4676       // code path.
4677       return FunctionDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, DC,
4678                                   D.getSourceRange().getBegin(),
4679                                   D.getIdentifierLoc(), Name, R, TInfo,
4680                                   SC, SCAsWritten, isInline,
4681                                   /*hasPrototype=*/true, isConstexpr);
4682     }
4683 
4684   } else if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXConversionFunctionName) {
4685     if (!DC->isRecord()) {
4686       SemaRef.Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(),
4687            diag::err_conv_function_not_member);
4688       return 0;
4689     }
4690 
4691     SemaRef.CheckConversionDeclarator(D, R, SC);
4692     IsVirtualOkay = true;
4693     return CXXConversionDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC),
4694                                      D.getSourceRange().getBegin(), NameInfo,
4695                                      R, TInfo, isInline, isExplicit,
4696                                      isConstexpr, SourceLocation());
4697 
4698   } else if (DC->isRecord()) {
4699     // If the name of the function is the same as the name of the record,
4700     // then this must be an invalid constructor that has a return type.
4701     // (The parser checks for a return type and makes the declarator a
4702     // constructor if it has no return type).
4703     if (Name.getAsIdentifierInfo() &&
4704         Name.getAsIdentifierInfo() == cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)->getIdentifier()){
4705       SemaRef.Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_constructor_return_type)
4706         << SourceRange(D.getDeclSpec().getTypeSpecTypeLoc())
4707         << SourceRange(D.getIdentifierLoc());
4708       return 0;
4709     }
4710 
4711     bool isStatic = SC == SC_Static;
4712 
4713     // [class.free]p1:
4714     // Any allocation function for a class T is a static member
4715     // (even if not explicitly declared static).
4716     if (Name.getCXXOverloadedOperator() == OO_New ||
4717         Name.getCXXOverloadedOperator() == OO_Array_New)
4718       isStatic = true;
4719 
4720     // [class.free]p6 Any deallocation function for a class X is a static member
4721     // (even if not explicitly declared static).
4722     if (Name.getCXXOverloadedOperator() == OO_Delete ||
4723         Name.getCXXOverloadedOperator() == OO_Array_Delete)
4724       isStatic = true;
4725 
4726     IsVirtualOkay = !isStatic;
4727 
4728     // This is a C++ method declaration.
4729     return CXXMethodDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC),
4730                                  D.getSourceRange().getBegin(), NameInfo, R,
4731                                  TInfo, isStatic, SCAsWritten, isInline,
4732                                  isConstexpr, SourceLocation());
4733 
4734   } else {
4735     // Determine whether the function was written with a
4736     // prototype. This true when:
4737     //   - we're in C++ (where every function has a prototype),
4738     return FunctionDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, DC,
4739                                 D.getSourceRange().getBegin(),
4740                                 NameInfo, R, TInfo, SC, SCAsWritten, isInline,
4741                                 true/*HasPrototype*/, isConstexpr);
4742   }
4743 }
4744 
4745 NamedDecl*
4746 Sema::ActOnFunctionDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D, DeclContext *DC,
4747                               TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, LookupResult &Previous,
4748                               MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists,
4749                               bool &AddToScope) {
4750   QualType R = TInfo->getType();
4751 
4752   assert(R.getTypePtr()->isFunctionType());
4753 
4754   // TODO: consider using NameInfo for diagnostic.
4755   DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo = GetNameForDeclarator(D);
4756   DeclarationName Name = NameInfo.getName();
4757   FunctionDecl::StorageClass SC = getFunctionStorageClass(*this, D);
4758 
4759   if (D.getDeclSpec().isThreadSpecified())
4760     Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadSpecLoc(), diag::err_invalid_thread);
4761 
4762   // Do not allow returning a objc interface by-value.
4763   if (R->getAs<FunctionType>()->getResultType()->isObjCObjectType()) {
4764     Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(),
4765          diag::err_object_cannot_be_passed_returned_by_value) << 0
4766     << R->getAs<FunctionType>()->getResultType()
4767     << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(D.getIdentifierLoc(), "*");
4768 
4769     QualType T = R->getAs<FunctionType>()->getResultType();
4770     T = Context.getObjCObjectPointerType(T);
4771     if (const FunctionProtoType *FPT = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(R)) {
4772       FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI = FPT->getExtProtoInfo();
4773       R = Context.getFunctionType(T, FPT->arg_type_begin(),
4774                                   FPT->getNumArgs(), EPI);
4775     }
4776     else if (isa<FunctionNoProtoType>(R))
4777       R = Context.getFunctionNoProtoType(T);
4778   }
4779 
4780   bool isFriend = false;
4781   FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate = 0;
4782   bool isExplicitSpecialization = false;
4783   bool isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = false;
4784   bool isDependentClassScopeExplicitSpecialization = false;
4785   bool isVirtualOkay = false;
4786 
4787   FunctionDecl *NewFD = CreateNewFunctionDecl(*this, D, DC, R, TInfo, SC,
4788                                               isVirtualOkay);
4789   if (!NewFD) return 0;
4790 
4791   if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
4792     bool isInline = D.getDeclSpec().isInlineSpecified();
4793     bool isVirtual = D.getDeclSpec().isVirtualSpecified();
4794     bool isExplicit = D.getDeclSpec().isExplicitSpecified();
4795     bool isConstexpr = D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified();
4796     isFriend = D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified();
4797     if (isFriend && !isInline && D.isFunctionDefinition()) {
4798       // C++ [class.friend]p5
4799       //   A function can be defined in a friend declaration of a
4800       //   class . . . . Such a function is implicitly inline.
4801       NewFD->setImplicitlyInline();
4802     }
4803 
4804     SetNestedNameSpecifier(NewFD, D);
4805     isExplicitSpecialization = false;
4806     isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = false;
4807     if (D.isInvalidType())
4808       NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
4809 
4810     // Set the lexical context. If the declarator has a C++
4811     // scope specifier, or is the object of a friend declaration, the
4812     // lexical context will be different from the semantic context.
4813     NewFD->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext);
4814 
4815     // Match up the template parameter lists with the scope specifier, then
4816     // determine whether we have a template or a template specialization.
4817     bool Invalid = false;
4818     if (TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams
4819           = MatchTemplateParametersToScopeSpecifier(
4820                                   D.getDeclSpec().getSourceRange().getBegin(),
4821                                   D.getIdentifierLoc(),
4822                                   D.getCXXScopeSpec(),
4823                                   TemplateParamLists.get(),
4824                                   TemplateParamLists.size(),
4825                                   isFriend,
4826                                   isExplicitSpecialization,
4827                                   Invalid)) {
4828       if (TemplateParams->size() > 0) {
4829         // This is a function template
4830 
4831         // Check that we can declare a template here.
4832         if (CheckTemplateDeclScope(S, TemplateParams))
4833           return 0;
4834 
4835         // A destructor cannot be a template.
4836         if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName) {
4837           Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_destructor_template);
4838           return 0;
4839         }
4840 
4841         // If we're adding a template to a dependent context, we may need to
4842         // rebuilding some of the types used within the template parameter list,
4843         // now that we know what the current instantiation is.
4844         if (DC->isDependentContext()) {
4845           ContextRAII SavedContext(*this, DC);
4846           if (RebuildTemplateParamsInCurrentInstantiation(TemplateParams))
4847             Invalid = true;
4848         }
4849 
4850 
4851         FunctionTemplate = FunctionTemplateDecl::Create(Context, DC,
4852                                                         NewFD->getLocation(),
4853                                                         Name, TemplateParams,
4854                                                         NewFD);
4855         FunctionTemplate->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext);
4856         NewFD->setDescribedFunctionTemplate(FunctionTemplate);
4857 
4858         // For source fidelity, store the other template param lists.
4859         if (TemplateParamLists.size() > 1) {
4860           NewFD->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context,
4861                                                TemplateParamLists.size() - 1,
4862                                                TemplateParamLists.release());
4863         }
4864       } else {
4865         // This is a function template specialization.
4866         isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = true;
4867         // For source fidelity, store all the template param lists.
4868         NewFD->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context,
4869                                              TemplateParamLists.size(),
4870                                              TemplateParamLists.release());
4871 
4872         // C++0x [temp.expl.spec]p20 forbids "template<> friend void foo(int);".
4873         if (isFriend) {
4874           // We want to remove the "template<>", found here.
4875           SourceRange RemoveRange = TemplateParams->getSourceRange();
4876 
4877           // If we remove the template<> and the name is not a
4878           // template-id, we're actually silently creating a problem:
4879           // the friend declaration will refer to an untemplated decl,
4880           // and clearly the user wants a template specialization.  So
4881           // we need to insert '<>' after the name.
4882           SourceLocation InsertLoc;
4883           if (D.getName().getKind() != UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId) {
4884             InsertLoc = D.getName().getSourceRange().getEnd();
4885             InsertLoc = PP.getLocForEndOfToken(InsertLoc);
4886           }
4887 
4888           Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_template_spec_decl_friend)
4889             << Name << RemoveRange
4890             << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(RemoveRange)
4891             << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(InsertLoc, "<>");
4892         }
4893       }
4894     }
4895     else {
4896       // All template param lists were matched against the scope specifier:
4897       // this is NOT (an explicit specialization of) a template.
4898       if (TemplateParamLists.size() > 0)
4899         // For source fidelity, store all the template param lists.
4900         NewFD->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context,
4901                                              TemplateParamLists.size(),
4902                                              TemplateParamLists.release());
4903     }
4904 
4905     if (Invalid) {
4906       NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
4907       if (FunctionTemplate)
4908         FunctionTemplate->setInvalidDecl();
4909     }
4910 
4911     // C++ [dcl.fct.spec]p5:
4912     //   The virtual specifier shall only be used in declarations of
4913     //   nonstatic class member functions that appear within a
4914     //   member-specification of a class declaration; see 10.3.
4915     //
4916     if (isVirtual && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) {
4917       if (!isVirtualOkay) {
4918         Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(),
4919              diag::err_virtual_non_function);
4920       } else if (!CurContext->isRecord()) {
4921         // 'virtual' was specified outside of the class.
4922         Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(),
4923              diag::err_virtual_out_of_class)
4924           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc());
4925       } else if (NewFD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()) {
4926         // C++ [temp.mem]p3:
4927         //  A member function template shall not be virtual.
4928         Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(),
4929              diag::err_virtual_member_function_template)
4930           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc());
4931       } else {
4932         // Okay: Add virtual to the method.
4933         NewFD->setVirtualAsWritten(true);
4934       }
4935     }
4936 
4937     // C++ [dcl.fct.spec]p3:
4938     //  The inline specifier shall not appear on a block scope function
4939     //  declaration.
4940     if (isInline && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) {
4941       if (CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod()) {
4942         // 'inline' is not allowed on block scope function declaration.
4943         Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc(),
4944              diag::err_inline_declaration_block_scope) << Name
4945           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc());
4946       }
4947     }
4948 
4949     // C++ [dcl.fct.spec]p6:
4950     //  The explicit specifier shall be used only in the declaration of a
4951     //  constructor or conversion function within its class definition;
4952     //  see 12.3.1 and 12.3.2.
4953     if (isExplicit && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) {
4954       if (!CurContext->isRecord()) {
4955         // 'explicit' was specified outside of the class.
4956         Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc(),
4957              diag::err_explicit_out_of_class)
4958           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc());
4959       } else if (!isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(NewFD) &&
4960                  !isa<CXXConversionDecl>(NewFD)) {
4961         // 'explicit' was specified on a function that wasn't a constructor
4962         // or conversion function.
4963         Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc(),
4964              diag::err_explicit_non_ctor_or_conv_function)
4965           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc());
4966       }
4967     }
4968 
4969     if (isConstexpr) {
4970       // C++0x [dcl.constexpr]p2: constexpr functions and constexpr constructors
4971       // are implicitly inline.
4972       NewFD->setImplicitlyInline();
4973 
4974       // C++0x [dcl.constexpr]p3: functions declared constexpr are required to
4975       // be either constructors or to return a literal type. Therefore,
4976       // destructors cannot be declared constexpr.
4977       if (isa<CXXDestructorDecl>(NewFD))
4978         Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_constexpr_dtor);
4979     }
4980 
4981     // If __module_private__ was specified, mark the function accordingly.
4982     if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) {
4983       if (isFunctionTemplateSpecialization) {
4984         SourceLocation ModulePrivateLoc
4985           = D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc();
4986         Diag(ModulePrivateLoc, diag::err_module_private_specialization)
4987           << 0
4988           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(ModulePrivateLoc);
4989       } else {
4990         NewFD->setModulePrivate();
4991         if (FunctionTemplate)
4992           FunctionTemplate->setModulePrivate();
4993       }
4994     }
4995 
4996     if (isFriend) {
4997       // For now, claim that the objects have no previous declaration.
4998       if (FunctionTemplate) {
4999         FunctionTemplate->setObjectOfFriendDecl(false);
5000         FunctionTemplate->setAccess(AS_public);
5001       }
5002       NewFD->setObjectOfFriendDecl(false);
5003       NewFD->setAccess(AS_public);
5004     }
5005 
5006     // If a function is defined as defaulted or deleted, mark it as such now.
5007     switch (D.getFunctionDefinitionKind()) {
5008       case FDK_Declaration:
5009       case FDK_Definition:
5010         break;
5011 
5012       case FDK_Defaulted:
5013         NewFD->setDefaulted();
5014         break;
5015 
5016       case FDK_Deleted:
5017         NewFD->setDeletedAsWritten();
5018         break;
5019     }
5020 
5021     if (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD) && DC == CurContext &&
5022         D.isFunctionDefinition()) {
5023       // C++ [class.mfct]p2:
5024       //   A member function may be defined (8.4) in its class definition, in
5025       //   which case it is an inline member function (7.1.2)
5026       NewFD->setImplicitlyInline();
5027     }
5028 
5029     if (SC == SC_Static && isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD) &&
5030         !CurContext->isRecord()) {
5031       // C++ [class.static]p1:
5032       //   A data or function member of a class may be declared static
5033       //   in a class definition, in which case it is a static member of
5034       //   the class.
5035 
5036       // Complain about the 'static' specifier if it's on an out-of-line
5037       // member function definition.
5038       Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(),
5039            diag::err_static_out_of_line)
5040         << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc());
5041     }
5042   }
5043 
5044   // Filter out previous declarations that don't match the scope.
5045   FilterLookupForScope(Previous, DC, S, NewFD->hasLinkage(),
5046                        isExplicitSpecialization ||
5047                        isFunctionTemplateSpecialization);
5048 
5049   // Handle GNU asm-label extension (encoded as an attribute).
5050   if (Expr *E = (Expr*) D.getAsmLabel()) {
5051     // The parser guarantees this is a string.
5052     StringLiteral *SE = cast<StringLiteral>(E);
5053     NewFD->addAttr(::new (Context) AsmLabelAttr(SE->getStrTokenLoc(0), Context,
5054                                                 SE->getString()));
5055   }
5056 
5057   // Copy the parameter declarations from the declarator D to the function
5058   // declaration NewFD, if they are available.  First scavenge them into Params.
5059   SmallVector<ParmVarDecl*, 16> Params;
5060   if (D.isFunctionDeclarator()) {
5061     DeclaratorChunk::FunctionTypeInfo &FTI = D.getFunctionTypeInfo();
5062 
5063     // Check for C99 6.7.5.3p10 - foo(void) is a non-varargs
5064     // function that takes no arguments, not a function that takes a
5065     // single void argument.
5066     // We let through "const void" here because Sema::GetTypeForDeclarator
5067     // already checks for that case.
5068     if (FTI.NumArgs == 1 && !FTI.isVariadic && FTI.ArgInfo[0].Ident == 0 &&
5069         FTI.ArgInfo[0].Param &&
5070         cast<ParmVarDecl>(FTI.ArgInfo[0].Param)->getType()->isVoidType()) {
5071       // Empty arg list, don't push any params.
5072       ParmVarDecl *Param = cast<ParmVarDecl>(FTI.ArgInfo[0].Param);
5073 
5074       // In C++, the empty parameter-type-list must be spelled "void"; a
5075       // typedef of void is not permitted.
5076       if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus &&
5077           Param->getType().getUnqualifiedType() != Context.VoidTy) {
5078         bool IsTypeAlias = false;
5079         if (const TypedefType *TT = Param->getType()->getAs<TypedefType>())
5080           IsTypeAlias = isa<TypeAliasDecl>(TT->getDecl());
5081         else if (const TemplateSpecializationType *TST =
5082                    Param->getType()->getAs<TemplateSpecializationType>())
5083           IsTypeAlias = TST->isTypeAlias();
5084         Diag(Param->getLocation(), diag::err_param_typedef_of_void)
5085           << IsTypeAlias;
5086       }
5087     } else if (FTI.NumArgs > 0 && FTI.ArgInfo[0].Param != 0) {
5088       for (unsigned i = 0, e = FTI.NumArgs; i != e; ++i) {
5089         ParmVarDecl *Param = cast<ParmVarDecl>(FTI.ArgInfo[i].Param);
5090         assert(Param->getDeclContext() != NewFD && "Was set before ?");
5091         Param->setDeclContext(NewFD);
5092         Params.push_back(Param);
5093 
5094         if (Param->isInvalidDecl())
5095           NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
5096       }
5097     }
5098 
5099   } else if (const FunctionProtoType *FT = R->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) {
5100     // When we're declaring a function with a typedef, typeof, etc as in the
5101     // following example, we'll need to synthesize (unnamed)
5102     // parameters for use in the declaration.
5103     //
5104     // @code
5105     // typedef void fn(int);
5106     // fn f;
5107     // @endcode
5108 
5109     // Synthesize a parameter for each argument type.
5110     for (FunctionProtoType::arg_type_iterator AI = FT->arg_type_begin(),
5111          AE = FT->arg_type_end(); AI != AE; ++AI) {
5112       ParmVarDecl *Param =
5113         BuildParmVarDeclForTypedef(NewFD, D.getIdentifierLoc(), *AI);
5114       Param->setScopeInfo(0, Params.size());
5115       Params.push_back(Param);
5116     }
5117   } else {
5118     assert(R->isFunctionNoProtoType() && NewFD->getNumParams() == 0 &&
5119            "Should not need args for typedef of non-prototype fn");
5120   }
5121 
5122   // Finally, we know we have the right number of parameters, install them.
5123   NewFD->setParams(Params);
5124 
5125   // Process the non-inheritable attributes on this declaration.
5126   ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewFD, D,
5127                         /*NonInheritable=*/true, /*Inheritable=*/false);
5128 
5129   if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
5130     // Perform semantic checking on the function declaration.
5131     bool isExplicitSpecialization=false;
5132     if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) {
5133       if (NewFD->getResultType()->isVariablyModifiedType()) {
5134         // Functions returning a variably modified type violate C99 6.7.5.2p2
5135         // because all functions have linkage.
5136         Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_vm_func_decl);
5137         NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
5138       } else {
5139         if (NewFD->isMain())
5140           CheckMain(NewFD, D.getDeclSpec());
5141         D.setRedeclaration(CheckFunctionDeclaration(S, NewFD, Previous,
5142                                                     isExplicitSpecialization));
5143       }
5144     }
5145     assert((NewFD->isInvalidDecl() || !D.isRedeclaration() ||
5146             Previous.getResultKind() != LookupResult::FoundOverloaded) &&
5147            "previous declaration set still overloaded");
5148   } else {
5149     // If the declarator is a template-id, translate the parser's template
5150     // argument list into our AST format.
5151     bool HasExplicitTemplateArgs = false;
5152     TemplateArgumentListInfo TemplateArgs;
5153     if (D.getName().getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId) {
5154       TemplateIdAnnotation *TemplateId = D.getName().TemplateId;
5155       TemplateArgs.setLAngleLoc(TemplateId->LAngleLoc);
5156       TemplateArgs.setRAngleLoc(TemplateId->RAngleLoc);
5157       ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgsPtr(*this,
5158                                          TemplateId->getTemplateArgs(),
5159                                          TemplateId->NumArgs);
5160       translateTemplateArguments(TemplateArgsPtr,
5161                                  TemplateArgs);
5162       TemplateArgsPtr.release();
5163 
5164       HasExplicitTemplateArgs = true;
5165 
5166       if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) {
5167         HasExplicitTemplateArgs = false;
5168       } else if (FunctionTemplate) {
5169         // Function template with explicit template arguments.
5170         Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_function_template_partial_spec)
5171           << SourceRange(TemplateId->LAngleLoc, TemplateId->RAngleLoc);
5172 
5173         HasExplicitTemplateArgs = false;
5174       } else if (!isFunctionTemplateSpecialization &&
5175                  !D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified()) {
5176         // We have encountered something that the user meant to be a
5177         // specialization (because it has explicitly-specified template
5178         // arguments) but that was not introduced with a "template<>" (or had
5179         // too few of them).
5180         Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_template_spec_needs_header)
5181           << SourceRange(TemplateId->LAngleLoc, TemplateId->RAngleLoc)
5182           << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(
5183                                     D.getDeclSpec().getSourceRange().getBegin(),
5184                                         "template<> ");
5185         isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = true;
5186       } else {
5187         // "friend void foo<>(int);" is an implicit specialization decl.
5188         isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = true;
5189       }
5190     } else if (isFriend && isFunctionTemplateSpecialization) {
5191       // This combination is only possible in a recovery case;  the user
5192       // wrote something like:
5193       //   template <> friend void foo(int);
5194       // which we're recovering from as if the user had written:
5195       //   friend void foo<>(int);
5196       // Go ahead and fake up a template id.
5197       HasExplicitTemplateArgs = true;
5198         TemplateArgs.setLAngleLoc(D.getIdentifierLoc());
5199       TemplateArgs.setRAngleLoc(D.getIdentifierLoc());
5200     }
5201 
5202     // If it's a friend (and only if it's a friend), it's possible
5203     // that either the specialized function type or the specialized
5204     // template is dependent, and therefore matching will fail.  In
5205     // this case, don't check the specialization yet.
5206     bool InstantiationDependent = false;
5207     if (isFunctionTemplateSpecialization && isFriend &&
5208         (NewFD->getType()->isDependentType() || DC->isDependentContext() ||
5209          TemplateSpecializationType::anyDependentTemplateArguments(
5210             TemplateArgs.getArgumentArray(), TemplateArgs.size(),
5211             InstantiationDependent))) {
5212       assert(HasExplicitTemplateArgs &&
5213              "friend function specialization without template args");
5214       if (CheckDependentFunctionTemplateSpecialization(NewFD, TemplateArgs,
5215                                                        Previous))
5216         NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
5217     } else if (isFunctionTemplateSpecialization) {
5218       if (CurContext->isDependentContext() && CurContext->isRecord()
5219           && !isFriend) {
5220         isDependentClassScopeExplicitSpecialization = true;
5221         Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), getLangOptions().MicrosoftExt ?
5222           diag::ext_function_specialization_in_class :
5223           diag::err_function_specialization_in_class)
5224           << NewFD->getDeclName();
5225       } else if (CheckFunctionTemplateSpecialization(NewFD,
5226                                   (HasExplicitTemplateArgs ? &TemplateArgs : 0),
5227                                                      Previous))
5228         NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
5229 
5230       // C++ [dcl.stc]p1:
5231       //   A storage-class-specifier shall not be specified in an explicit
5232       //   specialization (14.7.3)
5233       if (SC != SC_None) {
5234         if (SC != NewFD->getStorageClass())
5235           Diag(NewFD->getLocation(),
5236                diag::err_explicit_specialization_inconsistent_storage_class)
5237             << SC
5238             << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(
5239                                       D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc());
5240 
5241         else
5242           Diag(NewFD->getLocation(),
5243                diag::ext_explicit_specialization_storage_class)
5244             << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(
5245                                       D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc());
5246       }
5247 
5248     } else if (isExplicitSpecialization && isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)) {
5249       if (CheckMemberSpecialization(NewFD, Previous))
5250           NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
5251     }
5252 
5253     // Perform semantic checking on the function declaration.
5254     if (!isDependentClassScopeExplicitSpecialization) {
5255       if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) {
5256         // If this is a class member, mark the class invalid immediately.
5257         // This avoids some consistency errors later.
5258         if (CXXMethodDecl* methodDecl = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD))
5259           methodDecl->getParent()->setInvalidDecl();
5260       } else {
5261         if (NewFD->isMain())
5262           CheckMain(NewFD, D.getDeclSpec());
5263         D.setRedeclaration(CheckFunctionDeclaration(S, NewFD, Previous,
5264                                                     isExplicitSpecialization));
5265       }
5266     }
5267 
5268     assert((NewFD->isInvalidDecl() || !D.isRedeclaration() ||
5269             Previous.getResultKind() != LookupResult::FoundOverloaded) &&
5270            "previous declaration set still overloaded");
5271 
5272     if (NewFD->isConstexpr() && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl() &&
5273         !CheckConstexprFunctionDecl(NewFD, CCK_Declaration))
5274       NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
5275 
5276     NamedDecl *PrincipalDecl = (FunctionTemplate
5277                                 ? cast<NamedDecl>(FunctionTemplate)
5278                                 : NewFD);
5279 
5280     if (isFriend && D.isRedeclaration()) {
5281       AccessSpecifier Access = AS_public;
5282       if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl())
5283         Access = NewFD->getPreviousDeclaration()->getAccess();
5284 
5285       NewFD->setAccess(Access);
5286       if (FunctionTemplate) FunctionTemplate->setAccess(Access);
5287 
5288       PrincipalDecl->setObjectOfFriendDecl(true);
5289     }
5290 
5291     if (NewFD->isOverloadedOperator() && !DC->isRecord() &&
5292         PrincipalDecl->isInIdentifierNamespace(Decl::IDNS_Ordinary))
5293       PrincipalDecl->setNonMemberOperator();
5294 
5295     // If we have a function template, check the template parameter
5296     // list. This will check and merge default template arguments.
5297     if (FunctionTemplate) {
5298       FunctionTemplateDecl *PrevTemplate =
5299                                      FunctionTemplate->getPreviousDeclaration();
5300       CheckTemplateParameterList(FunctionTemplate->getTemplateParameters(),
5301                        PrevTemplate ? PrevTemplate->getTemplateParameters() : 0,
5302                             D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified()
5303                               ? (D.isFunctionDefinition()
5304                                    ? TPC_FriendFunctionTemplateDefinition
5305                                    : TPC_FriendFunctionTemplate)
5306                               : (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet() &&
5307                                  DC && DC->isRecord() &&
5308                                  DC->isDependentContext())
5309                                   ? TPC_ClassTemplateMember
5310                                   : TPC_FunctionTemplate);
5311     }
5312 
5313     if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) {
5314       // Ignore all the rest of this.
5315     } else if (!D.isRedeclaration()) {
5316       struct ActOnFDArgs ExtraArgs = { S, D, TemplateParamLists,
5317                                        AddToScope };
5318       // Fake up an access specifier if it's supposed to be a class member.
5319       if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(NewFD->getDeclContext()))
5320         NewFD->setAccess(AS_public);
5321 
5322       // Qualified decls generally require a previous declaration.
5323       if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) {
5324         // ...with the major exception of templated-scope or
5325         // dependent-scope friend declarations.
5326 
5327         // TODO: we currently also suppress this check in dependent
5328         // contexts because (1) the parameter depth will be off when
5329         // matching friend templates and (2) we might actually be
5330         // selecting a friend based on a dependent factor.  But there
5331         // are situations where these conditions don't apply and we
5332         // can actually do this check immediately.
5333         if (isFriend &&
5334             (TemplateParamLists.size() ||
5335              D.getCXXScopeSpec().getScopeRep()->isDependent() ||
5336              CurContext->isDependentContext())) {
5337           // ignore these
5338         } else {
5339           // The user tried to provide an out-of-line definition for a
5340           // function that is a member of a class or namespace, but there
5341           // was no such member function declared (C++ [class.mfct]p2,
5342           // C++ [namespace.memdef]p2). For example:
5343           //
5344           // class X {
5345           //   void f() const;
5346           // };
5347           //
5348           // void X::f() { } // ill-formed
5349           //
5350           // Complain about this problem, and attempt to suggest close
5351           // matches (e.g., those that differ only in cv-qualifiers and
5352           // whether the parameter types are references).
5353 
5354           if (NamedDecl *Result = DiagnoseInvalidRedeclaration(*this, Previous,
5355                                                                NewFD,
5356                                                                ExtraArgs)) {
5357             AddToScope = ExtraArgs.AddToScope;
5358             return Result;
5359           }
5360         }
5361 
5362         // Unqualified local friend declarations are required to resolve
5363         // to something.
5364       } else if (isFriend && cast<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext)->isLocalClass()) {
5365         if (NamedDecl *Result = DiagnoseInvalidRedeclaration(*this, Previous,
5366                                                              NewFD,
5367                                                              ExtraArgs)) {
5368           AddToScope = ExtraArgs.AddToScope;
5369           return Result;
5370         }
5371       }
5372 
5373     } else if (!D.isFunctionDefinition() && D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet() &&
5374                !isFriend && !isFunctionTemplateSpecialization &&
5375                !isExplicitSpecialization) {
5376       // An out-of-line member function declaration must also be a
5377       // definition (C++ [dcl.meaning]p1).
5378       // Note that this is not the case for explicit specializations of
5379       // function templates or member functions of class templates, per
5380       // C++ [temp.expl.spec]p2. We also allow these declarations as an
5381       // extension for compatibility with old SWIG code which likes to
5382       // generate them.
5383       Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::ext_out_of_line_declaration)
5384         << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange();
5385     }
5386   }
5387 
5388 
5389   // Handle attributes. We need to have merged decls when handling attributes
5390   // (for example to check for conflicts, etc).
5391   // FIXME: This needs to happen before we merge declarations. Then,
5392   // let attribute merging cope with attribute conflicts.
5393   ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewFD, D,
5394                         /*NonInheritable=*/false, /*Inheritable=*/true);
5395 
5396   // attributes declared post-definition are currently ignored
5397   // FIXME: This should happen during attribute merging
5398   if (D.isRedeclaration() && Previous.isSingleResult()) {
5399     const FunctionDecl *Def;
5400     FunctionDecl *PrevFD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(Previous.getFoundDecl());
5401     if (PrevFD && PrevFD->isDefined(Def) && D.hasAttributes()) {
5402       Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::warn_attribute_precede_definition);
5403       Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
5404     }
5405   }
5406 
5407   AddKnownFunctionAttributes(NewFD);
5408 
5409   if (NewFD->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>() &&
5410       !NewFD->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) {
5411     Diag(NewFD->getLocation(),
5412          diag::err_attribute_overloadable_no_prototype)
5413       << NewFD;
5414 
5415     // Turn this into a variadic function with no parameters.
5416     const FunctionType *FT = NewFD->getType()->getAs<FunctionType>();
5417     FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI;
5418     EPI.Variadic = true;
5419     EPI.ExtInfo = FT->getExtInfo();
5420 
5421     QualType R = Context.getFunctionType(FT->getResultType(), 0, 0, EPI);
5422     NewFD->setType(R);
5423   }
5424 
5425   // If there's a #pragma GCC visibility in scope, and this isn't a class
5426   // member, set the visibility of this function.
5427   if (NewFD->getLinkage() == ExternalLinkage && !DC->isRecord())
5428     AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(NewFD);
5429 
5430   // If there's a #pragma clang arc_cf_code_audited in scope, consider
5431   // marking the function.
5432   AddCFAuditedAttribute(NewFD);
5433 
5434   // If this is a locally-scoped extern C function, update the
5435   // map of such names.
5436   if (CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod() && NewFD->isExternC()
5437       && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl())
5438     RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(NewFD, Previous, S);
5439 
5440   // Set this FunctionDecl's range up to the right paren.
5441   NewFD->setRangeEnd(D.getSourceRange().getEnd());
5442 
5443   if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
5444     if (FunctionTemplate) {
5445       if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl())
5446         FunctionTemplate->setInvalidDecl();
5447       return FunctionTemplate;
5448     }
5449   }
5450 
5451   MarkUnusedFileScopedDecl(NewFD);
5452 
5453   if (getLangOptions().CUDA)
5454     if (IdentifierInfo *II = NewFD->getIdentifier())
5455       if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() &&
5456           NewFD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) {
5457         if (II->isStr("cudaConfigureCall")) {
5458           if (!R->getAs<FunctionType>()->getResultType()->isScalarType())
5459             Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_config_scalar_return);
5460 
5461           Context.setcudaConfigureCallDecl(NewFD);
5462         }
5463       }
5464 
5465   // Here we have an function template explicit specialization at class scope.
5466   // The actually specialization will be postponed to template instatiation
5467   // time via the ClassScopeFunctionSpecializationDecl node.
5468   if (isDependentClassScopeExplicitSpecialization) {
5469     ClassScopeFunctionSpecializationDecl *NewSpec =
5470                          ClassScopeFunctionSpecializationDecl::Create(
5471                                 Context, CurContext,  SourceLocation(),
5472                                 cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD));
5473     CurContext->addDecl(NewSpec);
5474     AddToScope = false;
5475   }
5476 
5477   return NewFD;
5478 }
5479 
5480 /// \brief Perform semantic checking of a new function declaration.
5481 ///
5482 /// Performs semantic analysis of the new function declaration
5483 /// NewFD. This routine performs all semantic checking that does not
5484 /// require the actual declarator involved in the declaration, and is
5485 /// used both for the declaration of functions as they are parsed
5486 /// (called via ActOnDeclarator) and for the declaration of functions
5487 /// that have been instantiated via C++ template instantiation (called
5488 /// via InstantiateDecl).
5489 ///
5490 /// \param IsExplicitSpecialiation whether this new function declaration is
5491 /// an explicit specialization of the previous declaration.
5492 ///
5493 /// This sets NewFD->isInvalidDecl() to true if there was an error.
5494 ///
5495 /// Returns true if the function declaration is a redeclaration.
5496 bool Sema::CheckFunctionDeclaration(Scope *S, FunctionDecl *NewFD,
5497                                     LookupResult &Previous,
5498                                     bool IsExplicitSpecialization) {
5499   assert(!NewFD->getResultType()->isVariablyModifiedType()
5500          && "Variably modified return types are not handled here");
5501 
5502   // Check for a previous declaration of this name.
5503   if (Previous.empty() && NewFD->isExternC()) {
5504     // Since we did not find anything by this name and we're declaring
5505     // an extern "C" function, look for a non-visible extern "C"
5506     // declaration with the same name.
5507     llvm::DenseMap<DeclarationName, NamedDecl *>::iterator Pos
5508       = findLocallyScopedExternalDecl(NewFD->getDeclName());
5509     if (Pos != LocallyScopedExternalDecls.end())
5510       Previous.addDecl(Pos->second);
5511   }
5512 
5513   bool Redeclaration = false;
5514 
5515   // Merge or overload the declaration with an existing declaration of
5516   // the same name, if appropriate.
5517   if (!Previous.empty()) {
5518     // Determine whether NewFD is an overload of PrevDecl or
5519     // a declaration that requires merging. If it's an overload,
5520     // there's no more work to do here; we'll just add the new
5521     // function to the scope.
5522 
5523     NamedDecl *OldDecl = 0;
5524     if (!AllowOverloadingOfFunction(Previous, Context)) {
5525       Redeclaration = true;
5526       OldDecl = Previous.getFoundDecl();
5527     } else {
5528       switch (CheckOverload(S, NewFD, Previous, OldDecl,
5529                             /*NewIsUsingDecl*/ false)) {
5530       case Ovl_Match:
5531         Redeclaration = true;
5532         break;
5533 
5534       case Ovl_NonFunction:
5535         Redeclaration = true;
5536         break;
5537 
5538       case Ovl_Overload:
5539         Redeclaration = false;
5540         break;
5541       }
5542 
5543       if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && !NewFD->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>()) {
5544         // If a function name is overloadable in C, then every function
5545         // with that name must be marked "overloadable".
5546         Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_overloadable_missing)
5547           << Redeclaration << NewFD;
5548         NamedDecl *OverloadedDecl = 0;
5549         if (Redeclaration)
5550           OverloadedDecl = OldDecl;
5551         else if (!Previous.empty())
5552           OverloadedDecl = Previous.getRepresentativeDecl();
5553         if (OverloadedDecl)
5554           Diag(OverloadedDecl->getLocation(),
5555                diag::note_attribute_overloadable_prev_overload);
5556         NewFD->addAttr(::new (Context) OverloadableAttr(SourceLocation(),
5557                                                         Context));
5558       }
5559     }
5560 
5561     if (Redeclaration) {
5562       // NewFD and OldDecl represent declarations that need to be
5563       // merged.
5564       if (MergeFunctionDecl(NewFD, OldDecl)) {
5565         NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
5566         return Redeclaration;
5567       }
5568 
5569       Previous.clear();
5570       Previous.addDecl(OldDecl);
5571 
5572       if (FunctionTemplateDecl *OldTemplateDecl
5573                                     = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(OldDecl)) {
5574         NewFD->setPreviousDeclaration(OldTemplateDecl->getTemplatedDecl());
5575         FunctionTemplateDecl *NewTemplateDecl
5576           = NewFD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate();
5577         assert(NewTemplateDecl && "Template/non-template mismatch");
5578         if (CXXMethodDecl *Method
5579               = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewTemplateDecl->getTemplatedDecl())) {
5580           Method->setAccess(OldTemplateDecl->getAccess());
5581           NewTemplateDecl->setAccess(OldTemplateDecl->getAccess());
5582         }
5583 
5584         // If this is an explicit specialization of a member that is a function
5585         // template, mark it as a member specialization.
5586         if (IsExplicitSpecialization &&
5587             NewTemplateDecl->getInstantiatedFromMemberTemplate()) {
5588           NewTemplateDecl->setMemberSpecialization();
5589           assert(OldTemplateDecl->isMemberSpecialization());
5590         }
5591 
5592         if (OldTemplateDecl->isModulePrivate())
5593           NewTemplateDecl->setModulePrivate();
5594 
5595       } else {
5596         if (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)) // Set access for out-of-line definitions
5597           NewFD->setAccess(OldDecl->getAccess());
5598         NewFD->setPreviousDeclaration(cast<FunctionDecl>(OldDecl));
5599       }
5600     }
5601   }
5602 
5603   // Semantic checking for this function declaration (in isolation).
5604   if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
5605     // C++-specific checks.
5606     if (CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(NewFD)) {
5607       CheckConstructor(Constructor);
5608     } else if (CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor =
5609                 dyn_cast<CXXDestructorDecl>(NewFD)) {
5610       CXXRecordDecl *Record = Destructor->getParent();
5611       QualType ClassType = Context.getTypeDeclType(Record);
5612 
5613       // FIXME: Shouldn't we be able to perform this check even when the class
5614       // type is dependent? Both gcc and edg can handle that.
5615       if (!ClassType->isDependentType()) {
5616         DeclarationName Name
5617           = Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXDestructorName(
5618                                         Context.getCanonicalType(ClassType));
5619         if (NewFD->getDeclName() != Name) {
5620           Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_destructor_name);
5621           NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
5622           return Redeclaration;
5623         }
5624       }
5625     } else if (CXXConversionDecl *Conversion
5626                = dyn_cast<CXXConversionDecl>(NewFD)) {
5627       ActOnConversionDeclarator(Conversion);
5628     }
5629 
5630     // Find any virtual functions that this function overrides.
5631     if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)) {
5632       if (!Method->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization() &&
5633           !Method->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()) {
5634         if (AddOverriddenMethods(Method->getParent(), Method)) {
5635           // If the function was marked as "static", we have a problem.
5636           if (NewFD->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) {
5637             Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_static_overrides_virtual)
5638               << NewFD->getDeclName();
5639             for (CXXMethodDecl::method_iterator
5640                       Overridden = Method->begin_overridden_methods(),
5641                    OverriddenEnd = Method->end_overridden_methods();
5642                  Overridden != OverriddenEnd;
5643                  ++Overridden) {
5644               Diag((*Overridden)->getLocation(),
5645                    diag::note_overridden_virtual_function);
5646             }
5647           }
5648         }
5649       }
5650     }
5651 
5652     // Extra checking for C++ overloaded operators (C++ [over.oper]).
5653     if (NewFD->isOverloadedOperator() &&
5654         CheckOverloadedOperatorDeclaration(NewFD)) {
5655       NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
5656       return Redeclaration;
5657     }
5658 
5659     // Extra checking for C++0x literal operators (C++0x [over.literal]).
5660     if (NewFD->getLiteralIdentifier() &&
5661         CheckLiteralOperatorDeclaration(NewFD)) {
5662       NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
5663       return Redeclaration;
5664     }
5665 
5666     // In C++, check default arguments now that we have merged decls. Unless
5667     // the lexical context is the class, because in this case this is done
5668     // during delayed parsing anyway.
5669     if (!CurContext->isRecord())
5670       CheckCXXDefaultArguments(NewFD);
5671 
5672     // If this function declares a builtin function, check the type of this
5673     // declaration against the expected type for the builtin.
5674     if (unsigned BuiltinID = NewFD->getBuiltinID()) {
5675       ASTContext::GetBuiltinTypeError Error;
5676       QualType T = Context.GetBuiltinType(BuiltinID, Error);
5677       if (!T.isNull() && !Context.hasSameType(T, NewFD->getType())) {
5678         // The type of this function differs from the type of the builtin,
5679         // so forget about the builtin entirely.
5680         Context.BuiltinInfo.ForgetBuiltin(BuiltinID, Context.Idents);
5681       }
5682     }
5683   }
5684   return Redeclaration;
5685 }
5686 
5687 void Sema::CheckMain(FunctionDecl* FD, const DeclSpec& DS) {
5688   // C++ [basic.start.main]p3:  A program that declares main to be inline
5689   //   or static is ill-formed.
5690   // C99 6.7.4p4:  In a hosted environment, the inline function specifier
5691   //   shall not appear in a declaration of main.
5692   // static main is not an error under C99, but we should warn about it.
5693   if (FD->getStorageClass() == SC_Static)
5694     Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(), getLangOptions().CPlusPlus
5695          ? diag::err_static_main : diag::warn_static_main)
5696       << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc());
5697   if (FD->isInlineSpecified())
5698     Diag(DS.getInlineSpecLoc(), diag::err_inline_main)
5699       << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getInlineSpecLoc());
5700 
5701   QualType T = FD->getType();
5702   assert(T->isFunctionType() && "function decl is not of function type");
5703   const FunctionType* FT = T->getAs<FunctionType>();
5704 
5705   if (!Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(FT->getResultType(), Context.IntTy)) {
5706     Diag(FD->getTypeSpecStartLoc(), diag::err_main_returns_nonint);
5707     FD->setInvalidDecl(true);
5708   }
5709 
5710   // Treat protoless main() as nullary.
5711   if (isa<FunctionNoProtoType>(FT)) return;
5712 
5713   const FunctionProtoType* FTP = cast<const FunctionProtoType>(FT);
5714   unsigned nparams = FTP->getNumArgs();
5715   assert(FD->getNumParams() == nparams);
5716 
5717   bool HasExtraParameters = (nparams > 3);
5718 
5719   // Darwin passes an undocumented fourth argument of type char**.  If
5720   // other platforms start sprouting these, the logic below will start
5721   // getting shifty.
5722   if (nparams == 4 && Context.getTargetInfo().getTriple().isOSDarwin())
5723     HasExtraParameters = false;
5724 
5725   if (HasExtraParameters) {
5726     Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_main_surplus_args) << nparams;
5727     FD->setInvalidDecl(true);
5728     nparams = 3;
5729   }
5730 
5731   // FIXME: a lot of the following diagnostics would be improved
5732   // if we had some location information about types.
5733 
5734   QualType CharPP =
5735     Context.getPointerType(Context.getPointerType(Context.CharTy));
5736   QualType Expected[] = { Context.IntTy, CharPP, CharPP, CharPP };
5737 
5738   for (unsigned i = 0; i < nparams; ++i) {
5739     QualType AT = FTP->getArgType(i);
5740 
5741     bool mismatch = true;
5742 
5743     if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(AT, Expected[i]))
5744       mismatch = false;
5745     else if (Expected[i] == CharPP) {
5746       // As an extension, the following forms are okay:
5747       //   char const **
5748       //   char const * const *
5749       //   char * const *
5750 
5751       QualifierCollector qs;
5752       const PointerType* PT;
5753       if ((PT = qs.strip(AT)->getAs<PointerType>()) &&
5754           (PT = qs.strip(PT->getPointeeType())->getAs<PointerType>()) &&
5755           (QualType(qs.strip(PT->getPointeeType()), 0) == Context.CharTy)) {
5756         qs.removeConst();
5757         mismatch = !qs.empty();
5758       }
5759     }
5760 
5761     if (mismatch) {
5762       Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_main_arg_wrong) << i << Expected[i];
5763       // TODO: suggest replacing given type with expected type
5764       FD->setInvalidDecl(true);
5765     }
5766   }
5767 
5768   if (nparams == 1 && !FD->isInvalidDecl()) {
5769     Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::warn_main_one_arg);
5770   }
5771 
5772   if (!FD->isInvalidDecl() && FD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()) {
5773     Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_main_template_decl);
5774     FD->setInvalidDecl();
5775   }
5776 }
5777 
5778 bool Sema::CheckForConstantInitializer(Expr *Init, QualType DclT) {
5779   // FIXME: Need strict checking.  In C89, we need to check for
5780   // any assignment, increment, decrement, function-calls, or
5781   // commas outside of a sizeof.  In C99, it's the same list,
5782   // except that the aforementioned are allowed in unevaluated
5783   // expressions.  Everything else falls under the
5784   // "may accept other forms of constant expressions" exception.
5785   // (We never end up here for C++, so the constant expression
5786   // rules there don't matter.)
5787   if (Init->isConstantInitializer(Context, false))
5788     return false;
5789   Diag(Init->getExprLoc(), diag::err_init_element_not_constant)
5790     << Init->getSourceRange();
5791   return true;
5792 }
5793 
5794 namespace {
5795   // Visits an initialization expression to see if OrigDecl is evaluated in
5796   // its own initialization and throws a warning if it does.
5797   class SelfReferenceChecker
5798       : public EvaluatedExprVisitor<SelfReferenceChecker> {
5799     Sema &S;
5800     Decl *OrigDecl;
5801     bool isRecordType;
5802     bool isPODType;
5803 
5804   public:
5805     typedef EvaluatedExprVisitor<SelfReferenceChecker> Inherited;
5806 
5807     SelfReferenceChecker(Sema &S, Decl *OrigDecl) : Inherited(S.Context),
5808                                                     S(S), OrigDecl(OrigDecl) {
5809       isPODType = false;
5810       isRecordType = false;
5811       if (ValueDecl *VD = dyn_cast<ValueDecl>(OrigDecl)) {
5812         isPODType = VD->getType().isPODType(S.Context);
5813         isRecordType = VD->getType()->isRecordType();
5814       }
5815     }
5816 
5817     void VisitExpr(Expr *E) {
5818       if (isa<ObjCMessageExpr>(*E)) return;
5819       if (isRecordType) {
5820         Expr *expr = E;
5821         if (MemberExpr *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(E)) {
5822           ValueDecl *VD = ME->getMemberDecl();
5823           if (isa<EnumConstantDecl>(VD) || isa<VarDecl>(VD)) return;
5824           expr = ME->getBase();
5825         }
5826         if (DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(expr)) {
5827           HandleDeclRefExpr(DRE);
5828           return;
5829         }
5830       }
5831       Inherited::VisitExpr(E);
5832     }
5833 
5834     void VisitMemberExpr(MemberExpr *E) {
5835       if (E->getType()->canDecayToPointerType()) return;
5836       if (isa<FieldDecl>(E->getMemberDecl()))
5837         if (DeclRefExpr *DRE
5838               = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(E->getBase()->IgnoreParenImpCasts())) {
5839           HandleDeclRefExpr(DRE);
5840           return;
5841         }
5842       Inherited::VisitMemberExpr(E);
5843     }
5844 
5845     void VisitImplicitCastExpr(ImplicitCastExpr *E) {
5846       if ((!isRecordType &&E->getCastKind() == CK_LValueToRValue) ||
5847           (isRecordType && E->getCastKind() == CK_NoOp)) {
5848         Expr* SubExpr = E->getSubExpr()->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
5849         if (MemberExpr *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(SubExpr))
5850           SubExpr = ME->getBase()->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
5851         if (DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(SubExpr)) {
5852           HandleDeclRefExpr(DRE);
5853           return;
5854         }
5855       }
5856       Inherited::VisitImplicitCastExpr(E);
5857     }
5858 
5859     void VisitUnaryOperator(UnaryOperator *E) {
5860       // For POD record types, addresses of its own members are well-defined.
5861       if (isRecordType && isPODType) return;
5862       Inherited::VisitUnaryOperator(E);
5863     }
5864 
5865     void HandleDeclRefExpr(DeclRefExpr *DRE) {
5866       Decl* ReferenceDecl = DRE->getDecl();
5867       if (OrigDecl != ReferenceDecl) return;
5868       LookupResult Result(S, DRE->getNameInfo(), Sema::LookupOrdinaryName,
5869                           Sema::NotForRedeclaration);
5870       S.DiagRuntimeBehavior(DRE->getLocStart(), DRE,
5871                             S.PDiag(diag::warn_uninit_self_reference_in_init)
5872                               << Result.getLookupName()
5873                               << OrigDecl->getLocation()
5874                               << DRE->getSourceRange());
5875     }
5876   };
5877 }
5878 
5879 /// CheckSelfReference - Warns if OrigDecl is used in expression E.
5880 void Sema::CheckSelfReference(Decl* OrigDecl, Expr *E) {
5881   SelfReferenceChecker(*this, OrigDecl).VisitExpr(E);
5882 }
5883 
5884 /// AddInitializerToDecl - Adds the initializer Init to the
5885 /// declaration dcl. If DirectInit is true, this is C++ direct
5886 /// initialization rather than copy initialization.
5887 void Sema::AddInitializerToDecl(Decl *RealDecl, Expr *Init,
5888                                 bool DirectInit, bool TypeMayContainAuto) {
5889   // If there is no declaration, there was an error parsing it.  Just ignore
5890   // the initializer.
5891   if (RealDecl == 0 || RealDecl->isInvalidDecl())
5892     return;
5893 
5894   // Check for self-references within variable initializers.
5895   if (VarDecl *vd = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(RealDecl)) {
5896     // Variables declared within a function/method body are handled
5897     // by a dataflow analysis.
5898     if (!vd->hasLocalStorage() && !vd->isStaticLocal())
5899       CheckSelfReference(RealDecl, Init);
5900   }
5901   else {
5902     CheckSelfReference(RealDecl, Init);
5903   }
5904 
5905   if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(RealDecl)) {
5906     // With declarators parsed the way they are, the parser cannot
5907     // distinguish between a normal initializer and a pure-specifier.
5908     // Thus this grotesque test.
5909     IntegerLiteral *IL;
5910     if ((IL = dyn_cast<IntegerLiteral>(Init)) && IL->getValue() == 0 &&
5911         Context.getCanonicalType(IL->getType()) == Context.IntTy)
5912       CheckPureMethod(Method, Init->getSourceRange());
5913     else {
5914       Diag(Method->getLocation(), diag::err_member_function_initialization)
5915         << Method->getDeclName() << Init->getSourceRange();
5916       Method->setInvalidDecl();
5917     }
5918     return;
5919   }
5920 
5921   VarDecl *VDecl = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(RealDecl);
5922   if (!VDecl) {
5923     assert(!isa<FieldDecl>(RealDecl) && "field init shouldn't get here");
5924     Diag(RealDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_illegal_initializer);
5925     RealDecl->setInvalidDecl();
5926     return;
5927   }
5928 
5929   // C++0x [decl.spec.auto]p6. Deduce the type which 'auto' stands in for.
5930   if (TypeMayContainAuto && VDecl->getType()->getContainedAutoType()) {
5931     TypeSourceInfo *DeducedType = 0;
5932     if (!DeduceAutoType(VDecl->getTypeSourceInfo(), Init, DeducedType))
5933       Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_auto_var_deduction_failure)
5934         << VDecl->getDeclName() << VDecl->getType() << Init->getType()
5935         << Init->getSourceRange();
5936     if (!DeducedType) {
5937       RealDecl->setInvalidDecl();
5938       return;
5939     }
5940     VDecl->setTypeSourceInfo(DeducedType);
5941     VDecl->setType(DeducedType->getType());
5942 
5943     // In ARC, infer lifetime.
5944     if (getLangOptions().ObjCAutoRefCount && inferObjCARCLifetime(VDecl))
5945       VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
5946 
5947     // If this is a redeclaration, check that the type we just deduced matches
5948     // the previously declared type.
5949     if (VarDecl *Old = VDecl->getPreviousDeclaration())
5950       MergeVarDeclTypes(VDecl, Old);
5951   }
5952 
5953 
5954   // A definition must end up with a complete type, which means it must be
5955   // complete with the restriction that an array type might be completed by the
5956   // initializer; note that later code assumes this restriction.
5957   QualType BaseDeclType = VDecl->getType();
5958   if (const ArrayType *Array = Context.getAsIncompleteArrayType(BaseDeclType))
5959     BaseDeclType = Array->getElementType();
5960   if (RequireCompleteType(VDecl->getLocation(), BaseDeclType,
5961                           diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)) {
5962     RealDecl->setInvalidDecl();
5963     return;
5964   }
5965 
5966   // The variable can not have an abstract class type.
5967   if (RequireNonAbstractType(VDecl->getLocation(), VDecl->getType(),
5968                              diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl,
5969                              AbstractVariableType))
5970     VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
5971 
5972   const VarDecl *Def;
5973   if ((Def = VDecl->getDefinition()) && Def != VDecl) {
5974     Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition)
5975       << VDecl->getDeclName();
5976     Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
5977     VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
5978     return;
5979   }
5980 
5981   const VarDecl* PrevInit = 0;
5982   if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
5983     // C++ [class.static.data]p4
5984     //   If a static data member is of const integral or const
5985     //   enumeration type, its declaration in the class definition can
5986     //   specify a constant-initializer which shall be an integral
5987     //   constant expression (5.19). In that case, the member can appear
5988     //   in integral constant expressions. The member shall still be
5989     //   defined in a namespace scope if it is used in the program and the
5990     //   namespace scope definition shall not contain an initializer.
5991     //
5992     // We already performed a redefinition check above, but for static
5993     // data members we also need to check whether there was an in-class
5994     // declaration with an initializer.
5995     if (VDecl->isStaticDataMember() && VDecl->getAnyInitializer(PrevInit)) {
5996       Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition)
5997         << VDecl->getDeclName();
5998       Diag(PrevInit->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
5999       return;
6000     }
6001 
6002     if (VDecl->hasLocalStorage())
6003       getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope();
6004 
6005     if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(Init, UPPC_Initializer)) {
6006       VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
6007       return;
6008     }
6009   }
6010 
6011   // OpenCL 1.1 6.5.2: "Variables allocated in the __local address space inside
6012   // a kernel function cannot be initialized."
6013   if (VDecl->getStorageClass() == SC_OpenCLWorkGroupLocal) {
6014     Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_local_cant_init);
6015     VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
6016     return;
6017   }
6018 
6019   // Capture the variable that is being initialized and the style of
6020   // initialization.
6021   InitializedEntity Entity = InitializedEntity::InitializeVariable(VDecl);
6022 
6023   // FIXME: Poor source location information.
6024   InitializationKind Kind
6025     = DirectInit? InitializationKind::CreateDirect(VDecl->getLocation(),
6026                                                    Init->getLocStart(),
6027                                                    Init->getLocEnd())
6028                 : InitializationKind::CreateCopy(VDecl->getLocation(),
6029                                                  Init->getLocStart());
6030 
6031   // Get the decls type and save a reference for later, since
6032   // CheckInitializerTypes may change it.
6033   QualType DclT = VDecl->getType(), SavT = DclT;
6034   if (VDecl->isLocalVarDecl()) {
6035     if (VDecl->hasExternalStorage()) { // C99 6.7.8p5
6036       Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_block_extern_cant_init);
6037       VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
6038     } else if (!VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) {
6039       InitializationSequence InitSeq(*this, Entity, Kind, &Init, 1);
6040       ExprResult Result = InitSeq.Perform(*this, Entity, Kind,
6041                                                 MultiExprArg(*this, &Init, 1),
6042                                                 &DclT);
6043       if (Result.isInvalid()) {
6044         VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
6045         return;
6046       }
6047 
6048       Init = Result.takeAs<Expr>();
6049 
6050       // C++ 3.6.2p2, allow dynamic initialization of static initializers.
6051       // Don't check invalid declarations to avoid emitting useless diagnostics.
6052       if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && !VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) {
6053         if (VDecl->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) // C99 6.7.8p4.
6054           CheckForConstantInitializer(Init, DclT);
6055       }
6056     }
6057   } else if (VDecl->isStaticDataMember() &&
6058              VDecl->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord()) {
6059     // This is an in-class initialization for a static data member, e.g.,
6060     //
6061     // struct S {
6062     //   static const int value = 17;
6063     // };
6064 
6065     // Try to perform the initialization regardless.
6066     if (!VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) {
6067       InitializationSequence InitSeq(*this, Entity, Kind, &Init, 1);
6068       ExprResult Result = InitSeq.Perform(*this, Entity, Kind,
6069                                           MultiExprArg(*this, &Init, 1),
6070                                           &DclT);
6071       if (Result.isInvalid()) {
6072         VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
6073         return;
6074       }
6075 
6076       Init = Result.takeAs<Expr>();
6077     }
6078 
6079     // C++ [class.mem]p4:
6080     //   A member-declarator can contain a constant-initializer only
6081     //   if it declares a static member (9.4) of const integral or
6082     //   const enumeration type, see 9.4.2.
6083     //
6084     // C++0x [class.static.data]p3:
6085     //   If a non-volatile const static data member is of integral or
6086     //   enumeration type, its declaration in the class definition can
6087     //   specify a brace-or-equal-initializer in which every initalizer-clause
6088     //   that is an assignment-expression is a constant expression. A static
6089     //   data member of literal type can be declared in the class definition
6090     //   with the constexpr specifier; if so, its declaration shall specify a
6091     //   brace-or-equal-initializer in which every initializer-clause that is
6092     //   an assignment-expression is a constant expression.
6093     QualType T = VDecl->getType();
6094 
6095     // Do nothing on dependent types.
6096     if (T->isDependentType()) {
6097 
6098     // Allow any 'static constexpr' members, whether or not they are of literal
6099     // type. We separately check that the initializer is a constant expression,
6100     // which implicitly requires the member to be of literal type.
6101     } else if (VDecl->isConstexpr()) {
6102 
6103     // Require constness.
6104     } else if (!T.isConstQualified()) {
6105       Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_non_const)
6106         << Init->getSourceRange();
6107       VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
6108 
6109     // We allow integer constant expressions in all cases.
6110     } else if (T->isIntegralOrEnumerationType()) {
6111       // Check whether the expression is a constant expression.
6112       SourceLocation Loc;
6113       if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus0x && T.isVolatileQualified())
6114         // In C++0x, a non-constexpr const static data member with an
6115         // in-class initializer cannot be volatile.
6116         Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_volatile);
6117       else if (Init->isValueDependent())
6118         ; // Nothing to check.
6119       else if (Init->isIntegerConstantExpr(Context, &Loc))
6120         ; // Ok, it's an ICE!
6121       else if (Init->isEvaluatable(Context)) {
6122         // If we can constant fold the initializer through heroics, accept it,
6123         // but report this as a use of an extension for -pedantic.
6124         Diag(Loc, diag::ext_in_class_initializer_non_constant)
6125           << Init->getSourceRange();
6126       } else {
6127         // Otherwise, this is some crazy unknown case.  Report the issue at the
6128         // location provided by the isIntegerConstantExpr failed check.
6129         Diag(Loc, diag::err_in_class_initializer_non_constant)
6130           << Init->getSourceRange();
6131         VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
6132       }
6133 
6134     // We allow floating-point constants as an extension.
6135     } else if (T->isFloatingType()) { // also permits complex, which is ok
6136       Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::ext_in_class_initializer_float_type)
6137         << T << Init->getSourceRange();
6138       if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus0x)
6139         Diag(VDecl->getLocation(),
6140              diag::note_in_class_initializer_float_type_constexpr)
6141           << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(VDecl->getLocStart(), "constexpr ");
6142 
6143       if (!Init->isValueDependent() &&
6144           !Init->isConstantInitializer(Context, false)) {
6145         Diag(Init->getExprLoc(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_non_constant)
6146           << Init->getSourceRange();
6147         VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
6148       }
6149 
6150     // Suggest adding 'constexpr' in C++0x for literal types.
6151     } else if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus0x && T->isLiteralType()) {
6152       Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_literal_type)
6153         << T << Init->getSourceRange()
6154         << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(VDecl->getLocStart(), "constexpr ");
6155       VDecl->setConstexpr(true);
6156 
6157     } else {
6158       Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_bad_type)
6159         << T << Init->getSourceRange();
6160       VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
6161     }
6162   } else if (VDecl->isFileVarDecl()) {
6163     if (VDecl->getStorageClassAsWritten() == SC_Extern &&
6164         (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus ||
6165          !Context.getBaseElementType(VDecl->getType()).isConstQualified()))
6166       Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::warn_extern_init);
6167     if (!VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) {
6168       InitializationSequence InitSeq(*this, Entity, Kind, &Init, 1);
6169       ExprResult Result = InitSeq.Perform(*this, Entity, Kind,
6170                                                 MultiExprArg(*this, &Init, 1),
6171                                                 &DclT);
6172       if (Result.isInvalid()) {
6173         VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
6174         return;
6175       }
6176 
6177       Init = Result.takeAs<Expr>();
6178     }
6179 
6180     // C++ 3.6.2p2, allow dynamic initialization of static initializers.
6181     // Don't check invalid declarations to avoid emitting useless diagnostics.
6182     if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && !VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) {
6183       // C99 6.7.8p4. All file scoped initializers need to be constant.
6184       CheckForConstantInitializer(Init, DclT);
6185     }
6186   }
6187   // If the type changed, it means we had an incomplete type that was
6188   // completed by the initializer. For example:
6189   //   int ary[] = { 1, 3, 5 };
6190   // "ary" transitions from a VariableArrayType to a ConstantArrayType.
6191   if (!VDecl->isInvalidDecl() && (DclT != SavT)) {
6192     VDecl->setType(DclT);
6193     Init->setType(DclT);
6194   }
6195 
6196   // Check any implicit conversions within the expression.
6197   CheckImplicitConversions(Init, VDecl->getLocation());
6198 
6199   if (!VDecl->isInvalidDecl())
6200     checkUnsafeAssigns(VDecl->getLocation(), VDecl->getType(), Init);
6201 
6202   Init = MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(Init);
6203   // Attach the initializer to the decl.
6204   VDecl->setInit(Init);
6205 
6206   CheckCompleteVariableDeclaration(VDecl);
6207 }
6208 
6209 /// ActOnInitializerError - Given that there was an error parsing an
6210 /// initializer for the given declaration, try to return to some form
6211 /// of sanity.
6212 void Sema::ActOnInitializerError(Decl *D) {
6213   // Our main concern here is re-establishing invariants like "a
6214   // variable's type is either dependent or complete".
6215   if (!D || D->isInvalidDecl()) return;
6216 
6217   VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D);
6218   if (!VD) return;
6219 
6220   // Auto types are meaningless if we can't make sense of the initializer.
6221   if (ParsingInitForAutoVars.count(D)) {
6222     D->setInvalidDecl();
6223     return;
6224   }
6225 
6226   QualType Ty = VD->getType();
6227   if (Ty->isDependentType()) return;
6228 
6229   // Require a complete type.
6230   if (RequireCompleteType(VD->getLocation(),
6231                           Context.getBaseElementType(Ty),
6232                           diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)) {
6233     VD->setInvalidDecl();
6234     return;
6235   }
6236 
6237   // Require an abstract type.
6238   if (RequireNonAbstractType(VD->getLocation(), Ty,
6239                              diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl,
6240                              AbstractVariableType)) {
6241     VD->setInvalidDecl();
6242     return;
6243   }
6244 
6245   // Don't bother complaining about constructors or destructors,
6246   // though.
6247 }
6248 
6249 void Sema::ActOnUninitializedDecl(Decl *RealDecl,
6250                                   bool TypeMayContainAuto) {
6251   // If there is no declaration, there was an error parsing it. Just ignore it.
6252   if (RealDecl == 0)
6253     return;
6254 
6255   if (VarDecl *Var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(RealDecl)) {
6256     QualType Type = Var->getType();
6257 
6258     // C++0x [dcl.spec.auto]p3
6259     if (TypeMayContainAuto && Type->getContainedAutoType()) {
6260       Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::err_auto_var_requires_init)
6261         << Var->getDeclName() << Type;
6262       Var->setInvalidDecl();
6263       return;
6264     }
6265 
6266     // C++0x [class.static.data]p3: A static data member can be declared with
6267     // the constexpr specifier; if so, its declaration shall specify
6268     // a brace-or-equal-initializer.
6269     if (Var->isConstexpr() && Var->isStaticDataMember() &&
6270         !Var->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) {
6271       Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::err_constexpr_static_mem_var_requires_init)
6272         << Var->getDeclName();
6273       Var->setInvalidDecl();
6274       return;
6275     }
6276 
6277     switch (Var->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) {
6278     case VarDecl::Definition:
6279       if (!Var->isStaticDataMember() || !Var->getAnyInitializer())
6280         break;
6281 
6282       // We have an out-of-line definition of a static data member
6283       // that has an in-class initializer, so we type-check this like
6284       // a declaration.
6285       //
6286       // Fall through
6287 
6288     case VarDecl::DeclarationOnly:
6289       // It's only a declaration.
6290 
6291       // Block scope. C99 6.7p7: If an identifier for an object is
6292       // declared with no linkage (C99 6.2.2p6), the type for the
6293       // object shall be complete.
6294       if (!Type->isDependentType() && Var->isLocalVarDecl() &&
6295           !Var->getLinkage() && !Var->isInvalidDecl() &&
6296           RequireCompleteType(Var->getLocation(), Type,
6297                               diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type))
6298         Var->setInvalidDecl();
6299 
6300       // Make sure that the type is not abstract.
6301       if (!Type->isDependentType() && !Var->isInvalidDecl() &&
6302           RequireNonAbstractType(Var->getLocation(), Type,
6303                                  diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl,
6304                                  AbstractVariableType))
6305         Var->setInvalidDecl();
6306       return;
6307 
6308     case VarDecl::TentativeDefinition:
6309       // File scope. C99 6.9.2p2: A declaration of an identifier for an
6310       // object that has file scope without an initializer, and without a
6311       // storage-class specifier or with the storage-class specifier "static",
6312       // constitutes a tentative definition. Note: A tentative definition with
6313       // external linkage is valid (C99 6.2.2p5).
6314       if (!Var->isInvalidDecl()) {
6315         if (const IncompleteArrayType *ArrayT
6316                                     = Context.getAsIncompleteArrayType(Type)) {
6317           if (RequireCompleteType(Var->getLocation(),
6318                                   ArrayT->getElementType(),
6319                                   diag::err_illegal_decl_array_incomplete_type))
6320             Var->setInvalidDecl();
6321         } else if (Var->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) {
6322           // C99 6.9.2p3: If the declaration of an identifier for an object is
6323           // a tentative definition and has internal linkage (C99 6.2.2p3), the
6324           // declared type shall not be an incomplete type.
6325           // NOTE: code such as the following
6326           //     static struct s;
6327           //     struct s { int a; };
6328           // is accepted by gcc. Hence here we issue a warning instead of
6329           // an error and we do not invalidate the static declaration.
6330           // NOTE: to avoid multiple warnings, only check the first declaration.
6331           if (Var->getPreviousDeclaration() == 0)
6332             RequireCompleteType(Var->getLocation(), Type,
6333                                 diag::ext_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type);
6334         }
6335       }
6336 
6337       // Record the tentative definition; we're done.
6338       if (!Var->isInvalidDecl())
6339         TentativeDefinitions.push_back(Var);
6340       return;
6341     }
6342 
6343     // Provide a specific diagnostic for uninitialized variable
6344     // definitions with incomplete array type.
6345     if (Type->isIncompleteArrayType()) {
6346       Diag(Var->getLocation(),
6347            diag::err_typecheck_incomplete_array_needs_initializer);
6348       Var->setInvalidDecl();
6349       return;
6350     }
6351 
6352     // Provide a specific diagnostic for uninitialized variable
6353     // definitions with reference type.
6354     if (Type->isReferenceType()) {
6355       Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::err_reference_var_requires_init)
6356         << Var->getDeclName()
6357         << SourceRange(Var->getLocation(), Var->getLocation());
6358       Var->setInvalidDecl();
6359       return;
6360     }
6361 
6362     // Do not attempt to type-check the default initializer for a
6363     // variable with dependent type.
6364     if (Type->isDependentType())
6365       return;
6366 
6367     if (Var->isInvalidDecl())
6368       return;
6369 
6370     if (RequireCompleteType(Var->getLocation(),
6371                             Context.getBaseElementType(Type),
6372                             diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)) {
6373       Var->setInvalidDecl();
6374       return;
6375     }
6376 
6377     // The variable can not have an abstract class type.
6378     if (RequireNonAbstractType(Var->getLocation(), Type,
6379                                diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl,
6380                                AbstractVariableType)) {
6381       Var->setInvalidDecl();
6382       return;
6383     }
6384 
6385     // Check for jumps past the implicit initializer.  C++0x
6386     // clarifies that this applies to a "variable with automatic
6387     // storage duration", not a "local variable".
6388     // C++11 [stmt.dcl]p3
6389     //   A program that jumps from a point where a variable with automatic
6390     //   storage duration is not in scope to a point where it is in scope is
6391     //   ill-formed unless the variable has scalar type, class type with a
6392     //   trivial default constructor and a trivial destructor, a cv-qualified
6393     //   version of one of these types, or an array of one of the preceding
6394     //   types and is declared without an initializer.
6395     if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && Var->hasLocalStorage()) {
6396       if (const RecordType *Record
6397             = Context.getBaseElementType(Type)->getAs<RecordType>()) {
6398         CXXRecordDecl *CXXRecord = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record->getDecl());
6399         // Mark the function for further checking even if the looser rules of
6400         // C++11 do not require such checks, so that we can diagnose
6401         // incompatibilities with C++98.
6402         if (!CXXRecord->isPOD())
6403           getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope();
6404       }
6405     }
6406 
6407     // C++03 [dcl.init]p9:
6408     //   If no initializer is specified for an object, and the
6409     //   object is of (possibly cv-qualified) non-POD class type (or
6410     //   array thereof), the object shall be default-initialized; if
6411     //   the object is of const-qualified type, the underlying class
6412     //   type shall have a user-declared default
6413     //   constructor. Otherwise, if no initializer is specified for
6414     //   a non- static object, the object and its subobjects, if
6415     //   any, have an indeterminate initial value); if the object
6416     //   or any of its subobjects are of const-qualified type, the
6417     //   program is ill-formed.
6418     // C++0x [dcl.init]p11:
6419     //   If no initializer is specified for an object, the object is
6420     //   default-initialized; [...].
6421     InitializedEntity Entity = InitializedEntity::InitializeVariable(Var);
6422     InitializationKind Kind
6423       = InitializationKind::CreateDefault(Var->getLocation());
6424 
6425     InitializationSequence InitSeq(*this, Entity, Kind, 0, 0);
6426     ExprResult Init = InitSeq.Perform(*this, Entity, Kind,
6427                                       MultiExprArg(*this, 0, 0));
6428     if (Init.isInvalid())
6429       Var->setInvalidDecl();
6430     else if (Init.get())
6431       Var->setInit(MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(Init.get()));
6432 
6433     CheckCompleteVariableDeclaration(Var);
6434   }
6435 }
6436 
6437 void Sema::ActOnCXXForRangeDecl(Decl *D) {
6438   VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D);
6439   if (!VD) {
6440     Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::err_for_range_decl_must_be_var);
6441     D->setInvalidDecl();
6442     return;
6443   }
6444 
6445   VD->setCXXForRangeDecl(true);
6446 
6447   // for-range-declaration cannot be given a storage class specifier.
6448   int Error = -1;
6449   switch (VD->getStorageClassAsWritten()) {
6450   case SC_None:
6451     break;
6452   case SC_Extern:
6453     Error = 0;
6454     break;
6455   case SC_Static:
6456     Error = 1;
6457     break;
6458   case SC_PrivateExtern:
6459     Error = 2;
6460     break;
6461   case SC_Auto:
6462     Error = 3;
6463     break;
6464   case SC_Register:
6465     Error = 4;
6466     break;
6467   case SC_OpenCLWorkGroupLocal:
6468     llvm_unreachable("Unexpected storage class");
6469   }
6470   if (VD->isConstexpr())
6471     Error = 5;
6472   if (Error != -1) {
6473     Diag(VD->getOuterLocStart(), diag::err_for_range_storage_class)
6474       << VD->getDeclName() << Error;
6475     D->setInvalidDecl();
6476   }
6477 }
6478 
6479 void Sema::CheckCompleteVariableDeclaration(VarDecl *var) {
6480   if (var->isInvalidDecl()) return;
6481 
6482   // In ARC, don't allow jumps past the implicit initialization of a
6483   // local retaining variable.
6484   if (getLangOptions().ObjCAutoRefCount &&
6485       var->hasLocalStorage()) {
6486     switch (var->getType().getObjCLifetime()) {
6487     case Qualifiers::OCL_None:
6488     case Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone:
6489     case Qualifiers::OCL_Autoreleasing:
6490       break;
6491 
6492     case Qualifiers::OCL_Weak:
6493     case Qualifiers::OCL_Strong:
6494       getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope();
6495       break;
6496     }
6497   }
6498 
6499   // All the following checks are C++ only.
6500   if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) return;
6501 
6502   QualType baseType = Context.getBaseElementType(var->getType());
6503   if (baseType->isDependentType()) return;
6504 
6505   // __block variables might require us to capture a copy-initializer.
6506   if (var->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) {
6507     // It's currently invalid to ever have a __block variable with an
6508     // array type; should we diagnose that here?
6509 
6510     // Regardless, we don't want to ignore array nesting when
6511     // constructing this copy.
6512     QualType type = var->getType();
6513 
6514     if (type->isStructureOrClassType()) {
6515       SourceLocation poi = var->getLocation();
6516       Expr *varRef = new (Context) DeclRefExpr(var, type, VK_LValue, poi);
6517       ExprResult result =
6518         PerformCopyInitialization(
6519                         InitializedEntity::InitializeBlock(poi, type, false),
6520                                   poi, Owned(varRef));
6521       if (!result.isInvalid()) {
6522         result = MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(result);
6523         Expr *init = result.takeAs<Expr>();
6524         Context.setBlockVarCopyInits(var, init);
6525       }
6526     }
6527   }
6528 
6529   Expr *Init = var->getInit();
6530   bool IsGlobal = var->hasGlobalStorage() && !var->isStaticLocal();
6531 
6532   if (!var->getDeclContext()->isDependentContext() &&
6533       (var->isConstexpr() || IsGlobal) && Init &&
6534       !Init->isConstantInitializer(Context, baseType->isReferenceType())) {
6535     // FIXME: Improve this diagnostic to explain why the initializer is not
6536     // a constant expression.
6537     if (var->isConstexpr())
6538       Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::err_constexpr_var_requires_const_init)
6539         << var << Init->getSourceRange();
6540     if (IsGlobal)
6541       Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::warn_global_constructor)
6542         << Init->getSourceRange();
6543   }
6544 
6545   // Require the destructor.
6546   if (const RecordType *recordType = baseType->getAs<RecordType>())
6547     FinalizeVarWithDestructor(var, recordType);
6548 }
6549 
6550 /// FinalizeDeclaration - called by ParseDeclarationAfterDeclarator to perform
6551 /// any semantic actions necessary after any initializer has been attached.
6552 void
6553 Sema::FinalizeDeclaration(Decl *ThisDecl) {
6554   // Note that we are no longer parsing the initializer for this declaration.
6555   ParsingInitForAutoVars.erase(ThisDecl);
6556 }
6557 
6558 Sema::DeclGroupPtrTy
6559 Sema::FinalizeDeclaratorGroup(Scope *S, const DeclSpec &DS,
6560                               Decl **Group, unsigned NumDecls) {
6561   SmallVector<Decl*, 8> Decls;
6562 
6563   if (DS.isTypeSpecOwned())
6564     Decls.push_back(DS.getRepAsDecl());
6565 
6566   for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumDecls; ++i)
6567     if (Decl *D = Group[i])
6568       Decls.push_back(D);
6569 
6570   return BuildDeclaratorGroup(Decls.data(), Decls.size(),
6571                               DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_auto);
6572 }
6573 
6574 /// BuildDeclaratorGroup - convert a list of declarations into a declaration
6575 /// group, performing any necessary semantic checking.
6576 Sema::DeclGroupPtrTy
6577 Sema::BuildDeclaratorGroup(Decl **Group, unsigned NumDecls,
6578                            bool TypeMayContainAuto) {
6579   // C++0x [dcl.spec.auto]p7:
6580   //   If the type deduced for the template parameter U is not the same in each
6581   //   deduction, the program is ill-formed.
6582   // FIXME: When initializer-list support is added, a distinction is needed
6583   // between the deduced type U and the deduced type which 'auto' stands for.
6584   //   auto a = 0, b = { 1, 2, 3 };
6585   // is legal because the deduced type U is 'int' in both cases.
6586   if (TypeMayContainAuto && NumDecls > 1) {
6587     QualType Deduced;
6588     CanQualType DeducedCanon;
6589     VarDecl *DeducedDecl = 0;
6590     for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumDecls; ++i) {
6591       if (VarDecl *D = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(Group[i])) {
6592         AutoType *AT = D->getType()->getContainedAutoType();
6593         // Don't reissue diagnostics when instantiating a template.
6594         if (AT && D->isInvalidDecl())
6595           break;
6596         if (AT && AT->isDeduced()) {
6597           QualType U = AT->getDeducedType();
6598           CanQualType UCanon = Context.getCanonicalType(U);
6599           if (Deduced.isNull()) {
6600             Deduced = U;
6601             DeducedCanon = UCanon;
6602             DeducedDecl = D;
6603           } else if (DeducedCanon != UCanon) {
6604             Diag(D->getTypeSourceInfo()->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc(),
6605                  diag::err_auto_different_deductions)
6606               << Deduced << DeducedDecl->getDeclName()
6607               << U << D->getDeclName()
6608               << DeducedDecl->getInit()->getSourceRange()
6609               << D->getInit()->getSourceRange();
6610             D->setInvalidDecl();
6611             break;
6612           }
6613         }
6614       }
6615     }
6616   }
6617 
6618   return DeclGroupPtrTy::make(DeclGroupRef::Create(Context, Group, NumDecls));
6619 }
6620 
6621 
6622 /// ActOnParamDeclarator - Called from Parser::ParseFunctionDeclarator()
6623 /// to introduce parameters into function prototype scope.
6624 Decl *Sema::ActOnParamDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D) {
6625   const DeclSpec &DS = D.getDeclSpec();
6626 
6627   // Verify C99 6.7.5.3p2: The only SCS allowed is 'register'.
6628   // C++03 [dcl.stc]p2 also permits 'auto'.
6629   VarDecl::StorageClass StorageClass = SC_None;
6630   VarDecl::StorageClass StorageClassAsWritten = SC_None;
6631   if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_register) {
6632     StorageClass = SC_Register;
6633     StorageClassAsWritten = SC_Register;
6634   } else if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus &&
6635              DS.getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_auto) {
6636     StorageClass = SC_Auto;
6637     StorageClassAsWritten = SC_Auto;
6638   } else if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified) {
6639     Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(),
6640          diag::err_invalid_storage_class_in_func_decl);
6641     D.getMutableDeclSpec().ClearStorageClassSpecs();
6642   }
6643 
6644   if (D.getDeclSpec().isThreadSpecified())
6645     Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadSpecLoc(), diag::err_invalid_thread);
6646   if (D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified())
6647     Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_invalid_constexpr)
6648       << 0;
6649 
6650   DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(D);
6651 
6652   TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S);
6653   QualType parmDeclType = TInfo->getType();
6654 
6655   if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
6656     // Check that there are no default arguments inside the type of this
6657     // parameter.
6658     CheckExtraCXXDefaultArguments(D);
6659 
6660     // Parameter declarators cannot be qualified (C++ [dcl.meaning]p1).
6661     if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) {
6662       Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_qualified_param_declarator)
6663         << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange();
6664       D.getCXXScopeSpec().clear();
6665     }
6666   }
6667 
6668   // Ensure we have a valid name
6669   IdentifierInfo *II = 0;
6670   if (D.hasName()) {
6671     II = D.getIdentifier();
6672     if (!II) {
6673       Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_bad_parameter_name)
6674         << GetNameForDeclarator(D).getName().getAsString();
6675       D.setInvalidType(true);
6676     }
6677   }
6678 
6679   // Check for redeclaration of parameters, e.g. int foo(int x, int x);
6680   if (II) {
6681     LookupResult R(*this, II, D.getIdentifierLoc(), LookupOrdinaryName,
6682                    ForRedeclaration);
6683     LookupName(R, S);
6684     if (R.isSingleResult()) {
6685       NamedDecl *PrevDecl = R.getFoundDecl();
6686       if (PrevDecl->isTemplateParameter()) {
6687         // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter.
6688         DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(D.getIdentifierLoc(), PrevDecl);
6689         // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration.
6690         PrevDecl = 0;
6691       } else if (S->isDeclScope(PrevDecl)) {
6692         Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_param_redefinition) << II;
6693         Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
6694 
6695         // Recover by removing the name
6696         II = 0;
6697         D.SetIdentifier(0, D.getIdentifierLoc());
6698         D.setInvalidType(true);
6699       }
6700     }
6701   }
6702 
6703   // Temporarily put parameter variables in the translation unit, not
6704   // the enclosing context.  This prevents them from accidentally
6705   // looking like class members in C++.
6706   ParmVarDecl *New = CheckParameter(Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(),
6707                                     D.getSourceRange().getBegin(),
6708                                     D.getIdentifierLoc(), II,
6709                                     parmDeclType, TInfo,
6710                                     StorageClass, StorageClassAsWritten);
6711 
6712   if (D.isInvalidType())
6713     New->setInvalidDecl();
6714 
6715   assert(S->isFunctionPrototypeScope());
6716   assert(S->getFunctionPrototypeDepth() >= 1);
6717   New->setScopeInfo(S->getFunctionPrototypeDepth() - 1,
6718                     S->getNextFunctionPrototypeIndex());
6719 
6720   // Add the parameter declaration into this scope.
6721   S->AddDecl(New);
6722   if (II)
6723     IdResolver.AddDecl(New);
6724 
6725   ProcessDeclAttributes(S, New, D);
6726 
6727   if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified())
6728     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_local)
6729       << 1 << New->getDeclName()
6730       << SourceRange(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc())
6731       << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc());
6732 
6733   if (New->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) {
6734     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_block_on_nonlocal);
6735   }
6736   return New;
6737 }
6738 
6739 /// \brief Synthesizes a variable for a parameter arising from a
6740 /// typedef.
6741 ParmVarDecl *Sema::BuildParmVarDeclForTypedef(DeclContext *DC,
6742                                               SourceLocation Loc,
6743                                               QualType T) {
6744   /* FIXME: setting StartLoc == Loc.
6745      Would it be worth to modify callers so as to provide proper source
6746      location for the unnamed parameters, embedding the parameter's type? */
6747   ParmVarDecl *Param = ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, DC, Loc, Loc, 0,
6748                                 T, Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T, Loc),
6749                                            SC_None, SC_None, 0);
6750   Param->setImplicit();
6751   return Param;
6752 }
6753 
6754 void Sema::DiagnoseUnusedParameters(ParmVarDecl * const *Param,
6755                                     ParmVarDecl * const *ParamEnd) {
6756   // Don't diagnose unused-parameter errors in template instantiations; we
6757   // will already have done so in the template itself.
6758   if (!ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty())
6759     return;
6760 
6761   for (; Param != ParamEnd; ++Param) {
6762     if (!(*Param)->isUsed() && (*Param)->getDeclName() &&
6763         !(*Param)->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>()) {
6764       Diag((*Param)->getLocation(), diag::warn_unused_parameter)
6765         << (*Param)->getDeclName();
6766     }
6767   }
6768 }
6769 
6770 void Sema::DiagnoseSizeOfParametersAndReturnValue(ParmVarDecl * const *Param,
6771                                                   ParmVarDecl * const *ParamEnd,
6772                                                   QualType ReturnTy,
6773                                                   NamedDecl *D) {
6774   if (LangOpts.NumLargeByValueCopy == 0) // No check.
6775     return;
6776 
6777   // Warn if the return value is pass-by-value and larger than the specified
6778   // threshold.
6779   if (ReturnTy.isPODType(Context)) {
6780     unsigned Size = Context.getTypeSizeInChars(ReturnTy).getQuantity();
6781     if (Size > LangOpts.NumLargeByValueCopy)
6782       Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::warn_return_value_size)
6783           << D->getDeclName() << Size;
6784   }
6785 
6786   // Warn if any parameter is pass-by-value and larger than the specified
6787   // threshold.
6788   for (; Param != ParamEnd; ++Param) {
6789     QualType T = (*Param)->getType();
6790     if (!T.isPODType(Context))
6791       continue;
6792     unsigned Size = Context.getTypeSizeInChars(T).getQuantity();
6793     if (Size > LangOpts.NumLargeByValueCopy)
6794       Diag((*Param)->getLocation(), diag::warn_parameter_size)
6795           << (*Param)->getDeclName() << Size;
6796   }
6797 }
6798 
6799 ParmVarDecl *Sema::CheckParameter(DeclContext *DC, SourceLocation StartLoc,
6800                                   SourceLocation NameLoc, IdentifierInfo *Name,
6801                                   QualType T, TypeSourceInfo *TSInfo,
6802                                   VarDecl::StorageClass StorageClass,
6803                                   VarDecl::StorageClass StorageClassAsWritten) {
6804   // In ARC, infer a lifetime qualifier for appropriate parameter types.
6805   if (getLangOptions().ObjCAutoRefCount &&
6806       T.getObjCLifetime() == Qualifiers::OCL_None &&
6807       T->isObjCLifetimeType()) {
6808 
6809     Qualifiers::ObjCLifetime lifetime;
6810 
6811     // Special cases for arrays:
6812     //   - if it's const, use __unsafe_unretained
6813     //   - otherwise, it's an error
6814     if (T->isArrayType()) {
6815       if (!T.isConstQualified()) {
6816         DelayedDiagnostics.add(
6817             sema::DelayedDiagnostic::makeForbiddenType(
6818             NameLoc, diag::err_arc_array_param_no_ownership, T, false));
6819       }
6820       lifetime = Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone;
6821     } else {
6822       lifetime = T->getObjCARCImplicitLifetime();
6823     }
6824     T = Context.getLifetimeQualifiedType(T, lifetime);
6825   }
6826 
6827   ParmVarDecl *New = ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, DC, StartLoc, NameLoc, Name,
6828                                          Context.getAdjustedParameterType(T),
6829                                          TSInfo,
6830                                          StorageClass, StorageClassAsWritten,
6831                                          0);
6832 
6833   // Parameters can not be abstract class types.
6834   // For record types, this is done by the AbstractClassUsageDiagnoser once
6835   // the class has been completely parsed.
6836   if (!CurContext->isRecord() &&
6837       RequireNonAbstractType(NameLoc, T, diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl,
6838                              AbstractParamType))
6839     New->setInvalidDecl();
6840 
6841   // Parameter declarators cannot be interface types. All ObjC objects are
6842   // passed by reference.
6843   if (T->isObjCObjectType()) {
6844     Diag(NameLoc,
6845          diag::err_object_cannot_be_passed_returned_by_value) << 1 << T
6846       << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(NameLoc, "*");
6847     T = Context.getObjCObjectPointerType(T);
6848     New->setType(T);
6849   }
6850 
6851   // ISO/IEC TR 18037 S6.7.3: "The type of an object with automatic storage
6852   // duration shall not be qualified by an address-space qualifier."
6853   // Since all parameters have automatic store duration, they can not have
6854   // an address space.
6855   if (T.getAddressSpace() != 0) {
6856     Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_arg_with_address_space);
6857     New->setInvalidDecl();
6858   }
6859 
6860   return New;
6861 }
6862 
6863 void Sema::ActOnFinishKNRParamDeclarations(Scope *S, Declarator &D,
6864                                            SourceLocation LocAfterDecls) {
6865   DeclaratorChunk::FunctionTypeInfo &FTI = D.getFunctionTypeInfo();
6866 
6867   // Verify 6.9.1p6: 'every identifier in the identifier list shall be declared'
6868   // for a K&R function.
6869   if (!FTI.hasPrototype) {
6870     for (int i = FTI.NumArgs; i != 0; /* decrement in loop */) {
6871       --i;
6872       if (FTI.ArgInfo[i].Param == 0) {
6873         llvm::SmallString<256> Code;
6874         llvm::raw_svector_ostream(Code) << "  int "
6875                                         << FTI.ArgInfo[i].Ident->getName()
6876                                         << ";\n";
6877         Diag(FTI.ArgInfo[i].IdentLoc, diag::ext_param_not_declared)
6878           << FTI.ArgInfo[i].Ident
6879           << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(LocAfterDecls, Code.str());
6880 
6881         // Implicitly declare the argument as type 'int' for lack of a better
6882         // type.
6883         AttributeFactory attrs;
6884         DeclSpec DS(attrs);
6885         const char* PrevSpec; // unused
6886         unsigned DiagID; // unused
6887         DS.SetTypeSpecType(DeclSpec::TST_int, FTI.ArgInfo[i].IdentLoc,
6888                            PrevSpec, DiagID);
6889         Declarator ParamD(DS, Declarator::KNRTypeListContext);
6890         ParamD.SetIdentifier(FTI.ArgInfo[i].Ident, FTI.ArgInfo[i].IdentLoc);
6891         FTI.ArgInfo[i].Param = ActOnParamDeclarator(S, ParamD);
6892       }
6893     }
6894   }
6895 }
6896 
6897 Decl *Sema::ActOnStartOfFunctionDef(Scope *FnBodyScope,
6898                                          Declarator &D) {
6899   assert(getCurFunctionDecl() == 0 && "Function parsing confused");
6900   assert(D.isFunctionDeclarator() && "Not a function declarator!");
6901   Scope *ParentScope = FnBodyScope->getParent();
6902 
6903   D.setFunctionDefinitionKind(FDK_Definition);
6904   Decl *DP = HandleDeclarator(ParentScope, D,
6905                               MultiTemplateParamsArg(*this));
6906   return ActOnStartOfFunctionDef(FnBodyScope, DP);
6907 }
6908 
6909 static bool ShouldWarnAboutMissingPrototype(const FunctionDecl *FD) {
6910   // Don't warn about invalid declarations.
6911   if (FD->isInvalidDecl())
6912     return false;
6913 
6914   // Or declarations that aren't global.
6915   if (!FD->isGlobal())
6916     return false;
6917 
6918   // Don't warn about C++ member functions.
6919   if (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(FD))
6920     return false;
6921 
6922   // Don't warn about 'main'.
6923   if (FD->isMain())
6924     return false;
6925 
6926   // Don't warn about inline functions.
6927   if (FD->isInlined())
6928     return false;
6929 
6930   // Don't warn about function templates.
6931   if (FD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate())
6932     return false;
6933 
6934   // Don't warn about function template specializations.
6935   if (FD->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization())
6936     return false;
6937 
6938   bool MissingPrototype = true;
6939   for (const FunctionDecl *Prev = FD->getPreviousDeclaration();
6940        Prev; Prev = Prev->getPreviousDeclaration()) {
6941     // Ignore any declarations that occur in function or method
6942     // scope, because they aren't visible from the header.
6943     if (Prev->getDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod())
6944       continue;
6945 
6946     MissingPrototype = !Prev->getType()->isFunctionProtoType();
6947     break;
6948   }
6949 
6950   return MissingPrototype;
6951 }
6952 
6953 void Sema::CheckForFunctionRedefinition(FunctionDecl *FD) {
6954   // Don't complain if we're in GNU89 mode and the previous definition
6955   // was an extern inline function.
6956   const FunctionDecl *Definition;
6957   if (FD->isDefined(Definition) &&
6958       !canRedefineFunction(Definition, getLangOptions())) {
6959     if (getLangOptions().GNUMode && Definition->isInlineSpecified() &&
6960         Definition->getStorageClass() == SC_Extern)
6961       Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_extern_inline)
6962         << FD->getDeclName() << getLangOptions().CPlusPlus;
6963     else
6964       Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) << FD->getDeclName();
6965     Diag(Definition->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
6966   }
6967 }
6968 
6969 Decl *Sema::ActOnStartOfFunctionDef(Scope *FnBodyScope, Decl *D) {
6970   // Clear the last template instantiation error context.
6971   LastTemplateInstantiationErrorContext = ActiveTemplateInstantiation();
6972 
6973   if (!D)
6974     return D;
6975   FunctionDecl *FD = 0;
6976 
6977   if (FunctionTemplateDecl *FunTmpl = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D))
6978     FD = FunTmpl->getTemplatedDecl();
6979   else
6980     FD = cast<FunctionDecl>(D);
6981 
6982   // Enter a new function scope
6983   PushFunctionScope();
6984 
6985   // See if this is a redefinition.
6986   if (!FD->isLateTemplateParsed())
6987     CheckForFunctionRedefinition(FD);
6988 
6989   // Builtin functions cannot be defined.
6990   if (unsigned BuiltinID = FD->getBuiltinID()) {
6991     if (!Context.BuiltinInfo.isPredefinedLibFunction(BuiltinID)) {
6992       Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_builtin_definition) << FD;
6993       FD->setInvalidDecl();
6994     }
6995   }
6996 
6997   // The return type of a function definition must be complete
6998   // (C99 6.9.1p3, C++ [dcl.fct]p6).
6999   QualType ResultType = FD->getResultType();
7000   if (!ResultType->isDependentType() && !ResultType->isVoidType() &&
7001       !FD->isInvalidDecl() &&
7002       RequireCompleteType(FD->getLocation(), ResultType,
7003                           diag::err_func_def_incomplete_result))
7004     FD->setInvalidDecl();
7005 
7006   // GNU warning -Wmissing-prototypes:
7007   //   Warn if a global function is defined without a previous
7008   //   prototype declaration. This warning is issued even if the
7009   //   definition itself provides a prototype. The aim is to detect
7010   //   global functions that fail to be declared in header files.
7011   if (ShouldWarnAboutMissingPrototype(FD))
7012     Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::warn_missing_prototype) << FD;
7013 
7014   if (FnBodyScope)
7015     PushDeclContext(FnBodyScope, FD);
7016 
7017   // Check the validity of our function parameters
7018   CheckParmsForFunctionDef(FD->param_begin(), FD->param_end(),
7019                            /*CheckParameterNames=*/true);
7020 
7021   // Introduce our parameters into the function scope
7022   for (unsigned p = 0, NumParams = FD->getNumParams(); p < NumParams; ++p) {
7023     ParmVarDecl *Param = FD->getParamDecl(p);
7024     Param->setOwningFunction(FD);
7025 
7026     // If this has an identifier, add it to the scope stack.
7027     if (Param->getIdentifier() && FnBodyScope) {
7028       CheckShadow(FnBodyScope, Param);
7029 
7030       PushOnScopeChains(Param, FnBodyScope);
7031     }
7032   }
7033 
7034   // Checking attributes of current function definition
7035   // dllimport attribute.
7036   DLLImportAttr *DA = FD->getAttr<DLLImportAttr>();
7037   if (DA && (!FD->getAttr<DLLExportAttr>())) {
7038     // dllimport attribute cannot be directly applied to definition.
7039     // Microsoft accepts dllimport for functions defined within class scope.
7040     if (!DA->isInherited() &&
7041         !(LangOpts.MicrosoftExt && FD->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord())) {
7042       Diag(FD->getLocation(),
7043            diag::err_attribute_can_be_applied_only_to_symbol_declaration)
7044         << "dllimport";
7045       FD->setInvalidDecl();
7046       return FD;
7047     }
7048 
7049     // Visual C++ appears to not think this is an issue, so only issue
7050     // a warning when Microsoft extensions are disabled.
7051     if (!LangOpts.MicrosoftExt) {
7052       // If a symbol previously declared dllimport is later defined, the
7053       // attribute is ignored in subsequent references, and a warning is
7054       // emitted.
7055       Diag(FD->getLocation(),
7056            diag::warn_redeclaration_without_attribute_prev_attribute_ignored)
7057         << FD->getName() << "dllimport";
7058     }
7059   }
7060   return FD;
7061 }
7062 
7063 /// \brief Given the set of return statements within a function body,
7064 /// compute the variables that are subject to the named return value
7065 /// optimization.
7066 ///
7067 /// Each of the variables that is subject to the named return value
7068 /// optimization will be marked as NRVO variables in the AST, and any
7069 /// return statement that has a marked NRVO variable as its NRVO candidate can
7070 /// use the named return value optimization.
7071 ///
7072 /// This function applies a very simplistic algorithm for NRVO: if every return
7073 /// statement in the function has the same NRVO candidate, that candidate is
7074 /// the NRVO variable.
7075 ///
7076 /// FIXME: Employ a smarter algorithm that accounts for multiple return
7077 /// statements and the lifetimes of the NRVO candidates. We should be able to
7078 /// find a maximal set of NRVO variables.
7079 void Sema::computeNRVO(Stmt *Body, FunctionScopeInfo *Scope) {
7080   ReturnStmt **Returns = Scope->Returns.data();
7081 
7082   const VarDecl *NRVOCandidate = 0;
7083   for (unsigned I = 0, E = Scope->Returns.size(); I != E; ++I) {
7084     if (!Returns[I]->getNRVOCandidate())
7085       return;
7086 
7087     if (!NRVOCandidate)
7088       NRVOCandidate = Returns[I]->getNRVOCandidate();
7089     else if (NRVOCandidate != Returns[I]->getNRVOCandidate())
7090       return;
7091   }
7092 
7093   if (NRVOCandidate)
7094     const_cast<VarDecl*>(NRVOCandidate)->setNRVOVariable(true);
7095 }
7096 
7097 Decl *Sema::ActOnFinishFunctionBody(Decl *D, Stmt *BodyArg) {
7098   return ActOnFinishFunctionBody(D, move(BodyArg), false);
7099 }
7100 
7101 Decl *Sema::ActOnFinishFunctionBody(Decl *dcl, Stmt *Body,
7102                                     bool IsInstantiation) {
7103   FunctionDecl *FD = 0;
7104   FunctionTemplateDecl *FunTmpl = dyn_cast_or_null<FunctionTemplateDecl>(dcl);
7105   if (FunTmpl)
7106     FD = FunTmpl->getTemplatedDecl();
7107   else
7108     FD = dyn_cast_or_null<FunctionDecl>(dcl);
7109 
7110   sema::AnalysisBasedWarnings::Policy WP = AnalysisWarnings.getDefaultPolicy();
7111   sema::AnalysisBasedWarnings::Policy *ActivePolicy = 0;
7112 
7113   if (FD) {
7114     FD->setBody(Body);
7115     if (FD->isMain()) {
7116       // C and C++ allow for main to automagically return 0.
7117       // Implements C++ [basic.start.main]p5 and C99 5.1.2.2.3.
7118       FD->setHasImplicitReturnZero(true);
7119       WP.disableCheckFallThrough();
7120     } else if (FD->hasAttr<NakedAttr>()) {
7121       // If the function is marked 'naked', don't complain about missing return
7122       // statements.
7123       WP.disableCheckFallThrough();
7124     }
7125 
7126     // MSVC permits the use of pure specifier (=0) on function definition,
7127     // defined at class scope, warn about this non standard construct.
7128     if (getLangOptions().MicrosoftExt && FD->isPure())
7129       Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::warn_pure_function_definition);
7130 
7131     if (!FD->isInvalidDecl()) {
7132       DiagnoseUnusedParameters(FD->param_begin(), FD->param_end());
7133       DiagnoseSizeOfParametersAndReturnValue(FD->param_begin(), FD->param_end(),
7134                                              FD->getResultType(), FD);
7135 
7136       // If this is a constructor, we need a vtable.
7137       if (CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(FD))
7138         MarkVTableUsed(FD->getLocation(), Constructor->getParent());
7139 
7140       computeNRVO(Body, getCurFunction());
7141     }
7142 
7143     assert(FD == getCurFunctionDecl() && "Function parsing confused");
7144   } else if (ObjCMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCMethodDecl>(dcl)) {
7145     assert(MD == getCurMethodDecl() && "Method parsing confused");
7146     MD->setBody(Body);
7147     if (Body)
7148       MD->setEndLoc(Body->getLocEnd());
7149     if (!MD->isInvalidDecl()) {
7150       DiagnoseUnusedParameters(MD->param_begin(), MD->param_end());
7151       DiagnoseSizeOfParametersAndReturnValue(MD->param_begin(), MD->param_end(),
7152                                              MD->getResultType(), MD);
7153 
7154       if (Body)
7155         computeNRVO(Body, getCurFunction());
7156     }
7157     if (ObjCShouldCallSuperDealloc) {
7158       Diag(MD->getLocEnd(), diag::warn_objc_missing_super_dealloc);
7159       ObjCShouldCallSuperDealloc = false;
7160     }
7161     if (ObjCShouldCallSuperFinalize) {
7162       Diag(MD->getLocEnd(), diag::warn_objc_missing_super_finalize);
7163       ObjCShouldCallSuperFinalize = false;
7164     }
7165   } else {
7166     return 0;
7167   }
7168 
7169   assert(!ObjCShouldCallSuperDealloc && "This should only be set for "
7170          "ObjC methods, which should have been handled in the block above.");
7171   assert(!ObjCShouldCallSuperFinalize && "This should only be set for "
7172          "ObjC methods, which should have been handled in the block above.");
7173 
7174   // Verify and clean out per-function state.
7175   if (Body) {
7176     // C++ constructors that have function-try-blocks can't have return
7177     // statements in the handlers of that block. (C++ [except.handle]p14)
7178     // Verify this.
7179     if (FD && isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(FD) && isa<CXXTryStmt>(Body))
7180       DiagnoseReturnInConstructorExceptionHandler(cast<CXXTryStmt>(Body));
7181 
7182     // Verify that gotos and switch cases don't jump into scopes illegally.
7183     if (getCurFunction()->NeedsScopeChecking() &&
7184         !dcl->isInvalidDecl() &&
7185         !hasAnyUnrecoverableErrorsInThisFunction())
7186       DiagnoseInvalidJumps(Body);
7187 
7188     if (CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor = dyn_cast<CXXDestructorDecl>(dcl)) {
7189       if (!Destructor->getParent()->isDependentType())
7190         CheckDestructor(Destructor);
7191 
7192       MarkBaseAndMemberDestructorsReferenced(Destructor->getLocation(),
7193                                              Destructor->getParent());
7194     }
7195 
7196     // If any errors have occurred, clear out any temporaries that may have
7197     // been leftover. This ensures that these temporaries won't be picked up for
7198     // deletion in some later function.
7199     if (PP.getDiagnostics().hasErrorOccurred() ||
7200         PP.getDiagnostics().getSuppressAllDiagnostics()) {
7201       DiscardCleanupsInEvaluationContext();
7202     } else if (!isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(dcl)) {
7203       // Since the body is valid, issue any analysis-based warnings that are
7204       // enabled.
7205       ActivePolicy = &WP;
7206     }
7207 
7208     if (FD && FD->isConstexpr() && !FD->isInvalidDecl() &&
7209         !CheckConstexprFunctionBody(FD, Body))
7210       FD->setInvalidDecl();
7211 
7212     assert(ExprCleanupObjects.empty() && "Leftover temporaries in function");
7213     assert(!ExprNeedsCleanups && "Unaccounted cleanups in function");
7214   }
7215 
7216   if (!IsInstantiation)
7217     PopDeclContext();
7218 
7219   PopFunctionOrBlockScope(ActivePolicy, dcl);
7220 
7221   // If any errors have occurred, clear out any temporaries that may have
7222   // been leftover. This ensures that these temporaries won't be picked up for
7223   // deletion in some later function.
7224   if (getDiagnostics().hasErrorOccurred()) {
7225     DiscardCleanupsInEvaluationContext();
7226   }
7227 
7228   return dcl;
7229 }
7230 
7231 
7232 /// When we finish delayed parsing of an attribute, we must attach it to the
7233 /// relevant Decl.
7234 void Sema::ActOnFinishDelayedAttribute(Scope *S, Decl *D,
7235                                        ParsedAttributes &Attrs) {
7236   ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, D, Attrs.getList());
7237 }
7238 
7239 
7240 /// ImplicitlyDefineFunction - An undeclared identifier was used in a function
7241 /// call, forming a call to an implicitly defined function (per C99 6.5.1p2).
7242 NamedDecl *Sema::ImplicitlyDefineFunction(SourceLocation Loc,
7243                                           IdentifierInfo &II, Scope *S) {
7244   // Before we produce a declaration for an implicitly defined
7245   // function, see whether there was a locally-scoped declaration of
7246   // this name as a function or variable. If so, use that
7247   // (non-visible) declaration, and complain about it.
7248   llvm::DenseMap<DeclarationName, NamedDecl *>::iterator Pos
7249     = findLocallyScopedExternalDecl(&II);
7250   if (Pos != LocallyScopedExternalDecls.end()) {
7251     Diag(Loc, diag::warn_use_out_of_scope_declaration) << Pos->second;
7252     Diag(Pos->second->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
7253     return Pos->second;
7254   }
7255 
7256   // Extension in C99.  Legal in C90, but warn about it.
7257   if (II.getName().startswith("__builtin_"))
7258     Diag(Loc, diag::warn_builtin_unknown) << &II;
7259   else if (getLangOptions().C99)
7260     Diag(Loc, diag::ext_implicit_function_decl) << &II;
7261   else
7262     Diag(Loc, diag::warn_implicit_function_decl) << &II;
7263 
7264   // Set a Declarator for the implicit definition: int foo();
7265   const char *Dummy;
7266   AttributeFactory attrFactory;
7267   DeclSpec DS(attrFactory);
7268   unsigned DiagID;
7269   bool Error = DS.SetTypeSpecType(DeclSpec::TST_int, Loc, Dummy, DiagID);
7270   (void)Error; // Silence warning.
7271   assert(!Error && "Error setting up implicit decl!");
7272   Declarator D(DS, Declarator::BlockContext);
7273   D.AddTypeInfo(DeclaratorChunk::getFunction(false, false, SourceLocation(), 0,
7274                                              0, 0, true, SourceLocation(),
7275                                              SourceLocation(), SourceLocation(),
7276                                              SourceLocation(),
7277                                              EST_None, SourceLocation(),
7278                                              0, 0, 0, 0, Loc, Loc, D),
7279                 DS.getAttributes(),
7280                 SourceLocation());
7281   D.SetIdentifier(&II, Loc);
7282 
7283   // Insert this function into translation-unit scope.
7284 
7285   DeclContext *PrevDC = CurContext;
7286   CurContext = Context.getTranslationUnitDecl();
7287 
7288   FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(ActOnDeclarator(TUScope, D));
7289   FD->setImplicit();
7290 
7291   CurContext = PrevDC;
7292 
7293   AddKnownFunctionAttributes(FD);
7294 
7295   return FD;
7296 }
7297 
7298 /// \brief Adds any function attributes that we know a priori based on
7299 /// the declaration of this function.
7300 ///
7301 /// These attributes can apply both to implicitly-declared builtins
7302 /// (like __builtin___printf_chk) or to library-declared functions
7303 /// like NSLog or printf.
7304 ///
7305 /// We need to check for duplicate attributes both here and where user-written
7306 /// attributes are applied to declarations.
7307 void Sema::AddKnownFunctionAttributes(FunctionDecl *FD) {
7308   if (FD->isInvalidDecl())
7309     return;
7310 
7311   // If this is a built-in function, map its builtin attributes to
7312   // actual attributes.
7313   if (unsigned BuiltinID = FD->getBuiltinID()) {
7314     // Handle printf-formatting attributes.
7315     unsigned FormatIdx;
7316     bool HasVAListArg;
7317     if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isPrintfLike(BuiltinID, FormatIdx, HasVAListArg)) {
7318       if (!FD->getAttr<FormatAttr>())
7319         FD->addAttr(::new (Context) FormatAttr(FD->getLocation(), Context,
7320                                                 "printf", FormatIdx+1,
7321                                                HasVAListArg ? 0 : FormatIdx+2));
7322     }
7323     if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isScanfLike(BuiltinID, FormatIdx,
7324                                              HasVAListArg)) {
7325      if (!FD->getAttr<FormatAttr>())
7326        FD->addAttr(::new (Context) FormatAttr(FD->getLocation(), Context,
7327                                               "scanf", FormatIdx+1,
7328                                               HasVAListArg ? 0 : FormatIdx+2));
7329     }
7330 
7331     // Mark const if we don't care about errno and that is the only
7332     // thing preventing the function from being const. This allows
7333     // IRgen to use LLVM intrinsics for such functions.
7334     if (!getLangOptions().MathErrno &&
7335         Context.BuiltinInfo.isConstWithoutErrno(BuiltinID)) {
7336       if (!FD->getAttr<ConstAttr>())
7337         FD->addAttr(::new (Context) ConstAttr(FD->getLocation(), Context));
7338     }
7339 
7340     if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isReturnsTwice(BuiltinID) &&
7341         !FD->getAttr<ReturnsTwiceAttr>())
7342       FD->addAttr(::new (Context) ReturnsTwiceAttr(FD->getLocation(), Context));
7343     if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isNoThrow(BuiltinID) && !FD->getAttr<NoThrowAttr>())
7344       FD->addAttr(::new (Context) NoThrowAttr(FD->getLocation(), Context));
7345     if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isConst(BuiltinID) && !FD->getAttr<ConstAttr>())
7346       FD->addAttr(::new (Context) ConstAttr(FD->getLocation(), Context));
7347   }
7348 
7349   IdentifierInfo *Name = FD->getIdentifier();
7350   if (!Name)
7351     return;
7352   if ((!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus &&
7353        FD->getDeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) ||
7354       (isa<LinkageSpecDecl>(FD->getDeclContext()) &&
7355        cast<LinkageSpecDecl>(FD->getDeclContext())->getLanguage() ==
7356        LinkageSpecDecl::lang_c)) {
7357     // Okay: this could be a libc/libm/Objective-C function we know
7358     // about.
7359   } else
7360     return;
7361 
7362   if (Name->isStr("NSLog") || Name->isStr("NSLogv")) {
7363     // FIXME: NSLog and NSLogv should be target specific
7364     if (const FormatAttr *Format = FD->getAttr<FormatAttr>()) {
7365       // FIXME: We known better than our headers.
7366       const_cast<FormatAttr *>(Format)->setType(Context, "printf");
7367     } else
7368       FD->addAttr(::new (Context) FormatAttr(FD->getLocation(), Context,
7369                                              "printf", 1,
7370                                              Name->isStr("NSLogv") ? 0 : 2));
7371   } else if (Name->isStr("asprintf") || Name->isStr("vasprintf")) {
7372     // FIXME: asprintf and vasprintf aren't C99 functions. Should they be
7373     // target-specific builtins, perhaps?
7374     if (!FD->getAttr<FormatAttr>())
7375       FD->addAttr(::new (Context) FormatAttr(FD->getLocation(), Context,
7376                                              "printf", 2,
7377                                              Name->isStr("vasprintf") ? 0 : 3));
7378   }
7379 }
7380 
7381 TypedefDecl *Sema::ParseTypedefDecl(Scope *S, Declarator &D, QualType T,
7382                                     TypeSourceInfo *TInfo) {
7383   assert(D.getIdentifier() && "Wrong callback for declspec without declarator");
7384   assert(!T.isNull() && "GetTypeForDeclarator() returned null type");
7385 
7386   if (!TInfo) {
7387     assert(D.isInvalidType() && "no declarator info for valid type");
7388     TInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T);
7389   }
7390 
7391   // Scope manipulation handled by caller.
7392   TypedefDecl *NewTD = TypedefDecl::Create(Context, CurContext,
7393                                            D.getSourceRange().getBegin(),
7394                                            D.getIdentifierLoc(),
7395                                            D.getIdentifier(),
7396                                            TInfo);
7397 
7398   // Bail out immediately if we have an invalid declaration.
7399   if (D.isInvalidType()) {
7400     NewTD->setInvalidDecl();
7401     return NewTD;
7402   }
7403 
7404   if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) {
7405     if (CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod())
7406       Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_local)
7407         << 2 << NewTD->getDeclName()
7408         << SourceRange(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc())
7409         << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc());
7410     else
7411       NewTD->setModulePrivate();
7412   }
7413 
7414   // C++ [dcl.typedef]p8:
7415   //   If the typedef declaration defines an unnamed class (or
7416   //   enum), the first typedef-name declared by the declaration
7417   //   to be that class type (or enum type) is used to denote the
7418   //   class type (or enum type) for linkage purposes only.
7419   // We need to check whether the type was declared in the declaration.
7420   switch (D.getDeclSpec().getTypeSpecType()) {
7421   case TST_enum:
7422   case TST_struct:
7423   case TST_union:
7424   case TST_class: {
7425     TagDecl *tagFromDeclSpec = cast<TagDecl>(D.getDeclSpec().getRepAsDecl());
7426 
7427     // Do nothing if the tag is not anonymous or already has an
7428     // associated typedef (from an earlier typedef in this decl group).
7429     if (tagFromDeclSpec->getIdentifier()) break;
7430     if (tagFromDeclSpec->getTypedefNameForAnonDecl()) break;
7431 
7432     // A well-formed anonymous tag must always be a TUK_Definition.
7433     assert(tagFromDeclSpec->isThisDeclarationADefinition());
7434 
7435     // The type must match the tag exactly;  no qualifiers allowed.
7436     if (!Context.hasSameType(T, Context.getTagDeclType(tagFromDeclSpec)))
7437       break;
7438 
7439     // Otherwise, set this is the anon-decl typedef for the tag.
7440     tagFromDeclSpec->setTypedefNameForAnonDecl(NewTD);
7441     break;
7442   }
7443 
7444   default:
7445     break;
7446   }
7447 
7448   return NewTD;
7449 }
7450 
7451 
7452 /// \brief Determine whether a tag with a given kind is acceptable
7453 /// as a redeclaration of the given tag declaration.
7454 ///
7455 /// \returns true if the new tag kind is acceptable, false otherwise.
7456 bool Sema::isAcceptableTagRedeclaration(const TagDecl *Previous,
7457                                         TagTypeKind NewTag, bool isDefinition,
7458                                         SourceLocation NewTagLoc,
7459                                         const IdentifierInfo &Name) {
7460   // C++ [dcl.type.elab]p3:
7461   //   The class-key or enum keyword present in the
7462   //   elaborated-type-specifier shall agree in kind with the
7463   //   declaration to which the name in the elaborated-type-specifier
7464   //   refers. This rule also applies to the form of
7465   //   elaborated-type-specifier that declares a class-name or
7466   //   friend class since it can be construed as referring to the
7467   //   definition of the class. Thus, in any
7468   //   elaborated-type-specifier, the enum keyword shall be used to
7469   //   refer to an enumeration (7.2), the union class-key shall be
7470   //   used to refer to a union (clause 9), and either the class or
7471   //   struct class-key shall be used to refer to a class (clause 9)
7472   //   declared using the class or struct class-key.
7473   TagTypeKind OldTag = Previous->getTagKind();
7474   if (!isDefinition || (NewTag != TTK_Class && NewTag != TTK_Struct))
7475     if (OldTag == NewTag)
7476       return true;
7477 
7478   if ((OldTag == TTK_Struct || OldTag == TTK_Class) &&
7479       (NewTag == TTK_Struct || NewTag == TTK_Class)) {
7480     // Warn about the struct/class tag mismatch.
7481     bool isTemplate = false;
7482     if (const CXXRecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Previous))
7483       isTemplate = Record->getDescribedClassTemplate();
7484 
7485     if (!ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty()) {
7486       // In a template instantiation, do not offer fix-its for tag mismatches
7487       // since they usually mess up the template instead of fixing the problem.
7488       Diag(NewTagLoc, diag::warn_struct_class_tag_mismatch)
7489         << (NewTag == TTK_Class) << isTemplate << &Name;
7490       return true;
7491     }
7492 
7493     if (isDefinition) {
7494       // On definitions, check previous tags and issue a fix-it for each
7495       // one that doesn't match the current tag.
7496       if (Previous->getDefinition()) {
7497         // Don't suggest fix-its for redefinitions.
7498         return true;
7499       }
7500 
7501       bool previousMismatch = false;
7502       for (TagDecl::redecl_iterator I(Previous->redecls_begin()),
7503            E(Previous->redecls_end()); I != E; ++I) {
7504         if (I->getTagKind() != NewTag) {
7505           if (!previousMismatch) {
7506             previousMismatch = true;
7507             Diag(NewTagLoc, diag::warn_struct_class_previous_tag_mismatch)
7508               << (NewTag == TTK_Class) << isTemplate << &Name;
7509           }
7510           Diag(I->getInnerLocStart(), diag::note_struct_class_suggestion)
7511             << (NewTag == TTK_Class)
7512             << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(I->getInnerLocStart(),
7513                                             NewTag == TTK_Class?
7514                                             "class" : "struct");
7515         }
7516       }
7517       return true;
7518     }
7519 
7520     // Check for a previous definition.  If current tag and definition
7521     // are same type, do nothing.  If no definition, but disagree with
7522     // with previous tag type, give a warning, but no fix-it.
7523     const TagDecl *Redecl = Previous->getDefinition() ?
7524                             Previous->getDefinition() : Previous;
7525     if (Redecl->getTagKind() == NewTag) {
7526       return true;
7527     }
7528 
7529     Diag(NewTagLoc, diag::warn_struct_class_tag_mismatch)
7530       << (NewTag == TTK_Class)
7531       << isTemplate << &Name;
7532     Diag(Redecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_use);
7533 
7534     // If there is a previous defintion, suggest a fix-it.
7535     if (Previous->getDefinition()) {
7536         Diag(NewTagLoc, diag::note_struct_class_suggestion)
7537           << (Redecl->getTagKind() == TTK_Class)
7538           << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(NewTagLoc),
7539                         Redecl->getTagKind() == TTK_Class? "class" : "struct");
7540     }
7541 
7542     return true;
7543   }
7544   return false;
7545 }
7546 
7547 /// ActOnTag - This is invoked when we see 'struct foo' or 'struct {'.  In the
7548 /// former case, Name will be non-null.  In the later case, Name will be null.
7549 /// TagSpec indicates what kind of tag this is. TUK indicates whether this is a
7550 /// reference/declaration/definition of a tag.
7551 Decl *Sema::ActOnTag(Scope *S, unsigned TagSpec, TagUseKind TUK,
7552                      SourceLocation KWLoc, CXXScopeSpec &SS,
7553                      IdentifierInfo *Name, SourceLocation NameLoc,
7554                      AttributeList *Attr, AccessSpecifier AS,
7555                      SourceLocation ModulePrivateLoc,
7556                      MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists,
7557                      bool &OwnedDecl, bool &IsDependent,
7558                      bool ScopedEnum, bool ScopedEnumUsesClassTag,
7559                      TypeResult UnderlyingType) {
7560   // If this is not a definition, it must have a name.
7561   assert((Name != 0 || TUK == TUK_Definition) &&
7562          "Nameless record must be a definition!");
7563   assert(TemplateParameterLists.size() == 0 || TUK != TUK_Reference);
7564 
7565   OwnedDecl = false;
7566   TagTypeKind Kind = TypeWithKeyword::getTagTypeKindForTypeSpec(TagSpec);
7567 
7568   // FIXME: Check explicit specializations more carefully.
7569   bool isExplicitSpecialization = false;
7570   bool Invalid = false;
7571 
7572   // We only need to do this matching if we have template parameters
7573   // or a scope specifier, which also conveniently avoids this work
7574   // for non-C++ cases.
7575   if (TemplateParameterLists.size() > 0 ||
7576       (SS.isNotEmpty() && TUK != TUK_Reference)) {
7577     if (TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams
7578           = MatchTemplateParametersToScopeSpecifier(KWLoc, NameLoc, SS,
7579                                                 TemplateParameterLists.get(),
7580                                                 TemplateParameterLists.size(),
7581                                                     TUK == TUK_Friend,
7582                                                     isExplicitSpecialization,
7583                                                     Invalid)) {
7584       if (TemplateParams->size() > 0) {
7585         // This is a declaration or definition of a class template (which may
7586         // be a member of another template).
7587 
7588         if (Invalid)
7589           return 0;
7590 
7591         OwnedDecl = false;
7592         DeclResult Result = CheckClassTemplate(S, TagSpec, TUK, KWLoc,
7593                                                SS, Name, NameLoc, Attr,
7594                                                TemplateParams, AS,
7595                                                ModulePrivateLoc,
7596                                            TemplateParameterLists.size() - 1,
7597                  (TemplateParameterList**) TemplateParameterLists.release());
7598         return Result.get();
7599       } else {
7600         // The "template<>" header is extraneous.
7601         Diag(TemplateParams->getTemplateLoc(), diag::err_template_tag_noparams)
7602           << TypeWithKeyword::getTagTypeKindName(Kind) << Name;
7603         isExplicitSpecialization = true;
7604       }
7605     }
7606   }
7607 
7608   // Figure out the underlying type if this a enum declaration. We need to do
7609   // this early, because it's needed to detect if this is an incompatible
7610   // redeclaration.
7611   llvm::PointerUnion<const Type*, TypeSourceInfo*> EnumUnderlying;
7612 
7613   if (Kind == TTK_Enum) {
7614     if (UnderlyingType.isInvalid() || (!UnderlyingType.get() && ScopedEnum))
7615       // No underlying type explicitly specified, or we failed to parse the
7616       // type, default to int.
7617       EnumUnderlying = Context.IntTy.getTypePtr();
7618     else if (UnderlyingType.get()) {
7619       // C++0x 7.2p2: The type-specifier-seq of an enum-base shall name an
7620       // integral type; any cv-qualification is ignored.
7621       TypeSourceInfo *TI = 0;
7622       QualType T = GetTypeFromParser(UnderlyingType.get(), &TI);
7623       EnumUnderlying = TI;
7624 
7625       SourceLocation UnderlyingLoc = TI->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc();
7626 
7627       if (!T->isDependentType() && !T->isIntegralType(Context)) {
7628         Diag(UnderlyingLoc, diag::err_enum_invalid_underlying)
7629           << T;
7630         // Recover by falling back to int.
7631         EnumUnderlying = Context.IntTy.getTypePtr();
7632       }
7633 
7634       if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(UnderlyingLoc, TI,
7635                                           UPPC_FixedUnderlyingType))
7636         EnumUnderlying = Context.IntTy.getTypePtr();
7637 
7638     } else if (getLangOptions().MicrosoftExt)
7639       // Microsoft enums are always of int type.
7640       EnumUnderlying = Context.IntTy.getTypePtr();
7641   }
7642 
7643   DeclContext *SearchDC = CurContext;
7644   DeclContext *DC = CurContext;
7645   bool isStdBadAlloc = false;
7646 
7647   RedeclarationKind Redecl = ForRedeclaration;
7648   if (TUK == TUK_Friend || TUK == TUK_Reference)
7649     Redecl = NotForRedeclaration;
7650 
7651   LookupResult Previous(*this, Name, NameLoc, LookupTagName, Redecl);
7652 
7653   if (Name && SS.isNotEmpty()) {
7654     // We have a nested-name tag ('struct foo::bar').
7655 
7656     // Check for invalid 'foo::'.
7657     if (SS.isInvalid()) {
7658       Name = 0;
7659       goto CreateNewDecl;
7660     }
7661 
7662     // If this is a friend or a reference to a class in a dependent
7663     // context, don't try to make a decl for it.
7664     if (TUK == TUK_Friend || TUK == TUK_Reference) {
7665       DC = computeDeclContext(SS, false);
7666       if (!DC) {
7667         IsDependent = true;
7668         return 0;
7669       }
7670     } else {
7671       DC = computeDeclContext(SS, true);
7672       if (!DC) {
7673         Diag(SS.getRange().getBegin(), diag::err_dependent_nested_name_spec)
7674           << SS.getRange();
7675         return 0;
7676       }
7677     }
7678 
7679     if (RequireCompleteDeclContext(SS, DC))
7680       return 0;
7681 
7682     SearchDC = DC;
7683     // Look-up name inside 'foo::'.
7684     LookupQualifiedName(Previous, DC);
7685 
7686     if (Previous.isAmbiguous())
7687       return 0;
7688 
7689     if (Previous.empty()) {
7690       // Name lookup did not find anything. However, if the
7691       // nested-name-specifier refers to the current instantiation,
7692       // and that current instantiation has any dependent base
7693       // classes, we might find something at instantiation time: treat
7694       // this as a dependent elaborated-type-specifier.
7695       // But this only makes any sense for reference-like lookups.
7696       if (Previous.wasNotFoundInCurrentInstantiation() &&
7697           (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend)) {
7698         IsDependent = true;
7699         return 0;
7700       }
7701 
7702       // A tag 'foo::bar' must already exist.
7703       Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_not_tag_in_scope)
7704         << Kind << Name << DC << SS.getRange();
7705       Name = 0;
7706       Invalid = true;
7707       goto CreateNewDecl;
7708     }
7709   } else if (Name) {
7710     // If this is a named struct, check to see if there was a previous forward
7711     // declaration or definition.
7712     // FIXME: We're looking into outer scopes here, even when we
7713     // shouldn't be. Doing so can result in ambiguities that we
7714     // shouldn't be diagnosing.
7715     LookupName(Previous, S);
7716 
7717     if (Previous.isAmbiguous() &&
7718         (TUK == TUK_Definition || TUK == TUK_Declaration)) {
7719       LookupResult::Filter F = Previous.makeFilter();
7720       while (F.hasNext()) {
7721         NamedDecl *ND = F.next();
7722         if (ND->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext() != SearchDC)
7723           F.erase();
7724       }
7725       F.done();
7726     }
7727 
7728     // Note:  there used to be some attempt at recovery here.
7729     if (Previous.isAmbiguous())
7730       return 0;
7731 
7732     if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && TUK != TUK_Reference) {
7733       // FIXME: This makes sure that we ignore the contexts associated
7734       // with C structs, unions, and enums when looking for a matching
7735       // tag declaration or definition. See the similar lookup tweak
7736       // in Sema::LookupName; is there a better way to deal with this?
7737       while (isa<RecordDecl>(SearchDC) || isa<EnumDecl>(SearchDC))
7738         SearchDC = SearchDC->getParent();
7739     }
7740   } else if (S->isFunctionPrototypeScope()) {
7741     // If this is an enum declaration in function prototype scope, set its
7742     // initial context to the translation unit.
7743     SearchDC = Context.getTranslationUnitDecl();
7744   }
7745 
7746   if (Previous.isSingleResult() &&
7747       Previous.getFoundDecl()->isTemplateParameter()) {
7748     // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter.
7749     DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(NameLoc, Previous.getFoundDecl());
7750     // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration.
7751     Previous.clear();
7752   }
7753 
7754   if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && Name && DC && StdNamespace &&
7755       DC->Equals(getStdNamespace()) && Name->isStr("bad_alloc")) {
7756     // This is a declaration of or a reference to "std::bad_alloc".
7757     isStdBadAlloc = true;
7758 
7759     if (Previous.empty() && StdBadAlloc) {
7760       // std::bad_alloc has been implicitly declared (but made invisible to
7761       // name lookup). Fill in this implicit declaration as the previous
7762       // declaration, so that the declarations get chained appropriately.
7763       Previous.addDecl(getStdBadAlloc());
7764     }
7765   }
7766 
7767   // If we didn't find a previous declaration, and this is a reference
7768   // (or friend reference), move to the correct scope.  In C++, we
7769   // also need to do a redeclaration lookup there, just in case
7770   // there's a shadow friend decl.
7771   if (Name && Previous.empty() &&
7772       (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend)) {
7773     if (Invalid) goto CreateNewDecl;
7774     assert(SS.isEmpty());
7775 
7776     if (TUK == TUK_Reference) {
7777       // C++ [basic.scope.pdecl]p5:
7778       //   -- for an elaborated-type-specifier of the form
7779       //
7780       //          class-key identifier
7781       //
7782       //      if the elaborated-type-specifier is used in the
7783       //      decl-specifier-seq or parameter-declaration-clause of a
7784       //      function defined in namespace scope, the identifier is
7785       //      declared as a class-name in the namespace that contains
7786       //      the declaration; otherwise, except as a friend
7787       //      declaration, the identifier is declared in the smallest
7788       //      non-class, non-function-prototype scope that contains the
7789       //      declaration.
7790       //
7791       // C99 6.7.2.3p8 has a similar (but not identical!) provision for
7792       // C structs and unions.
7793       //
7794       // It is an error in C++ to declare (rather than define) an enum
7795       // type, including via an elaborated type specifier.  We'll
7796       // diagnose that later; for now, declare the enum in the same
7797       // scope as we would have picked for any other tag type.
7798       //
7799       // GNU C also supports this behavior as part of its incomplete
7800       // enum types extension, while GNU C++ does not.
7801       //
7802       // Find the context where we'll be declaring the tag.
7803       // FIXME: We would like to maintain the current DeclContext as the
7804       // lexical context,
7805       while (SearchDC->isRecord() || SearchDC->isTransparentContext())
7806         SearchDC = SearchDC->getParent();
7807 
7808       // Find the scope where we'll be declaring the tag.
7809       while (S->isClassScope() ||
7810              (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus &&
7811               S->isFunctionPrototypeScope()) ||
7812              ((S->getFlags() & Scope::DeclScope) == 0) ||
7813              (S->getEntity() &&
7814               ((DeclContext *)S->getEntity())->isTransparentContext()))
7815         S = S->getParent();
7816     } else {
7817       assert(TUK == TUK_Friend);
7818       // C++ [namespace.memdef]p3:
7819       //   If a friend declaration in a non-local class first declares a
7820       //   class or function, the friend class or function is a member of
7821       //   the innermost enclosing namespace.
7822       SearchDC = SearchDC->getEnclosingNamespaceContext();
7823     }
7824 
7825     // In C++, we need to do a redeclaration lookup to properly
7826     // diagnose some problems.
7827     if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
7828       Previous.setRedeclarationKind(ForRedeclaration);
7829       LookupQualifiedName(Previous, SearchDC);
7830     }
7831   }
7832 
7833   if (!Previous.empty()) {
7834     NamedDecl *PrevDecl = (*Previous.begin())->getUnderlyingDecl();
7835 
7836     // It's okay to have a tag decl in the same scope as a typedef
7837     // which hides a tag decl in the same scope.  Finding this
7838     // insanity with a redeclaration lookup can only actually happen
7839     // in C++.
7840     //
7841     // This is also okay for elaborated-type-specifiers, which is
7842     // technically forbidden by the current standard but which is
7843     // okay according to the likely resolution of an open issue;
7844     // see http://www.open-std.org/jtc1/sc22/wg21/docs/cwg_active.html#407
7845     if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
7846       if (TypedefNameDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(PrevDecl)) {
7847         if (const TagType *TT = TD->getUnderlyingType()->getAs<TagType>()) {
7848           TagDecl *Tag = TT->getDecl();
7849           if (Tag->getDeclName() == Name &&
7850               Tag->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()
7851                           ->Equals(TD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext())) {
7852             PrevDecl = Tag;
7853             Previous.clear();
7854             Previous.addDecl(Tag);
7855             Previous.resolveKind();
7856           }
7857         }
7858       }
7859     }
7860 
7861     if (TagDecl *PrevTagDecl = dyn_cast<TagDecl>(PrevDecl)) {
7862       // If this is a use of a previous tag, or if the tag is already declared
7863       // in the same scope (so that the definition/declaration completes or
7864       // rementions the tag), reuse the decl.
7865       if (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend ||
7866           isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, SearchDC, S, isExplicitSpecialization)) {
7867         // Make sure that this wasn't declared as an enum and now used as a
7868         // struct or something similar.
7869         if (!isAcceptableTagRedeclaration(PrevTagDecl, Kind,
7870                                           TUK == TUK_Definition, KWLoc,
7871                                           *Name)) {
7872           bool SafeToContinue
7873             = (PrevTagDecl->getTagKind() != TTK_Enum &&
7874                Kind != TTK_Enum);
7875           if (SafeToContinue)
7876             Diag(KWLoc, diag::err_use_with_wrong_tag)
7877               << Name
7878               << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(KWLoc),
7879                                               PrevTagDecl->getKindName());
7880           else
7881             Diag(KWLoc, diag::err_use_with_wrong_tag) << Name;
7882           Diag(PrevTagDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_use);
7883 
7884           if (SafeToContinue)
7885             Kind = PrevTagDecl->getTagKind();
7886           else {
7887             // Recover by making this an anonymous redefinition.
7888             Name = 0;
7889             Previous.clear();
7890             Invalid = true;
7891           }
7892         }
7893 
7894         if (Kind == TTK_Enum && PrevTagDecl->getTagKind() == TTK_Enum) {
7895           const EnumDecl *PrevEnum = cast<EnumDecl>(PrevTagDecl);
7896 
7897           // All conflicts with previous declarations are recovered by
7898           // returning the previous declaration.
7899           if (ScopedEnum != PrevEnum->isScoped()) {
7900             Diag(KWLoc, diag::err_enum_redeclare_scoped_mismatch)
7901               << PrevEnum->isScoped();
7902             Diag(PrevTagDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_use);
7903             return PrevTagDecl;
7904           }
7905           else if (EnumUnderlying && PrevEnum->isFixed()) {
7906             QualType T;
7907             if (TypeSourceInfo *TI = EnumUnderlying.dyn_cast<TypeSourceInfo*>())
7908                 T = TI->getType();
7909             else
7910                 T = QualType(EnumUnderlying.get<const Type*>(), 0);
7911 
7912             if (!Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(T,
7913                                                 PrevEnum->getIntegerType())) {
7914               Diag(NameLoc.isValid() ? NameLoc : KWLoc,
7915                    diag::err_enum_redeclare_type_mismatch)
7916                 << T
7917                 << PrevEnum->getIntegerType();
7918               Diag(PrevTagDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_use);
7919               return PrevTagDecl;
7920             }
7921           }
7922           else if (!EnumUnderlying.isNull() != PrevEnum->isFixed()) {
7923             Diag(KWLoc, diag::err_enum_redeclare_fixed_mismatch)
7924               << PrevEnum->isFixed();
7925             Diag(PrevTagDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_use);
7926             return PrevTagDecl;
7927           }
7928         }
7929 
7930         if (!Invalid) {
7931           // If this is a use, just return the declaration we found.
7932 
7933           // FIXME: In the future, return a variant or some other clue
7934           // for the consumer of this Decl to know it doesn't own it.
7935           // For our current ASTs this shouldn't be a problem, but will
7936           // need to be changed with DeclGroups.
7937           if ((TUK == TUK_Reference && (!PrevTagDecl->getFriendObjectKind() ||
7938                getLangOptions().MicrosoftExt)) || TUK == TUK_Friend)
7939             return PrevTagDecl;
7940 
7941           // Diagnose attempts to redefine a tag.
7942           if (TUK == TUK_Definition) {
7943             if (TagDecl *Def = PrevTagDecl->getDefinition()) {
7944               // If we're defining a specialization and the previous definition
7945               // is from an implicit instantiation, don't emit an error
7946               // here; we'll catch this in the general case below.
7947               if (!isExplicitSpecialization ||
7948                   !isa<CXXRecordDecl>(Def) ||
7949                   cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Def)->getTemplateSpecializationKind()
7950                                                == TSK_ExplicitSpecialization) {
7951                 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_redefinition) << Name;
7952                 Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
7953                 // If this is a redefinition, recover by making this
7954                 // struct be anonymous, which will make any later
7955                 // references get the previous definition.
7956                 Name = 0;
7957                 Previous.clear();
7958                 Invalid = true;
7959               }
7960             } else {
7961               // If the type is currently being defined, complain
7962               // about a nested redefinition.
7963               const TagType *Tag
7964                 = cast<TagType>(Context.getTagDeclType(PrevTagDecl));
7965               if (Tag->isBeingDefined()) {
7966                 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_nested_redefinition) << Name;
7967                 Diag(PrevTagDecl->getLocation(),
7968                      diag::note_previous_definition);
7969                 Name = 0;
7970                 Previous.clear();
7971                 Invalid = true;
7972               }
7973             }
7974 
7975             // Okay, this is definition of a previously declared or referenced
7976             // tag PrevDecl. We're going to create a new Decl for it.
7977           }
7978         }
7979         // If we get here we have (another) forward declaration or we
7980         // have a definition.  Just create a new decl.
7981 
7982       } else {
7983         // If we get here, this is a definition of a new tag type in a nested
7984         // scope, e.g. "struct foo; void bar() { struct foo; }", just create a
7985         // new decl/type.  We set PrevDecl to NULL so that the entities
7986         // have distinct types.
7987         Previous.clear();
7988       }
7989       // If we get here, we're going to create a new Decl. If PrevDecl
7990       // is non-NULL, it's a definition of the tag declared by
7991       // PrevDecl. If it's NULL, we have a new definition.
7992 
7993 
7994     // Otherwise, PrevDecl is not a tag, but was found with tag
7995     // lookup.  This is only actually possible in C++, where a few
7996     // things like templates still live in the tag namespace.
7997     } else {
7998       assert(getLangOptions().CPlusPlus);
7999 
8000       // Use a better diagnostic if an elaborated-type-specifier
8001       // found the wrong kind of type on the first
8002       // (non-redeclaration) lookup.
8003       if ((TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend) &&
8004           !Previous.isForRedeclaration()) {
8005         unsigned Kind = 0;
8006         if (isa<TypedefDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 1;
8007         else if (isa<TypeAliasDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 2;
8008         else if (isa<ClassTemplateDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 3;
8009         Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_tag_reference_non_tag) << Kind;
8010         Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_declared_at);
8011         Invalid = true;
8012 
8013       // Otherwise, only diagnose if the declaration is in scope.
8014       } else if (!isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, SearchDC, S,
8015                                 isExplicitSpecialization)) {
8016         // do nothing
8017 
8018       // Diagnose implicit declarations introduced by elaborated types.
8019       } else if (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend) {
8020         unsigned Kind = 0;
8021         if (isa<TypedefDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 1;
8022         else if (isa<TypeAliasDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 2;
8023         else if (isa<ClassTemplateDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 3;
8024         Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_tag_reference_conflict) << Kind;
8025         Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl) << PrevDecl;
8026         Invalid = true;
8027 
8028       // Otherwise it's a declaration.  Call out a particularly common
8029       // case here.
8030       } else if (TypedefNameDecl *TND = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(PrevDecl)) {
8031         unsigned Kind = 0;
8032         if (isa<TypeAliasDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 1;
8033         Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_tag_definition_of_typedef)
8034           << Name << Kind << TND->getUnderlyingType();
8035         Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl) << PrevDecl;
8036         Invalid = true;
8037 
8038       // Otherwise, diagnose.
8039       } else {
8040         // The tag name clashes with something else in the target scope,
8041         // issue an error and recover by making this tag be anonymous.
8042         Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_redefinition_different_kind) << Name;
8043         Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
8044         Name = 0;
8045         Invalid = true;
8046       }
8047 
8048       // The existing declaration isn't relevant to us; we're in a
8049       // new scope, so clear out the previous declaration.
8050       Previous.clear();
8051     }
8052   }
8053 
8054 CreateNewDecl:
8055 
8056   TagDecl *PrevDecl = 0;
8057   if (Previous.isSingleResult())
8058     PrevDecl = cast<TagDecl>(Previous.getFoundDecl());
8059 
8060   // If there is an identifier, use the location of the identifier as the
8061   // location of the decl, otherwise use the location of the struct/union
8062   // keyword.
8063   SourceLocation Loc = NameLoc.isValid() ? NameLoc : KWLoc;
8064 
8065   // Otherwise, create a new declaration. If there is a previous
8066   // declaration of the same entity, the two will be linked via
8067   // PrevDecl.
8068   TagDecl *New;
8069 
8070   bool IsForwardReference = false;
8071   if (Kind == TTK_Enum) {
8072     // FIXME: Tag decls should be chained to any simultaneous vardecls, e.g.:
8073     // enum X { A, B, C } D;    D should chain to X.
8074     New = EnumDecl::Create(Context, SearchDC, KWLoc, Loc, Name,
8075                            cast_or_null<EnumDecl>(PrevDecl), ScopedEnum,
8076                            ScopedEnumUsesClassTag, !EnumUnderlying.isNull());
8077     // If this is an undefined enum, warn.
8078     if (TUK != TUK_Definition && !Invalid) {
8079       TagDecl *Def;
8080       if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus0x && cast<EnumDecl>(New)->isFixed()) {
8081         // C++0x: 7.2p2: opaque-enum-declaration.
8082         // Conflicts are diagnosed above. Do nothing.
8083       }
8084       else if (PrevDecl && (Def = cast<EnumDecl>(PrevDecl)->getDefinition())) {
8085         Diag(Loc, diag::ext_forward_ref_enum_def)
8086           << New;
8087         Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
8088       } else {
8089         unsigned DiagID = diag::ext_forward_ref_enum;
8090         if (getLangOptions().MicrosoftExt)
8091           DiagID = diag::ext_ms_forward_ref_enum;
8092         else if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus)
8093           DiagID = diag::err_forward_ref_enum;
8094         Diag(Loc, DiagID);
8095 
8096         // If this is a forward-declared reference to an enumeration, make a
8097         // note of it; we won't actually be introducing the declaration into
8098         // the declaration context.
8099         if (TUK == TUK_Reference)
8100           IsForwardReference = true;
8101       }
8102     }
8103 
8104     if (EnumUnderlying) {
8105       EnumDecl *ED = cast<EnumDecl>(New);
8106       if (TypeSourceInfo *TI = EnumUnderlying.dyn_cast<TypeSourceInfo*>())
8107         ED->setIntegerTypeSourceInfo(TI);
8108       else
8109         ED->setIntegerType(QualType(EnumUnderlying.get<const Type*>(), 0));
8110       ED->setPromotionType(ED->getIntegerType());
8111     }
8112 
8113   } else {
8114     // struct/union/class
8115 
8116     // FIXME: Tag decls should be chained to any simultaneous vardecls, e.g.:
8117     // struct X { int A; } D;    D should chain to X.
8118     if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
8119       // FIXME: Look for a way to use RecordDecl for simple structs.
8120       New = CXXRecordDecl::Create(Context, Kind, SearchDC, KWLoc, Loc, Name,
8121                                   cast_or_null<CXXRecordDecl>(PrevDecl));
8122 
8123       if (isStdBadAlloc && (!StdBadAlloc || getStdBadAlloc()->isImplicit()))
8124         StdBadAlloc = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(New);
8125     } else
8126       New = RecordDecl::Create(Context, Kind, SearchDC, KWLoc, Loc, Name,
8127                                cast_or_null<RecordDecl>(PrevDecl));
8128   }
8129 
8130   // Maybe add qualifier info.
8131   if (SS.isNotEmpty()) {
8132     if (SS.isSet()) {
8133       New->setQualifierInfo(SS.getWithLocInContext(Context));
8134       if (TemplateParameterLists.size() > 0) {
8135         New->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context,
8136                                            TemplateParameterLists.size(),
8137                     (TemplateParameterList**) TemplateParameterLists.release());
8138       }
8139     }
8140     else
8141       Invalid = true;
8142   }
8143 
8144   if (RecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(New)) {
8145     // Add alignment attributes if necessary; these attributes are checked when
8146     // the ASTContext lays out the structure.
8147     //
8148     // It is important for implementing the correct semantics that this
8149     // happen here (in act on tag decl). The #pragma pack stack is
8150     // maintained as a result of parser callbacks which can occur at
8151     // many points during the parsing of a struct declaration (because
8152     // the #pragma tokens are effectively skipped over during the
8153     // parsing of the struct).
8154     AddAlignmentAttributesForRecord(RD);
8155 
8156     AddMsStructLayoutForRecord(RD);
8157   }
8158 
8159   if (PrevDecl && PrevDecl->isModulePrivate())
8160     New->setModulePrivate();
8161   else if (ModulePrivateLoc.isValid()) {
8162     if (isExplicitSpecialization)
8163       Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_specialization)
8164         << 2
8165         << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(ModulePrivateLoc);
8166     else if (PrevDecl && !PrevDecl->isModulePrivate())
8167       diagnoseModulePrivateRedeclaration(New, PrevDecl, ModulePrivateLoc);
8168     // __module_private__ does not apply to local classes. However, we only
8169     // diagnose this as an error when the declaration specifiers are
8170     // freestanding. Here, we just ignore the __module_private__.
8171     // foobar
8172     else if (!SearchDC->isFunctionOrMethod())
8173       New->setModulePrivate();
8174   }
8175 
8176   // If this is a specialization of a member class (of a class template),
8177   // check the specialization.
8178   if (isExplicitSpecialization && CheckMemberSpecialization(New, Previous))
8179     Invalid = true;
8180 
8181   if (Invalid)
8182     New->setInvalidDecl();
8183 
8184   if (Attr)
8185     ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, New, Attr);
8186 
8187   // If we're declaring or defining a tag in function prototype scope
8188   // in C, note that this type can only be used within the function.
8189   if (Name && S->isFunctionPrototypeScope() && !getLangOptions().CPlusPlus)
8190     Diag(Loc, diag::warn_decl_in_param_list) << Context.getTagDeclType(New);
8191 
8192   // Set the lexical context. If the tag has a C++ scope specifier, the
8193   // lexical context will be different from the semantic context.
8194   New->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext);
8195 
8196   // Mark this as a friend decl if applicable.
8197   // In Microsoft mode, a friend declaration also acts as a forward
8198   // declaration so we always pass true to setObjectOfFriendDecl to make
8199   // the tag name visible.
8200   if (TUK == TUK_Friend)
8201     New->setObjectOfFriendDecl(/* PreviouslyDeclared = */ !Previous.empty() ||
8202                                getLangOptions().MicrosoftExt);
8203 
8204   // Set the access specifier.
8205   if (!Invalid && SearchDC->isRecord())
8206     SetMemberAccessSpecifier(New, PrevDecl, AS);
8207 
8208   if (TUK == TUK_Definition)
8209     New->startDefinition();
8210 
8211   // If this has an identifier, add it to the scope stack.
8212   if (TUK == TUK_Friend) {
8213     // We might be replacing an existing declaration in the lookup tables;
8214     // if so, borrow its access specifier.
8215     if (PrevDecl)
8216       New->setAccess(PrevDecl->getAccess());
8217 
8218     DeclContext *DC = New->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext();
8219     DC->makeDeclVisibleInContext(New, /* Recoverable = */ false);
8220     if (Name) // can be null along some error paths
8221       if (Scope *EnclosingScope = getScopeForDeclContext(S, DC))
8222         PushOnScopeChains(New, EnclosingScope, /* AddToContext = */ false);
8223   } else if (Name) {
8224     S = getNonFieldDeclScope(S);
8225     PushOnScopeChains(New, S, !IsForwardReference);
8226     if (IsForwardReference)
8227       SearchDC->makeDeclVisibleInContext(New, /* Recoverable = */ false);
8228 
8229   } else {
8230     CurContext->addDecl(New);
8231   }
8232 
8233   // If this is the C FILE type, notify the AST context.
8234   if (IdentifierInfo *II = New->getIdentifier())
8235     if (!New->isInvalidDecl() &&
8236         New->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit() &&
8237         II->isStr("FILE"))
8238       Context.setFILEDecl(New);
8239 
8240   OwnedDecl = true;
8241   return New;
8242 }
8243 
8244 void Sema::ActOnTagStartDefinition(Scope *S, Decl *TagD) {
8245   AdjustDeclIfTemplate(TagD);
8246   TagDecl *Tag = cast<TagDecl>(TagD);
8247 
8248   // Enter the tag context.
8249   PushDeclContext(S, Tag);
8250 }
8251 
8252 Decl *Sema::ActOnObjCContainerStartDefinition(Decl *IDecl) {
8253   assert(isa<ObjCContainerDecl>(IDecl) &&
8254          "ActOnObjCContainerStartDefinition - Not ObjCContainerDecl");
8255   DeclContext *OCD = cast<DeclContext>(IDecl);
8256   assert(getContainingDC(OCD) == CurContext &&
8257       "The next DeclContext should be lexically contained in the current one.");
8258   CurContext = OCD;
8259   return IDecl;
8260 }
8261 
8262 void Sema::ActOnStartCXXMemberDeclarations(Scope *S, Decl *TagD,
8263                                            SourceLocation FinalLoc,
8264                                            SourceLocation LBraceLoc) {
8265   AdjustDeclIfTemplate(TagD);
8266   CXXRecordDecl *Record = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(TagD);
8267 
8268   FieldCollector->StartClass();
8269 
8270   if (!Record->getIdentifier())
8271     return;
8272 
8273   if (FinalLoc.isValid())
8274     Record->addAttr(new (Context) FinalAttr(FinalLoc, Context));
8275 
8276   // C++ [class]p2:
8277   //   [...] The class-name is also inserted into the scope of the
8278   //   class itself; this is known as the injected-class-name. For
8279   //   purposes of access checking, the injected-class-name is treated
8280   //   as if it were a public member name.
8281   CXXRecordDecl *InjectedClassName
8282     = CXXRecordDecl::Create(Context, Record->getTagKind(), CurContext,
8283                             Record->getLocStart(), Record->getLocation(),
8284                             Record->getIdentifier(),
8285                             /*PrevDecl=*/0,
8286                             /*DelayTypeCreation=*/true);
8287   Context.getTypeDeclType(InjectedClassName, Record);
8288   InjectedClassName->setImplicit();
8289   InjectedClassName->setAccess(AS_public);
8290   if (ClassTemplateDecl *Template = Record->getDescribedClassTemplate())
8291       InjectedClassName->setDescribedClassTemplate(Template);
8292   PushOnScopeChains(InjectedClassName, S);
8293   assert(InjectedClassName->isInjectedClassName() &&
8294          "Broken injected-class-name");
8295 }
8296 
8297 void Sema::ActOnTagFinishDefinition(Scope *S, Decl *TagD,
8298                                     SourceLocation RBraceLoc) {
8299   AdjustDeclIfTemplate(TagD);
8300   TagDecl *Tag = cast<TagDecl>(TagD);
8301   Tag->setRBraceLoc(RBraceLoc);
8302 
8303   if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(Tag))
8304     FieldCollector->FinishClass();
8305 
8306   // Exit this scope of this tag's definition.
8307   PopDeclContext();
8308 
8309   // Notify the consumer that we've defined a tag.
8310   Consumer.HandleTagDeclDefinition(Tag);
8311 }
8312 
8313 void Sema::ActOnObjCContainerFinishDefinition() {
8314   // Exit this scope of this interface definition.
8315   PopDeclContext();
8316 }
8317 
8318 void Sema::ActOnObjCTemporaryExitContainerContext(DeclContext *DC) {
8319   assert(DC == CurContext && "Mismatch of container contexts");
8320   OriginalLexicalContext = DC;
8321   ActOnObjCContainerFinishDefinition();
8322 }
8323 
8324 void Sema::ActOnObjCReenterContainerContext(DeclContext *DC) {
8325   ActOnObjCContainerStartDefinition(cast<Decl>(DC));
8326   OriginalLexicalContext = 0;
8327 }
8328 
8329 void Sema::ActOnTagDefinitionError(Scope *S, Decl *TagD) {
8330   AdjustDeclIfTemplate(TagD);
8331   TagDecl *Tag = cast<TagDecl>(TagD);
8332   Tag->setInvalidDecl();
8333 
8334   // We're undoing ActOnTagStartDefinition here, not
8335   // ActOnStartCXXMemberDeclarations, so we don't have to mess with
8336   // the FieldCollector.
8337 
8338   PopDeclContext();
8339 }
8340 
8341 // Note that FieldName may be null for anonymous bitfields.
8342 bool Sema::VerifyBitField(SourceLocation FieldLoc, IdentifierInfo *FieldName,
8343                           QualType FieldTy, const Expr *BitWidth,
8344                           bool *ZeroWidth) {
8345   // Default to true; that shouldn't confuse checks for emptiness
8346   if (ZeroWidth)
8347     *ZeroWidth = true;
8348 
8349   // C99 6.7.2.1p4 - verify the field type.
8350   // C++ 9.6p3: A bit-field shall have integral or enumeration type.
8351   if (!FieldTy->isDependentType() && !FieldTy->isIntegralOrEnumerationType()) {
8352     // Handle incomplete types with specific error.
8353     if (RequireCompleteType(FieldLoc, FieldTy, diag::err_field_incomplete))
8354       return true;
8355     if (FieldName)
8356       return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_not_integral_type_bitfield)
8357         << FieldName << FieldTy << BitWidth->getSourceRange();
8358     return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_not_integral_type_anon_bitfield)
8359       << FieldTy << BitWidth->getSourceRange();
8360   } else if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(const_cast<Expr *>(BitWidth),
8361                                              UPPC_BitFieldWidth))
8362     return true;
8363 
8364   // If the bit-width is type- or value-dependent, don't try to check
8365   // it now.
8366   if (BitWidth->isValueDependent() || BitWidth->isTypeDependent())
8367     return false;
8368 
8369   llvm::APSInt Value;
8370   if (VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(BitWidth, &Value))
8371     return true;
8372 
8373   if (Value != 0 && ZeroWidth)
8374     *ZeroWidth = false;
8375 
8376   // Zero-width bitfield is ok for anonymous field.
8377   if (Value == 0 && FieldName)
8378     return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_bitfield_has_zero_width) << FieldName;
8379 
8380   if (Value.isSigned() && Value.isNegative()) {
8381     if (FieldName)
8382       return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_bitfield_has_negative_width)
8383                << FieldName << Value.toString(10);
8384     return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_anon_bitfield_has_negative_width)
8385       << Value.toString(10);
8386   }
8387 
8388   if (!FieldTy->isDependentType()) {
8389     uint64_t TypeSize = Context.getTypeSize(FieldTy);
8390     if (Value.getZExtValue() > TypeSize) {
8391       if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
8392         if (FieldName)
8393           return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_bitfield_width_exceeds_type_size)
8394             << FieldName << (unsigned)Value.getZExtValue()
8395             << (unsigned)TypeSize;
8396 
8397         return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_anon_bitfield_width_exceeds_type_size)
8398           << (unsigned)Value.getZExtValue() << (unsigned)TypeSize;
8399       }
8400 
8401       if (FieldName)
8402         Diag(FieldLoc, diag::warn_bitfield_width_exceeds_type_size)
8403           << FieldName << (unsigned)Value.getZExtValue()
8404           << (unsigned)TypeSize;
8405       else
8406         Diag(FieldLoc, diag::warn_anon_bitfield_width_exceeds_type_size)
8407           << (unsigned)Value.getZExtValue() << (unsigned)TypeSize;
8408     }
8409   }
8410 
8411   return false;
8412 }
8413 
8414 /// ActOnField - Each field of a C struct/union is passed into this in order
8415 /// to create a FieldDecl object for it.
8416 Decl *Sema::ActOnField(Scope *S, Decl *TagD, SourceLocation DeclStart,
8417                        Declarator &D, Expr *BitfieldWidth) {
8418   FieldDecl *Res = HandleField(S, cast_or_null<RecordDecl>(TagD),
8419                                DeclStart, D, static_cast<Expr*>(BitfieldWidth),
8420                                /*HasInit=*/false, AS_public);
8421   return Res;
8422 }
8423 
8424 /// HandleField - Analyze a field of a C struct or a C++ data member.
8425 ///
8426 FieldDecl *Sema::HandleField(Scope *S, RecordDecl *Record,
8427                              SourceLocation DeclStart,
8428                              Declarator &D, Expr *BitWidth, bool HasInit,
8429                              AccessSpecifier AS) {
8430   IdentifierInfo *II = D.getIdentifier();
8431   SourceLocation Loc = DeclStart;
8432   if (II) Loc = D.getIdentifierLoc();
8433 
8434   TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S);
8435   QualType T = TInfo->getType();
8436   if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
8437     CheckExtraCXXDefaultArguments(D);
8438 
8439     if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(D.getIdentifierLoc(), TInfo,
8440                                         UPPC_DataMemberType)) {
8441       D.setInvalidType();
8442       T = Context.IntTy;
8443       TInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T, Loc);
8444     }
8445   }
8446 
8447   DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(D);
8448 
8449   if (D.getDeclSpec().isThreadSpecified())
8450     Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadSpecLoc(), diag::err_invalid_thread);
8451   if (D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified())
8452     Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_invalid_constexpr)
8453       << 2;
8454 
8455   // Check to see if this name was declared as a member previously
8456   NamedDecl *PrevDecl = 0;
8457   LookupResult Previous(*this, II, Loc, LookupMemberName, ForRedeclaration);
8458   LookupName(Previous, S);
8459   switch (Previous.getResultKind()) {
8460     case LookupResult::Found:
8461     case LookupResult::FoundUnresolvedValue:
8462       PrevDecl = Previous.getAsSingle<NamedDecl>();
8463       break;
8464 
8465     case LookupResult::FoundOverloaded:
8466       PrevDecl = Previous.getRepresentativeDecl();
8467       break;
8468 
8469     case LookupResult::NotFound:
8470     case LookupResult::NotFoundInCurrentInstantiation:
8471     case LookupResult::Ambiguous:
8472       break;
8473   }
8474   Previous.suppressDiagnostics();
8475 
8476   if (PrevDecl && PrevDecl->isTemplateParameter()) {
8477     // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter.
8478     DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(D.getIdentifierLoc(), PrevDecl);
8479     // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration.
8480     PrevDecl = 0;
8481   }
8482 
8483   if (PrevDecl && !isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, Record, S))
8484     PrevDecl = 0;
8485 
8486   bool Mutable
8487     = (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_mutable);
8488   SourceLocation TSSL = D.getSourceRange().getBegin();
8489   FieldDecl *NewFD
8490     = CheckFieldDecl(II, T, TInfo, Record, Loc, Mutable, BitWidth, HasInit,
8491                      TSSL, AS, PrevDecl, &D);
8492 
8493   if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl())
8494     Record->setInvalidDecl();
8495 
8496   if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified())
8497     NewFD->setModulePrivate();
8498 
8499   if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && PrevDecl) {
8500     // Don't introduce NewFD into scope; there's already something
8501     // with the same name in the same scope.
8502   } else if (II) {
8503     PushOnScopeChains(NewFD, S);
8504   } else
8505     Record->addDecl(NewFD);
8506 
8507   return NewFD;
8508 }
8509 
8510 /// \brief Build a new FieldDecl and check its well-formedness.
8511 ///
8512 /// This routine builds a new FieldDecl given the fields name, type,
8513 /// record, etc. \p PrevDecl should refer to any previous declaration
8514 /// with the same name and in the same scope as the field to be
8515 /// created.
8516 ///
8517 /// \returns a new FieldDecl.
8518 ///
8519 /// \todo The Declarator argument is a hack. It will be removed once
8520 FieldDecl *Sema::CheckFieldDecl(DeclarationName Name, QualType T,
8521                                 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo,
8522                                 RecordDecl *Record, SourceLocation Loc,
8523                                 bool Mutable, Expr *BitWidth, bool HasInit,
8524                                 SourceLocation TSSL,
8525                                 AccessSpecifier AS, NamedDecl *PrevDecl,
8526                                 Declarator *D) {
8527   IdentifierInfo *II = Name.getAsIdentifierInfo();
8528   bool InvalidDecl = false;
8529   if (D) InvalidDecl = D->isInvalidType();
8530 
8531   // If we receive a broken type, recover by assuming 'int' and
8532   // marking this declaration as invalid.
8533   if (T.isNull()) {
8534     InvalidDecl = true;
8535     T = Context.IntTy;
8536   }
8537 
8538   QualType EltTy = Context.getBaseElementType(T);
8539   if (!EltTy->isDependentType() &&
8540       RequireCompleteType(Loc, EltTy, diag::err_field_incomplete)) {
8541     // Fields of incomplete type force their record to be invalid.
8542     Record->setInvalidDecl();
8543     InvalidDecl = true;
8544   }
8545 
8546   // C99 6.7.2.1p8: A member of a structure or union may have any type other
8547   // than a variably modified type.
8548   if (!InvalidDecl && T->isVariablyModifiedType()) {
8549     bool SizeIsNegative;
8550     llvm::APSInt Oversized;
8551     QualType FixedTy = TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(T, Context,
8552                                                            SizeIsNegative,
8553                                                            Oversized);
8554     if (!FixedTy.isNull()) {
8555       Diag(Loc, diag::warn_illegal_constant_array_size);
8556       T = FixedTy;
8557     } else {
8558       if (SizeIsNegative)
8559         Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_negative_array_size);
8560       else if (Oversized.getBoolValue())
8561         Diag(Loc, diag::err_array_too_large)
8562           << Oversized.toString(10);
8563       else
8564         Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_field_variable_size);
8565       InvalidDecl = true;
8566     }
8567   }
8568 
8569   // Fields can not have abstract class types
8570   if (!InvalidDecl && RequireNonAbstractType(Loc, T,
8571                                              diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl,
8572                                              AbstractFieldType))
8573     InvalidDecl = true;
8574 
8575   bool ZeroWidth = false;
8576   // If this is declared as a bit-field, check the bit-field.
8577   if (!InvalidDecl && BitWidth &&
8578       VerifyBitField(Loc, II, T, BitWidth, &ZeroWidth)) {
8579     InvalidDecl = true;
8580     BitWidth = 0;
8581     ZeroWidth = false;
8582   }
8583 
8584   // Check that 'mutable' is consistent with the type of the declaration.
8585   if (!InvalidDecl && Mutable) {
8586     unsigned DiagID = 0;
8587     if (T->isReferenceType())
8588       DiagID = diag::err_mutable_reference;
8589     else if (T.isConstQualified())
8590       DiagID = diag::err_mutable_const;
8591 
8592     if (DiagID) {
8593       SourceLocation ErrLoc = Loc;
8594       if (D && D->getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc().isValid())
8595         ErrLoc = D->getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc();
8596       Diag(ErrLoc, DiagID);
8597       Mutable = false;
8598       InvalidDecl = true;
8599     }
8600   }
8601 
8602   FieldDecl *NewFD = FieldDecl::Create(Context, Record, TSSL, Loc, II, T, TInfo,
8603                                        BitWidth, Mutable, HasInit);
8604   if (InvalidDecl)
8605     NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
8606 
8607   if (PrevDecl && !isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl)) {
8608     Diag(Loc, diag::err_duplicate_member) << II;
8609     Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
8610     NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
8611   }
8612 
8613   if (!InvalidDecl && getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
8614     if (Record->isUnion()) {
8615       if (const RecordType *RT = EltTy->getAs<RecordType>()) {
8616         CXXRecordDecl* RDecl = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RT->getDecl());
8617         if (RDecl->getDefinition()) {
8618           // C++ [class.union]p1: An object of a class with a non-trivial
8619           // constructor, a non-trivial copy constructor, a non-trivial
8620           // destructor, or a non-trivial copy assignment operator
8621           // cannot be a member of a union, nor can an array of such
8622           // objects.
8623           if (CheckNontrivialField(NewFD))
8624             NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
8625         }
8626       }
8627 
8628       // C++ [class.union]p1: If a union contains a member of reference type,
8629       // the program is ill-formed.
8630       if (EltTy->isReferenceType()) {
8631         Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_union_member_of_reference_type)
8632           << NewFD->getDeclName() << EltTy;
8633         NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
8634       }
8635     }
8636   }
8637 
8638   // FIXME: We need to pass in the attributes given an AST
8639   // representation, not a parser representation.
8640   if (D)
8641     // FIXME: What to pass instead of TUScope?
8642     ProcessDeclAttributes(TUScope, NewFD, *D);
8643 
8644   // In auto-retain/release, infer strong retension for fields of
8645   // retainable type.
8646   if (getLangOptions().ObjCAutoRefCount && inferObjCARCLifetime(NewFD))
8647     NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
8648 
8649   if (T.isObjCGCWeak())
8650     Diag(Loc, diag::warn_attribute_weak_on_field);
8651 
8652   NewFD->setAccess(AS);
8653   return NewFD;
8654 }
8655 
8656 bool Sema::CheckNontrivialField(FieldDecl *FD) {
8657   assert(FD);
8658   assert(getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && "valid check only for C++");
8659 
8660   if (FD->isInvalidDecl())
8661     return true;
8662 
8663   QualType EltTy = Context.getBaseElementType(FD->getType());
8664   if (const RecordType *RT = EltTy->getAs<RecordType>()) {
8665     CXXRecordDecl* RDecl = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RT->getDecl());
8666     if (RDecl->getDefinition()) {
8667       // We check for copy constructors before constructors
8668       // because otherwise we'll never get complaints about
8669       // copy constructors.
8670 
8671       CXXSpecialMember member = CXXInvalid;
8672       if (!RDecl->hasTrivialCopyConstructor())
8673         member = CXXCopyConstructor;
8674       else if (!RDecl->hasTrivialDefaultConstructor())
8675         member = CXXDefaultConstructor;
8676       else if (!RDecl->hasTrivialCopyAssignment())
8677         member = CXXCopyAssignment;
8678       else if (!RDecl->hasTrivialDestructor())
8679         member = CXXDestructor;
8680 
8681       if (member != CXXInvalid) {
8682         if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus0x &&
8683             getLangOptions().ObjCAutoRefCount && RDecl->hasObjectMember()) {
8684           // Objective-C++ ARC: it is an error to have a non-trivial field of
8685           // a union. However, system headers in Objective-C programs
8686           // occasionally have Objective-C lifetime objects within unions,
8687           // and rather than cause the program to fail, we make those
8688           // members unavailable.
8689           SourceLocation Loc = FD->getLocation();
8690           if (getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(Loc)) {
8691             if (!FD->hasAttr<UnavailableAttr>())
8692               FD->addAttr(new (Context) UnavailableAttr(Loc, Context,
8693                                   "this system field has retaining ownership"));
8694             return false;
8695           }
8696         }
8697 
8698         Diag(FD->getLocation(), getLangOptions().CPlusPlus0x ?
8699                diag::warn_cxx98_compat_nontrivial_union_or_anon_struct_member :
8700                diag::err_illegal_union_or_anon_struct_member)
8701           << (int)FD->getParent()->isUnion() << FD->getDeclName() << member;
8702         DiagnoseNontrivial(RT, member);
8703         return !getLangOptions().CPlusPlus0x;
8704       }
8705     }
8706   }
8707 
8708   return false;
8709 }
8710 
8711 /// DiagnoseNontrivial - Given that a class has a non-trivial
8712 /// special member, figure out why.
8713 void Sema::DiagnoseNontrivial(const RecordType* T, CXXSpecialMember member) {
8714   QualType QT(T, 0U);
8715   CXXRecordDecl* RD = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(T->getDecl());
8716 
8717   // Check whether the member was user-declared.
8718   switch (member) {
8719   case CXXInvalid:
8720     break;
8721 
8722   case CXXDefaultConstructor:
8723     if (RD->hasUserDeclaredConstructor()) {
8724       typedef CXXRecordDecl::ctor_iterator ctor_iter;
8725       for (ctor_iter ci = RD->ctor_begin(), ce = RD->ctor_end(); ci != ce;++ci){
8726         const FunctionDecl *body = 0;
8727         ci->hasBody(body);
8728         if (!body || !cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(body)->isImplicitlyDefined()) {
8729           SourceLocation CtorLoc = ci->getLocation();
8730           Diag(CtorLoc, diag::note_nontrivial_user_defined) << QT << member;
8731           return;
8732         }
8733       }
8734 
8735       llvm_unreachable("found no user-declared constructors");
8736     }
8737     break;
8738 
8739   case CXXCopyConstructor:
8740     if (RD->hasUserDeclaredCopyConstructor()) {
8741       SourceLocation CtorLoc =
8742         RD->getCopyConstructor(0)->getLocation();
8743       Diag(CtorLoc, diag::note_nontrivial_user_defined) << QT << member;
8744       return;
8745     }
8746     break;
8747 
8748   case CXXMoveConstructor:
8749     if (RD->hasUserDeclaredMoveConstructor()) {
8750       SourceLocation CtorLoc = RD->getMoveConstructor()->getLocation();
8751       Diag(CtorLoc, diag::note_nontrivial_user_defined) << QT << member;
8752       return;
8753     }
8754     break;
8755 
8756   case CXXCopyAssignment:
8757     if (RD->hasUserDeclaredCopyAssignment()) {
8758       // FIXME: this should use the location of the copy
8759       // assignment, not the type.
8760       SourceLocation TyLoc = RD->getSourceRange().getBegin();
8761       Diag(TyLoc, diag::note_nontrivial_user_defined) << QT << member;
8762       return;
8763     }
8764     break;
8765 
8766   case CXXMoveAssignment:
8767     if (RD->hasUserDeclaredMoveAssignment()) {
8768       SourceLocation AssignLoc = RD->getMoveAssignmentOperator()->getLocation();
8769       Diag(AssignLoc, diag::note_nontrivial_user_defined) << QT << member;
8770       return;
8771     }
8772     break;
8773 
8774   case CXXDestructor:
8775     if (RD->hasUserDeclaredDestructor()) {
8776       SourceLocation DtorLoc = LookupDestructor(RD)->getLocation();
8777       Diag(DtorLoc, diag::note_nontrivial_user_defined) << QT << member;
8778       return;
8779     }
8780     break;
8781   }
8782 
8783   typedef CXXRecordDecl::base_class_iterator base_iter;
8784 
8785   // Virtual bases and members inhibit trivial copying/construction,
8786   // but not trivial destruction.
8787   if (member != CXXDestructor) {
8788     // Check for virtual bases.  vbases includes indirect virtual bases,
8789     // so we just iterate through the direct bases.
8790     for (base_iter bi = RD->bases_begin(), be = RD->bases_end(); bi != be; ++bi)
8791       if (bi->isVirtual()) {
8792         SourceLocation BaseLoc = bi->getSourceRange().getBegin();
8793         Diag(BaseLoc, diag::note_nontrivial_has_virtual) << QT << 1;
8794         return;
8795       }
8796 
8797     // Check for virtual methods.
8798     typedef CXXRecordDecl::method_iterator meth_iter;
8799     for (meth_iter mi = RD->method_begin(), me = RD->method_end(); mi != me;
8800          ++mi) {
8801       if (mi->isVirtual()) {
8802         SourceLocation MLoc = mi->getSourceRange().getBegin();
8803         Diag(MLoc, diag::note_nontrivial_has_virtual) << QT << 0;
8804         return;
8805       }
8806     }
8807   }
8808 
8809   bool (CXXRecordDecl::*hasTrivial)() const;
8810   switch (member) {
8811   case CXXDefaultConstructor:
8812     hasTrivial = &CXXRecordDecl::hasTrivialDefaultConstructor; break;
8813   case CXXCopyConstructor:
8814     hasTrivial = &CXXRecordDecl::hasTrivialCopyConstructor; break;
8815   case CXXCopyAssignment:
8816     hasTrivial = &CXXRecordDecl::hasTrivialCopyAssignment; break;
8817   case CXXDestructor:
8818     hasTrivial = &CXXRecordDecl::hasTrivialDestructor; break;
8819   default:
8820     llvm_unreachable("unexpected special member");
8821   }
8822 
8823   // Check for nontrivial bases (and recurse).
8824   for (base_iter bi = RD->bases_begin(), be = RD->bases_end(); bi != be; ++bi) {
8825     const RecordType *BaseRT = bi->getType()->getAs<RecordType>();
8826     assert(BaseRT && "Don't know how to handle dependent bases");
8827     CXXRecordDecl *BaseRecTy = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(BaseRT->getDecl());
8828     if (!(BaseRecTy->*hasTrivial)()) {
8829       SourceLocation BaseLoc = bi->getSourceRange().getBegin();
8830       Diag(BaseLoc, diag::note_nontrivial_has_nontrivial) << QT << 1 << member;
8831       DiagnoseNontrivial(BaseRT, member);
8832       return;
8833     }
8834   }
8835 
8836   // Check for nontrivial members (and recurse).
8837   typedef RecordDecl::field_iterator field_iter;
8838   for (field_iter fi = RD->field_begin(), fe = RD->field_end(); fi != fe;
8839        ++fi) {
8840     QualType EltTy = Context.getBaseElementType((*fi)->getType());
8841     if (const RecordType *EltRT = EltTy->getAs<RecordType>()) {
8842       CXXRecordDecl* EltRD = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(EltRT->getDecl());
8843 
8844       if (!(EltRD->*hasTrivial)()) {
8845         SourceLocation FLoc = (*fi)->getLocation();
8846         Diag(FLoc, diag::note_nontrivial_has_nontrivial) << QT << 0 << member;
8847         DiagnoseNontrivial(EltRT, member);
8848         return;
8849       }
8850     }
8851 
8852     if (EltTy->isObjCLifetimeType()) {
8853       switch (EltTy.getObjCLifetime()) {
8854       case Qualifiers::OCL_None:
8855       case Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone:
8856         break;
8857 
8858       case Qualifiers::OCL_Autoreleasing:
8859       case Qualifiers::OCL_Weak:
8860       case Qualifiers::OCL_Strong:
8861         Diag((*fi)->getLocation(), diag::note_nontrivial_objc_ownership)
8862           << QT << EltTy.getObjCLifetime();
8863         return;
8864       }
8865     }
8866   }
8867 
8868   llvm_unreachable("found no explanation for non-trivial member");
8869 }
8870 
8871 /// TranslateIvarVisibility - Translate visibility from a token ID to an
8872 ///  AST enum value.
8873 static ObjCIvarDecl::AccessControl
8874 TranslateIvarVisibility(tok::ObjCKeywordKind ivarVisibility) {
8875   switch (ivarVisibility) {
8876   default: llvm_unreachable("Unknown visitibility kind");
8877   case tok::objc_private: return ObjCIvarDecl::Private;
8878   case tok::objc_public: return ObjCIvarDecl::Public;
8879   case tok::objc_protected: return ObjCIvarDecl::Protected;
8880   case tok::objc_package: return ObjCIvarDecl::Package;
8881   }
8882 }
8883 
8884 /// ActOnIvar - Each ivar field of an objective-c class is passed into this
8885 /// in order to create an IvarDecl object for it.
8886 Decl *Sema::ActOnIvar(Scope *S,
8887                                 SourceLocation DeclStart,
8888                                 Declarator &D, Expr *BitfieldWidth,
8889                                 tok::ObjCKeywordKind Visibility) {
8890 
8891   IdentifierInfo *II = D.getIdentifier();
8892   Expr *BitWidth = (Expr*)BitfieldWidth;
8893   SourceLocation Loc = DeclStart;
8894   if (II) Loc = D.getIdentifierLoc();
8895 
8896   // FIXME: Unnamed fields can be handled in various different ways, for
8897   // example, unnamed unions inject all members into the struct namespace!
8898 
8899   TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S);
8900   QualType T = TInfo->getType();
8901 
8902   if (BitWidth) {
8903     // 6.7.2.1p3, 6.7.2.1p4
8904     if (VerifyBitField(Loc, II, T, BitWidth)) {
8905       D.setInvalidType();
8906       BitWidth = 0;
8907     }
8908   } else {
8909     // Not a bitfield.
8910 
8911     // validate II.
8912 
8913   }
8914   if (T->isReferenceType()) {
8915     Diag(Loc, diag::err_ivar_reference_type);
8916     D.setInvalidType();
8917   }
8918   // C99 6.7.2.1p8: A member of a structure or union may have any type other
8919   // than a variably modified type.
8920   else if (T->isVariablyModifiedType()) {
8921     Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_ivar_variable_size);
8922     D.setInvalidType();
8923   }
8924 
8925   // Get the visibility (access control) for this ivar.
8926   ObjCIvarDecl::AccessControl ac =
8927     Visibility != tok::objc_not_keyword ? TranslateIvarVisibility(Visibility)
8928                                         : ObjCIvarDecl::None;
8929   // Must set ivar's DeclContext to its enclosing interface.
8930   ObjCContainerDecl *EnclosingDecl = cast<ObjCContainerDecl>(CurContext);
8931   ObjCContainerDecl *EnclosingContext;
8932   if (ObjCImplementationDecl *IMPDecl =
8933       dyn_cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) {
8934     if (!LangOpts.ObjCNonFragileABI2) {
8935     // Case of ivar declared in an implementation. Context is that of its class.
8936       EnclosingContext = IMPDecl->getClassInterface();
8937       assert(EnclosingContext && "Implementation has no class interface!");
8938     }
8939     else
8940       EnclosingContext = EnclosingDecl;
8941   } else {
8942     if (ObjCCategoryDecl *CDecl =
8943         dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) {
8944       if (!LangOpts.ObjCNonFragileABI2 || !CDecl->IsClassExtension()) {
8945         Diag(Loc, diag::err_misplaced_ivar) << CDecl->IsClassExtension();
8946         return 0;
8947       }
8948     }
8949     EnclosingContext = EnclosingDecl;
8950   }
8951 
8952   // Construct the decl.
8953   ObjCIvarDecl *NewID = ObjCIvarDecl::Create(Context, EnclosingContext,
8954                                              DeclStart, Loc, II, T,
8955                                              TInfo, ac, (Expr *)BitfieldWidth);
8956 
8957   if (II) {
8958     NamedDecl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(S, II, Loc, LookupMemberName,
8959                                            ForRedeclaration);
8960     if (PrevDecl && isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, EnclosingContext, S)
8961         && !isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl)) {
8962       Diag(Loc, diag::err_duplicate_member) << II;
8963       Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
8964       NewID->setInvalidDecl();
8965     }
8966   }
8967 
8968   // Process attributes attached to the ivar.
8969   ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewID, D);
8970 
8971   if (D.isInvalidType())
8972     NewID->setInvalidDecl();
8973 
8974   // In ARC, infer 'retaining' for ivars of retainable type.
8975   if (getLangOptions().ObjCAutoRefCount && inferObjCARCLifetime(NewID))
8976     NewID->setInvalidDecl();
8977 
8978   if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified())
8979     NewID->setModulePrivate();
8980 
8981   if (II) {
8982     // FIXME: When interfaces are DeclContexts, we'll need to add
8983     // these to the interface.
8984     S->AddDecl(NewID);
8985     IdResolver.AddDecl(NewID);
8986   }
8987 
8988   return NewID;
8989 }
8990 
8991 /// ActOnLastBitfield - This routine handles synthesized bitfields rules for
8992 /// class and class extensions. For every class @interface and class
8993 /// extension @interface, if the last ivar is a bitfield of any type,
8994 /// then add an implicit `char :0` ivar to the end of that interface.
8995 void Sema::ActOnLastBitfield(SourceLocation DeclLoc,
8996                              SmallVectorImpl<Decl *> &AllIvarDecls) {
8997   if (!LangOpts.ObjCNonFragileABI2 || AllIvarDecls.empty())
8998     return;
8999 
9000   Decl *ivarDecl = AllIvarDecls[AllIvarDecls.size()-1];
9001   ObjCIvarDecl *Ivar = cast<ObjCIvarDecl>(ivarDecl);
9002 
9003   if (!Ivar->isBitField() || Ivar->getBitWidthValue(Context) == 0)
9004     return;
9005   ObjCInterfaceDecl *ID = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(CurContext);
9006   if (!ID) {
9007     if (ObjCCategoryDecl *CD = dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(CurContext)) {
9008       if (!CD->IsClassExtension())
9009         return;
9010     }
9011     // No need to add this to end of @implementation.
9012     else
9013       return;
9014   }
9015   // All conditions are met. Add a new bitfield to the tail end of ivars.
9016   llvm::APInt Zero(Context.getTypeSize(Context.IntTy), 0);
9017   Expr * BW = IntegerLiteral::Create(Context, Zero, Context.IntTy, DeclLoc);
9018 
9019   Ivar = ObjCIvarDecl::Create(Context, cast<ObjCContainerDecl>(CurContext),
9020                               DeclLoc, DeclLoc, 0,
9021                               Context.CharTy,
9022                               Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(Context.CharTy,
9023                                                                DeclLoc),
9024                               ObjCIvarDecl::Private, BW,
9025                               true);
9026   AllIvarDecls.push_back(Ivar);
9027 }
9028 
9029 void Sema::ActOnFields(Scope* S,
9030                        SourceLocation RecLoc, Decl *EnclosingDecl,
9031                        llvm::ArrayRef<Decl *> Fields,
9032                        SourceLocation LBrac, SourceLocation RBrac,
9033                        AttributeList *Attr) {
9034   assert(EnclosingDecl && "missing record or interface decl");
9035 
9036   // If the decl this is being inserted into is invalid, then it may be a
9037   // redeclaration or some other bogus case.  Don't try to add fields to it.
9038   if (EnclosingDecl->isInvalidDecl())
9039     return;
9040 
9041   // Verify that all the fields are okay.
9042   unsigned NumNamedMembers = 0;
9043   SmallVector<FieldDecl*, 32> RecFields;
9044 
9045   RecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(EnclosingDecl);
9046   bool ARCErrReported = false;
9047   for (llvm::ArrayRef<Decl *>::iterator i = Fields.begin(), end = Fields.end();
9048        i != end; ++i) {
9049     FieldDecl *FD = cast<FieldDecl>(*i);
9050 
9051     // Get the type for the field.
9052     const Type *FDTy = FD->getType().getTypePtr();
9053 
9054     if (!FD->isAnonymousStructOrUnion()) {
9055       // Remember all fields written by the user.
9056       RecFields.push_back(FD);
9057     }
9058 
9059     // If the field is already invalid for some reason, don't emit more
9060     // diagnostics about it.
9061     if (FD->isInvalidDecl()) {
9062       EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl();
9063       continue;
9064     }
9065 
9066     // C99 6.7.2.1p2:
9067     //   A structure or union shall not contain a member with
9068     //   incomplete or function type (hence, a structure shall not
9069     //   contain an instance of itself, but may contain a pointer to
9070     //   an instance of itself), except that the last member of a
9071     //   structure with more than one named member may have incomplete
9072     //   array type; such a structure (and any union containing,
9073     //   possibly recursively, a member that is such a structure)
9074     //   shall not be a member of a structure or an element of an
9075     //   array.
9076     if (FDTy->isFunctionType()) {
9077       // Field declared as a function.
9078       Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_field_declared_as_function)
9079         << FD->getDeclName();
9080       FD->setInvalidDecl();
9081       EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl();
9082       continue;
9083     } else if (FDTy->isIncompleteArrayType() && Record &&
9084                ((i + 1 == Fields.end() && !Record->isUnion()) ||
9085                 ((getLangOptions().MicrosoftExt ||
9086                   getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) &&
9087                  (i + 1 == Fields.end() || Record->isUnion())))) {
9088       // Flexible array member.
9089       // Microsoft and g++ is more permissive regarding flexible array.
9090       // It will accept flexible array in union and also
9091       // as the sole element of a struct/class.
9092       if (getLangOptions().MicrosoftExt) {
9093         if (Record->isUnion())
9094           Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_flexible_array_union_ms)
9095             << FD->getDeclName();
9096         else if (Fields.size() == 1)
9097           Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_flexible_array_empty_aggregate_ms)
9098             << FD->getDeclName() << Record->getTagKind();
9099       } else if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
9100         if (Record->isUnion())
9101           Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_flexible_array_union_gnu)
9102             << FD->getDeclName();
9103         else if (Fields.size() == 1)
9104           Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_flexible_array_empty_aggregate_gnu)
9105             << FD->getDeclName() << Record->getTagKind();
9106       } else if (NumNamedMembers < 1) {
9107         Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_flexible_array_empty_struct)
9108           << FD->getDeclName();
9109         FD->setInvalidDecl();
9110         EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl();
9111         continue;
9112       }
9113       if (!FD->getType()->isDependentType() &&
9114           !Context.getBaseElementType(FD->getType()).isPODType(Context)) {
9115         Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_flexible_array_has_nonpod_type)
9116           << FD->getDeclName() << FD->getType();
9117         FD->setInvalidDecl();
9118         EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl();
9119         continue;
9120       }
9121       // Okay, we have a legal flexible array member at the end of the struct.
9122       if (Record)
9123         Record->setHasFlexibleArrayMember(true);
9124     } else if (!FDTy->isDependentType() &&
9125                RequireCompleteType(FD->getLocation(), FD->getType(),
9126                                    diag::err_field_incomplete)) {
9127       // Incomplete type
9128       FD->setInvalidDecl();
9129       EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl();
9130       continue;
9131     } else if (const RecordType *FDTTy = FDTy->getAs<RecordType>()) {
9132       if (FDTTy->getDecl()->hasFlexibleArrayMember()) {
9133         // If this is a member of a union, then entire union becomes "flexible".
9134         if (Record && Record->isUnion()) {
9135           Record->setHasFlexibleArrayMember(true);
9136         } else {
9137           // If this is a struct/class and this is not the last element, reject
9138           // it.  Note that GCC supports variable sized arrays in the middle of
9139           // structures.
9140           if (i + 1 != Fields.end())
9141             Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_variable_sized_type_in_struct)
9142               << FD->getDeclName() << FD->getType();
9143           else {
9144             // We support flexible arrays at the end of structs in
9145             // other structs as an extension.
9146             Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_flexible_array_in_struct)
9147               << FD->getDeclName();
9148             if (Record)
9149               Record->setHasFlexibleArrayMember(true);
9150           }
9151         }
9152       }
9153       if (Record && FDTTy->getDecl()->hasObjectMember())
9154         Record->setHasObjectMember(true);
9155     } else if (FDTy->isObjCObjectType()) {
9156       /// A field cannot be an Objective-c object
9157       Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_statically_allocated_object)
9158         << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(FD->getLocation(), "*");
9159       QualType T = Context.getObjCObjectPointerType(FD->getType());
9160       FD->setType(T);
9161     }
9162     else if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
9163       if (getLangOptions().ObjCAutoRefCount && Record && !ARCErrReported) {
9164         // It's an error in ARC if a field has lifetime.
9165         // We don't want to report this in a system header, though,
9166         // so we just make the field unavailable.
9167         // FIXME: that's really not sufficient; we need to make the type
9168         // itself invalid to, say, initialize or copy.
9169         QualType T = FD->getType();
9170         Qualifiers::ObjCLifetime lifetime = T.getObjCLifetime();
9171         if (lifetime && lifetime != Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone) {
9172           SourceLocation loc = FD->getLocation();
9173           if (getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(loc)) {
9174             if (!FD->hasAttr<UnavailableAttr>()) {
9175               FD->addAttr(new (Context) UnavailableAttr(loc, Context,
9176                                 "this system field has retaining ownership"));
9177             }
9178           } else {
9179             Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_arc_objc_object_in_struct);
9180           }
9181           ARCErrReported = true;
9182         }
9183       }
9184       else if (getLangOptions().ObjC1 &&
9185                getLangOptions().getGC() != LangOptions::NonGC &&
9186                Record && !Record->hasObjectMember()) {
9187         if (FD->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType() ||
9188             FD->getType().isObjCGCStrong())
9189           Record->setHasObjectMember(true);
9190         else if (Context.getAsArrayType(FD->getType())) {
9191           QualType BaseType = Context.getBaseElementType(FD->getType());
9192           if (BaseType->isRecordType() &&
9193               BaseType->getAs<RecordType>()->getDecl()->hasObjectMember())
9194             Record->setHasObjectMember(true);
9195           else if (BaseType->isObjCObjectPointerType() ||
9196                    BaseType.isObjCGCStrong())
9197                  Record->setHasObjectMember(true);
9198         }
9199       }
9200     }
9201     // Keep track of the number of named members.
9202     if (FD->getIdentifier())
9203       ++NumNamedMembers;
9204   }
9205 
9206   // Okay, we successfully defined 'Record'.
9207   if (Record) {
9208     bool Completed = false;
9209     if (CXXRecordDecl *CXXRecord = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record)) {
9210       if (!CXXRecord->isInvalidDecl()) {
9211         // Set access bits correctly on the directly-declared conversions.
9212         UnresolvedSetImpl *Convs = CXXRecord->getConversionFunctions();
9213         for (UnresolvedSetIterator I = Convs->begin(), E = Convs->end();
9214              I != E; ++I)
9215           Convs->setAccess(I, (*I)->getAccess());
9216 
9217         if (!CXXRecord->isDependentType()) {
9218           // Objective-C Automatic Reference Counting:
9219           //   If a class has a non-static data member of Objective-C pointer
9220           //   type (or array thereof), it is a non-POD type and its
9221           //   default constructor (if any), copy constructor, copy assignment
9222           //   operator, and destructor are non-trivial.
9223           //
9224           // This rule is also handled by CXXRecordDecl::completeDefinition().
9225           // However, here we check whether this particular class is only
9226           // non-POD because of the presence of an Objective-C pointer member.
9227           // If so, objects of this type cannot be shared between code compiled
9228           // with instant objects and code compiled with manual retain/release.
9229           if (getLangOptions().ObjCAutoRefCount &&
9230               CXXRecord->hasObjectMember() &&
9231               CXXRecord->getLinkage() == ExternalLinkage) {
9232             if (CXXRecord->isPOD()) {
9233               Diag(CXXRecord->getLocation(),
9234                    diag::warn_arc_non_pod_class_with_object_member)
9235                << CXXRecord;
9236             } else {
9237               // FIXME: Fix-Its would be nice here, but finding a good location
9238               // for them is going to be tricky.
9239               if (CXXRecord->hasTrivialCopyConstructor())
9240                 Diag(CXXRecord->getLocation(),
9241                      diag::warn_arc_trivial_member_function_with_object_member)
9242                   << CXXRecord << 0;
9243               if (CXXRecord->hasTrivialCopyAssignment())
9244                 Diag(CXXRecord->getLocation(),
9245                      diag::warn_arc_trivial_member_function_with_object_member)
9246                 << CXXRecord << 1;
9247               if (CXXRecord->hasTrivialDestructor())
9248                 Diag(CXXRecord->getLocation(),
9249                      diag::warn_arc_trivial_member_function_with_object_member)
9250                 << CXXRecord << 2;
9251             }
9252           }
9253 
9254           // Adjust user-defined destructor exception spec.
9255           if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus0x &&
9256               CXXRecord->hasUserDeclaredDestructor())
9257             AdjustDestructorExceptionSpec(CXXRecord,CXXRecord->getDestructor());
9258 
9259           // Add any implicitly-declared members to this class.
9260           AddImplicitlyDeclaredMembersToClass(CXXRecord);
9261 
9262           // If we have virtual base classes, we may end up finding multiple
9263           // final overriders for a given virtual function. Check for this
9264           // problem now.
9265           if (CXXRecord->getNumVBases()) {
9266             CXXFinalOverriderMap FinalOverriders;
9267             CXXRecord->getFinalOverriders(FinalOverriders);
9268 
9269             for (CXXFinalOverriderMap::iterator M = FinalOverriders.begin(),
9270                                              MEnd = FinalOverriders.end();
9271                  M != MEnd; ++M) {
9272               for (OverridingMethods::iterator SO = M->second.begin(),
9273                                             SOEnd = M->second.end();
9274                    SO != SOEnd; ++SO) {
9275                 assert(SO->second.size() > 0 &&
9276                        "Virtual function without overridding functions?");
9277                 if (SO->second.size() == 1)
9278                   continue;
9279 
9280                 // C++ [class.virtual]p2:
9281                 //   In a derived class, if a virtual member function of a base
9282                 //   class subobject has more than one final overrider the
9283                 //   program is ill-formed.
9284                 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::err_multiple_final_overriders)
9285                   << (NamedDecl *)M->first << Record;
9286                 Diag(M->first->getLocation(),
9287                      diag::note_overridden_virtual_function);
9288                 for (OverridingMethods::overriding_iterator
9289                           OM = SO->second.begin(),
9290                        OMEnd = SO->second.end();
9291                      OM != OMEnd; ++OM)
9292                   Diag(OM->Method->getLocation(), diag::note_final_overrider)
9293                     << (NamedDecl *)M->first << OM->Method->getParent();
9294 
9295                 Record->setInvalidDecl();
9296               }
9297             }
9298             CXXRecord->completeDefinition(&FinalOverriders);
9299             Completed = true;
9300           }
9301         }
9302       }
9303     }
9304 
9305     if (!Completed)
9306       Record->completeDefinition();
9307 
9308     // Now that the record is complete, do any delayed exception spec checks
9309     // we were missing.
9310     while (!DelayedDestructorExceptionSpecChecks.empty()) {
9311       const CXXDestructorDecl *Dtor =
9312               DelayedDestructorExceptionSpecChecks.back().first;
9313       if (Dtor->getParent() != Record)
9314         break;
9315 
9316       assert(!Dtor->getParent()->isDependentType() &&
9317           "Should not ever add destructors of templates into the list.");
9318       CheckOverridingFunctionExceptionSpec(Dtor,
9319           DelayedDestructorExceptionSpecChecks.back().second);
9320       DelayedDestructorExceptionSpecChecks.pop_back();
9321     }
9322 
9323   } else {
9324     ObjCIvarDecl **ClsFields =
9325       reinterpret_cast<ObjCIvarDecl**>(RecFields.data());
9326     if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *ID = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) {
9327       ID->setLocEnd(RBrac);
9328       // Add ivar's to class's DeclContext.
9329       for (unsigned i = 0, e = RecFields.size(); i != e; ++i) {
9330         ClsFields[i]->setLexicalDeclContext(ID);
9331         ID->addDecl(ClsFields[i]);
9332       }
9333       // Must enforce the rule that ivars in the base classes may not be
9334       // duplicates.
9335       if (ID->getSuperClass())
9336         DiagnoseDuplicateIvars(ID, ID->getSuperClass());
9337     } else if (ObjCImplementationDecl *IMPDecl =
9338                   dyn_cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) {
9339       assert(IMPDecl && "ActOnFields - missing ObjCImplementationDecl");
9340       for (unsigned I = 0, N = RecFields.size(); I != N; ++I)
9341         // Ivar declared in @implementation never belongs to the implementation.
9342         // Only it is in implementation's lexical context.
9343         ClsFields[I]->setLexicalDeclContext(IMPDecl);
9344       CheckImplementationIvars(IMPDecl, ClsFields, RecFields.size(), RBrac);
9345     } else if (ObjCCategoryDecl *CDecl =
9346                 dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) {
9347       // case of ivars in class extension; all other cases have been
9348       // reported as errors elsewhere.
9349       // FIXME. Class extension does not have a LocEnd field.
9350       // CDecl->setLocEnd(RBrac);
9351       // Add ivar's to class extension's DeclContext.
9352       // Diagnose redeclaration of private ivars.
9353       ObjCInterfaceDecl *IDecl = CDecl->getClassInterface();
9354       for (unsigned i = 0, e = RecFields.size(); i != e; ++i) {
9355         if (IDecl) {
9356           if (const ObjCIvarDecl *ClsIvar =
9357               IDecl->getIvarDecl(ClsFields[i]->getIdentifier())) {
9358             Diag(ClsFields[i]->getLocation(),
9359                  diag::err_duplicate_ivar_declaration);
9360             Diag(ClsIvar->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
9361             continue;
9362           }
9363           for (const ObjCCategoryDecl *ClsExtDecl =
9364                 IDecl->getFirstClassExtension();
9365                ClsExtDecl; ClsExtDecl = ClsExtDecl->getNextClassExtension()) {
9366             if (const ObjCIvarDecl *ClsExtIvar =
9367                 ClsExtDecl->getIvarDecl(ClsFields[i]->getIdentifier())) {
9368               Diag(ClsFields[i]->getLocation(),
9369                    diag::err_duplicate_ivar_declaration);
9370               Diag(ClsExtIvar->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
9371               continue;
9372             }
9373           }
9374         }
9375         ClsFields[i]->setLexicalDeclContext(CDecl);
9376         CDecl->addDecl(ClsFields[i]);
9377       }
9378     }
9379   }
9380 
9381   if (Attr)
9382     ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, Record, Attr);
9383 
9384   // If there's a #pragma GCC visibility in scope, and this isn't a subclass,
9385   // set the visibility of this record.
9386   if (Record && !Record->getDeclContext()->isRecord())
9387     AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(Record);
9388 }
9389 
9390 /// \brief Determine whether the given integral value is representable within
9391 /// the given type T.
9392 static bool isRepresentableIntegerValue(ASTContext &Context,
9393                                         llvm::APSInt &Value,
9394                                         QualType T) {
9395   assert(T->isIntegralType(Context) && "Integral type required!");
9396   unsigned BitWidth = Context.getIntWidth(T);
9397 
9398   if (Value.isUnsigned() || Value.isNonNegative()) {
9399     if (T->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType())
9400       --BitWidth;
9401     return Value.getActiveBits() <= BitWidth;
9402   }
9403   return Value.getMinSignedBits() <= BitWidth;
9404 }
9405 
9406 // \brief Given an integral type, return the next larger integral type
9407 // (or a NULL type of no such type exists).
9408 static QualType getNextLargerIntegralType(ASTContext &Context, QualType T) {
9409   // FIXME: Int128/UInt128 support, which also needs to be introduced into
9410   // enum checking below.
9411   assert(T->isIntegralType(Context) && "Integral type required!");
9412   const unsigned NumTypes = 4;
9413   QualType SignedIntegralTypes[NumTypes] = {
9414     Context.ShortTy, Context.IntTy, Context.LongTy, Context.LongLongTy
9415   };
9416   QualType UnsignedIntegralTypes[NumTypes] = {
9417     Context.UnsignedShortTy, Context.UnsignedIntTy, Context.UnsignedLongTy,
9418     Context.UnsignedLongLongTy
9419   };
9420 
9421   unsigned BitWidth = Context.getTypeSize(T);
9422   QualType *Types = T->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType()? SignedIntegralTypes
9423                                                         : UnsignedIntegralTypes;
9424   for (unsigned I = 0; I != NumTypes; ++I)
9425     if (Context.getTypeSize(Types[I]) > BitWidth)
9426       return Types[I];
9427 
9428   return QualType();
9429 }
9430 
9431 EnumConstantDecl *Sema::CheckEnumConstant(EnumDecl *Enum,
9432                                           EnumConstantDecl *LastEnumConst,
9433                                           SourceLocation IdLoc,
9434                                           IdentifierInfo *Id,
9435                                           Expr *Val) {
9436   unsigned IntWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getIntWidth();
9437   llvm::APSInt EnumVal(IntWidth);
9438   QualType EltTy;
9439 
9440   if (Val && DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(Val, UPPC_EnumeratorValue))
9441     Val = 0;
9442 
9443   if (Val) {
9444     if (Enum->isDependentType() || Val->isTypeDependent())
9445       EltTy = Context.DependentTy;
9446     else {
9447       // C99 6.7.2.2p2: Make sure we have an integer constant expression.
9448       SourceLocation ExpLoc;
9449       if (!Val->isValueDependent() &&
9450           VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(Val, &EnumVal)) {
9451         Val = 0;
9452       } else {
9453         if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
9454           // C99 6.7.2.2p2:
9455           //   The expression that defines the value of an enumeration constant
9456           //   shall be an integer constant expression that has a value
9457           //   representable as an int.
9458 
9459           // Complain if the value is not representable in an int.
9460           if (!isRepresentableIntegerValue(Context, EnumVal, Context.IntTy))
9461             Diag(IdLoc, diag::ext_enum_value_not_int)
9462               << EnumVal.toString(10) << Val->getSourceRange()
9463               << (EnumVal.isUnsigned() || EnumVal.isNonNegative());
9464           else if (!Context.hasSameType(Val->getType(), Context.IntTy)) {
9465             // Force the type of the expression to 'int'.
9466             Val = ImpCastExprToType(Val, Context.IntTy, CK_IntegralCast).take();
9467           }
9468         }
9469 
9470         if (Enum->isFixed()) {
9471           EltTy = Enum->getIntegerType();
9472 
9473           // C++0x [dcl.enum]p5:
9474           //   ... if the initializing value of an enumerator cannot be
9475           //   represented by the underlying type, the program is ill-formed.
9476           if (!isRepresentableIntegerValue(Context, EnumVal, EltTy)) {
9477             if (getLangOptions().MicrosoftExt) {
9478               Diag(IdLoc, diag::ext_enumerator_too_large) << EltTy;
9479               Val = ImpCastExprToType(Val, EltTy, CK_IntegralCast).take();
9480             } else
9481               Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_enumerator_too_large)
9482                 << EltTy;
9483           } else
9484             Val = ImpCastExprToType(Val, EltTy, CK_IntegralCast).take();
9485         }
9486         else {
9487           // C++0x [dcl.enum]p5:
9488           //   If the underlying type is not fixed, the type of each enumerator
9489           //   is the type of its initializing value:
9490           //     - If an initializer is specified for an enumerator, the
9491           //       initializing value has the same type as the expression.
9492           EltTy = Val->getType();
9493         }
9494       }
9495     }
9496   }
9497 
9498   if (!Val) {
9499     if (Enum->isDependentType())
9500       EltTy = Context.DependentTy;
9501     else if (!LastEnumConst) {
9502       // C++0x [dcl.enum]p5:
9503       //   If the underlying type is not fixed, the type of each enumerator
9504       //   is the type of its initializing value:
9505       //     - If no initializer is specified for the first enumerator, the
9506       //       initializing value has an unspecified integral type.
9507       //
9508       // GCC uses 'int' for its unspecified integral type, as does
9509       // C99 6.7.2.2p3.
9510       if (Enum->isFixed()) {
9511         EltTy = Enum->getIntegerType();
9512       }
9513       else {
9514         EltTy = Context.IntTy;
9515       }
9516     } else {
9517       // Assign the last value + 1.
9518       EnumVal = LastEnumConst->getInitVal();
9519       ++EnumVal;
9520       EltTy = LastEnumConst->getType();
9521 
9522       // Check for overflow on increment.
9523       if (EnumVal < LastEnumConst->getInitVal()) {
9524         // C++0x [dcl.enum]p5:
9525         //   If the underlying type is not fixed, the type of each enumerator
9526         //   is the type of its initializing value:
9527         //
9528         //     - Otherwise the type of the initializing value is the same as
9529         //       the type of the initializing value of the preceding enumerator
9530         //       unless the incremented value is not representable in that type,
9531         //       in which case the type is an unspecified integral type
9532         //       sufficient to contain the incremented value. If no such type
9533         //       exists, the program is ill-formed.
9534         QualType T = getNextLargerIntegralType(Context, EltTy);
9535         if (T.isNull() || Enum->isFixed()) {
9536           // There is no integral type larger enough to represent this
9537           // value. Complain, then allow the value to wrap around.
9538           EnumVal = LastEnumConst->getInitVal();
9539           EnumVal = EnumVal.zext(EnumVal.getBitWidth() * 2);
9540           ++EnumVal;
9541           if (Enum->isFixed())
9542             // When the underlying type is fixed, this is ill-formed.
9543             Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_enumerator_wrapped)
9544               << EnumVal.toString(10)
9545               << EltTy;
9546           else
9547             Diag(IdLoc, diag::warn_enumerator_too_large)
9548               << EnumVal.toString(10);
9549         } else {
9550           EltTy = T;
9551         }
9552 
9553         // Retrieve the last enumerator's value, extent that type to the
9554         // type that is supposed to be large enough to represent the incremented
9555         // value, then increment.
9556         EnumVal = LastEnumConst->getInitVal();
9557         EnumVal.setIsSigned(EltTy->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType());
9558         EnumVal = EnumVal.zextOrTrunc(Context.getIntWidth(EltTy));
9559         ++EnumVal;
9560 
9561         // If we're not in C++, diagnose the overflow of enumerator values,
9562         // which in C99 means that the enumerator value is not representable in
9563         // an int (C99 6.7.2.2p2). However, we support GCC's extension that
9564         // permits enumerator values that are representable in some larger
9565         // integral type.
9566         if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && !T.isNull())
9567           Diag(IdLoc, diag::warn_enum_value_overflow);
9568       } else if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus &&
9569                  !isRepresentableIntegerValue(Context, EnumVal, EltTy)) {
9570         // Enforce C99 6.7.2.2p2 even when we compute the next value.
9571         Diag(IdLoc, diag::ext_enum_value_not_int)
9572           << EnumVal.toString(10) << 1;
9573       }
9574     }
9575   }
9576 
9577   if (!EltTy->isDependentType()) {
9578     // Make the enumerator value match the signedness and size of the
9579     // enumerator's type.
9580     EnumVal = EnumVal.zextOrTrunc(Context.getIntWidth(EltTy));
9581     EnumVal.setIsSigned(EltTy->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType());
9582   }
9583 
9584   return EnumConstantDecl::Create(Context, Enum, IdLoc, Id, EltTy,
9585                                   Val, EnumVal);
9586 }
9587 
9588 
9589 Decl *Sema::ActOnEnumConstant(Scope *S, Decl *theEnumDecl, Decl *lastEnumConst,
9590                               SourceLocation IdLoc, IdentifierInfo *Id,
9591                               AttributeList *Attr,
9592                               SourceLocation EqualLoc, Expr *val) {
9593   EnumDecl *TheEnumDecl = cast<EnumDecl>(theEnumDecl);
9594   EnumConstantDecl *LastEnumConst =
9595     cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(lastEnumConst);
9596   Expr *Val = static_cast<Expr*>(val);
9597 
9598   // The scope passed in may not be a decl scope.  Zip up the scope tree until
9599   // we find one that is.
9600   S = getNonFieldDeclScope(S);
9601 
9602   // Verify that there isn't already something declared with this name in this
9603   // scope.
9604   NamedDecl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(S, Id, IdLoc, LookupOrdinaryName,
9605                                          ForRedeclaration);
9606   if (PrevDecl && PrevDecl->isTemplateParameter()) {
9607     // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter.
9608     DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(IdLoc, PrevDecl);
9609     // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration.
9610     PrevDecl = 0;
9611   }
9612 
9613   if (PrevDecl) {
9614     // When in C++, we may get a TagDecl with the same name; in this case the
9615     // enum constant will 'hide' the tag.
9616     assert((getLangOptions().CPlusPlus || !isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl)) &&
9617            "Received TagDecl when not in C++!");
9618     if (!isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl) && isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, CurContext, S)) {
9619       if (isa<EnumConstantDecl>(PrevDecl))
9620         Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_redefinition_of_enumerator) << Id;
9621       else
9622         Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_redefinition) << Id;
9623       Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
9624       return 0;
9625     }
9626   }
9627 
9628   // C++ [class.mem]p13:
9629   //   If T is the name of a class, then each of the following shall have a
9630   //   name different from T:
9631   //     - every enumerator of every member of class T that is an enumerated
9632   //       type
9633   if (CXXRecordDecl *Record
9634                       = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(
9635                              TheEnumDecl->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()))
9636     if (Record->getIdentifier() && Record->getIdentifier() == Id)
9637       Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_member_name_of_class) << Id;
9638 
9639   EnumConstantDecl *New =
9640     CheckEnumConstant(TheEnumDecl, LastEnumConst, IdLoc, Id, Val);
9641 
9642   if (New) {
9643     // Process attributes.
9644     if (Attr) ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, New, Attr);
9645 
9646     // Register this decl in the current scope stack.
9647     New->setAccess(TheEnumDecl->getAccess());
9648     PushOnScopeChains(New, S);
9649   }
9650 
9651   return New;
9652 }
9653 
9654 void Sema::ActOnEnumBody(SourceLocation EnumLoc, SourceLocation LBraceLoc,
9655                          SourceLocation RBraceLoc, Decl *EnumDeclX,
9656                          Decl **Elements, unsigned NumElements,
9657                          Scope *S, AttributeList *Attr) {
9658   EnumDecl *Enum = cast<EnumDecl>(EnumDeclX);
9659   QualType EnumType = Context.getTypeDeclType(Enum);
9660 
9661   if (Attr)
9662     ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, Enum, Attr);
9663 
9664   if (Enum->isDependentType()) {
9665     for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumElements; ++i) {
9666       EnumConstantDecl *ECD =
9667         cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(Elements[i]);
9668       if (!ECD) continue;
9669 
9670       ECD->setType(EnumType);
9671     }
9672 
9673     Enum->completeDefinition(Context.DependentTy, Context.DependentTy, 0, 0);
9674     return;
9675   }
9676 
9677   // TODO: If the result value doesn't fit in an int, it must be a long or long
9678   // long value.  ISO C does not support this, but GCC does as an extension,
9679   // emit a warning.
9680   unsigned IntWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getIntWidth();
9681   unsigned CharWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getCharWidth();
9682   unsigned ShortWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getShortWidth();
9683 
9684   // Verify that all the values are okay, compute the size of the values, and
9685   // reverse the list.
9686   unsigned NumNegativeBits = 0;
9687   unsigned NumPositiveBits = 0;
9688 
9689   // Keep track of whether all elements have type int.
9690   bool AllElementsInt = true;
9691 
9692   for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumElements; ++i) {
9693     EnumConstantDecl *ECD =
9694       cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(Elements[i]);
9695     if (!ECD) continue;  // Already issued a diagnostic.
9696 
9697     const llvm::APSInt &InitVal = ECD->getInitVal();
9698 
9699     // Keep track of the size of positive and negative values.
9700     if (InitVal.isUnsigned() || InitVal.isNonNegative())
9701       NumPositiveBits = std::max(NumPositiveBits,
9702                                  (unsigned)InitVal.getActiveBits());
9703     else
9704       NumNegativeBits = std::max(NumNegativeBits,
9705                                  (unsigned)InitVal.getMinSignedBits());
9706 
9707     // Keep track of whether every enum element has type int (very commmon).
9708     if (AllElementsInt)
9709       AllElementsInt = ECD->getType() == Context.IntTy;
9710   }
9711 
9712   // Figure out the type that should be used for this enum.
9713   QualType BestType;
9714   unsigned BestWidth;
9715 
9716   // C++0x N3000 [conv.prom]p3:
9717   //   An rvalue of an unscoped enumeration type whose underlying
9718   //   type is not fixed can be converted to an rvalue of the first
9719   //   of the following types that can represent all the values of
9720   //   the enumeration: int, unsigned int, long int, unsigned long
9721   //   int, long long int, or unsigned long long int.
9722   // C99 6.4.4.3p2:
9723   //   An identifier declared as an enumeration constant has type int.
9724   // The C99 rule is modified by a gcc extension
9725   QualType BestPromotionType;
9726 
9727   bool Packed = Enum->getAttr<PackedAttr>() ? true : false;
9728   // -fshort-enums is the equivalent to specifying the packed attribute on all
9729   // enum definitions.
9730   if (LangOpts.ShortEnums)
9731     Packed = true;
9732 
9733   if (Enum->isFixed()) {
9734     BestType = Enum->getIntegerType();
9735     if (BestType->isPromotableIntegerType())
9736       BestPromotionType = Context.getPromotedIntegerType(BestType);
9737     else
9738       BestPromotionType = BestType;
9739     // We don't need to set BestWidth, because BestType is going to be the type
9740     // of the enumerators, but we do anyway because otherwise some compilers
9741     // warn that it might be used uninitialized.
9742     BestWidth = CharWidth;
9743   }
9744   else if (NumNegativeBits) {
9745     // If there is a negative value, figure out the smallest integer type (of
9746     // int/long/longlong) that fits.
9747     // If it's packed, check also if it fits a char or a short.
9748     if (Packed && NumNegativeBits <= CharWidth && NumPositiveBits < CharWidth) {
9749       BestType = Context.SignedCharTy;
9750       BestWidth = CharWidth;
9751     } else if (Packed && NumNegativeBits <= ShortWidth &&
9752                NumPositiveBits < ShortWidth) {
9753       BestType = Context.ShortTy;
9754       BestWidth = ShortWidth;
9755     } else if (NumNegativeBits <= IntWidth && NumPositiveBits < IntWidth) {
9756       BestType = Context.IntTy;
9757       BestWidth = IntWidth;
9758     } else {
9759       BestWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getLongWidth();
9760 
9761       if (NumNegativeBits <= BestWidth && NumPositiveBits < BestWidth) {
9762         BestType = Context.LongTy;
9763       } else {
9764         BestWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getLongLongWidth();
9765 
9766         if (NumNegativeBits > BestWidth || NumPositiveBits >= BestWidth)
9767           Diag(Enum->getLocation(), diag::warn_enum_too_large);
9768         BestType = Context.LongLongTy;
9769       }
9770     }
9771     BestPromotionType = (BestWidth <= IntWidth ? Context.IntTy : BestType);
9772   } else {
9773     // If there is no negative value, figure out the smallest type that fits
9774     // all of the enumerator values.
9775     // If it's packed, check also if it fits a char or a short.
9776     if (Packed && NumPositiveBits <= CharWidth) {
9777       BestType = Context.UnsignedCharTy;
9778       BestPromotionType = Context.IntTy;
9779       BestWidth = CharWidth;
9780     } else if (Packed && NumPositiveBits <= ShortWidth) {
9781       BestType = Context.UnsignedShortTy;
9782       BestPromotionType = Context.IntTy;
9783       BestWidth = ShortWidth;
9784     } else if (NumPositiveBits <= IntWidth) {
9785       BestType = Context.UnsignedIntTy;
9786       BestWidth = IntWidth;
9787       BestPromotionType
9788         = (NumPositiveBits == BestWidth || !getLangOptions().CPlusPlus)
9789                            ? Context.UnsignedIntTy : Context.IntTy;
9790     } else if (NumPositiveBits <=
9791                (BestWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getLongWidth())) {
9792       BestType = Context.UnsignedLongTy;
9793       BestPromotionType
9794         = (NumPositiveBits == BestWidth || !getLangOptions().CPlusPlus)
9795                            ? Context.UnsignedLongTy : Context.LongTy;
9796     } else {
9797       BestWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getLongLongWidth();
9798       assert(NumPositiveBits <= BestWidth &&
9799              "How could an initializer get larger than ULL?");
9800       BestType = Context.UnsignedLongLongTy;
9801       BestPromotionType
9802         = (NumPositiveBits == BestWidth || !getLangOptions().CPlusPlus)
9803                            ? Context.UnsignedLongLongTy : Context.LongLongTy;
9804     }
9805   }
9806 
9807   // Loop over all of the enumerator constants, changing their types to match
9808   // the type of the enum if needed.
9809   for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumElements; ++i) {
9810     EnumConstantDecl *ECD = cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(Elements[i]);
9811     if (!ECD) continue;  // Already issued a diagnostic.
9812 
9813     // Standard C says the enumerators have int type, but we allow, as an
9814     // extension, the enumerators to be larger than int size.  If each
9815     // enumerator value fits in an int, type it as an int, otherwise type it the
9816     // same as the enumerator decl itself.  This means that in "enum { X = 1U }"
9817     // that X has type 'int', not 'unsigned'.
9818 
9819     // Determine whether the value fits into an int.
9820     llvm::APSInt InitVal = ECD->getInitVal();
9821 
9822     // If it fits into an integer type, force it.  Otherwise force it to match
9823     // the enum decl type.
9824     QualType NewTy;
9825     unsigned NewWidth;
9826     bool NewSign;
9827     if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus &&
9828         !Enum->isFixed() &&
9829         isRepresentableIntegerValue(Context, InitVal, Context.IntTy)) {
9830       NewTy = Context.IntTy;
9831       NewWidth = IntWidth;
9832       NewSign = true;
9833     } else if (ECD->getType() == BestType) {
9834       // Already the right type!
9835       if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus)
9836         // C++ [dcl.enum]p4: Following the closing brace of an
9837         // enum-specifier, each enumerator has the type of its
9838         // enumeration.
9839         ECD->setType(EnumType);
9840       continue;
9841     } else {
9842       NewTy = BestType;
9843       NewWidth = BestWidth;
9844       NewSign = BestType->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType();
9845     }
9846 
9847     // Adjust the APSInt value.
9848     InitVal = InitVal.extOrTrunc(NewWidth);
9849     InitVal.setIsSigned(NewSign);
9850     ECD->setInitVal(InitVal);
9851 
9852     // Adjust the Expr initializer and type.
9853     if (ECD->getInitExpr() &&
9854         !Context.hasSameType(NewTy, ECD->getInitExpr()->getType()))
9855       ECD->setInitExpr(ImplicitCastExpr::Create(Context, NewTy,
9856                                                 CK_IntegralCast,
9857                                                 ECD->getInitExpr(),
9858                                                 /*base paths*/ 0,
9859                                                 VK_RValue));
9860     if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus)
9861       // C++ [dcl.enum]p4: Following the closing brace of an
9862       // enum-specifier, each enumerator has the type of its
9863       // enumeration.
9864       ECD->setType(EnumType);
9865     else
9866       ECD->setType(NewTy);
9867   }
9868 
9869   Enum->completeDefinition(BestType, BestPromotionType,
9870                            NumPositiveBits, NumNegativeBits);
9871 }
9872 
9873 Decl *Sema::ActOnFileScopeAsmDecl(Expr *expr,
9874                                   SourceLocation StartLoc,
9875                                   SourceLocation EndLoc) {
9876   StringLiteral *AsmString = cast<StringLiteral>(expr);
9877 
9878   FileScopeAsmDecl *New = FileScopeAsmDecl::Create(Context, CurContext,
9879                                                    AsmString, StartLoc,
9880                                                    EndLoc);
9881   CurContext->addDecl(New);
9882   return New;
9883 }
9884 
9885 DeclResult Sema::ActOnModuleImport(SourceLocation ImportLoc,
9886                                    IdentifierInfo &ModuleName,
9887                                    SourceLocation ModuleNameLoc) {
9888   ModuleKey Module = PP.getModuleLoader().loadModule(ImportLoc,
9889                                                      ModuleName, ModuleNameLoc);
9890   if (!Module)
9891     return true;
9892 
9893   // FIXME: Actually create a declaration to describe the module import.
9894   (void)Module;
9895   return DeclResult((Decl *)0);
9896 }
9897 
9898 void
9899 Sema::diagnoseModulePrivateRedeclaration(NamedDecl *New, NamedDecl *Old,
9900                                          SourceLocation ModulePrivateKeyword) {
9901   assert(!Old->isModulePrivate() && "Old is module-private!");
9902 
9903   Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_follows_public)
9904     << New->getDeclName() << SourceRange(ModulePrivateKeyword);
9905   Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration)
9906     << Old->getDeclName();
9907 
9908   // Drop the __module_private__ from the new declaration, since it's invalid.
9909   New->setModulePrivate(false);
9910 }
9911 
9912 void Sema::ActOnPragmaWeakID(IdentifierInfo* Name,
9913                              SourceLocation PragmaLoc,
9914                              SourceLocation NameLoc) {
9915   Decl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(TUScope, Name, NameLoc, LookupOrdinaryName);
9916 
9917   if (PrevDecl) {
9918     PrevDecl->addAttr(::new (Context) WeakAttr(PragmaLoc, Context));
9919   } else {
9920     (void)WeakUndeclaredIdentifiers.insert(
9921       std::pair<IdentifierInfo*,WeakInfo>
9922         (Name, WeakInfo((IdentifierInfo*)0, NameLoc)));
9923   }
9924 }
9925 
9926 void Sema::ActOnPragmaWeakAlias(IdentifierInfo* Name,
9927                                 IdentifierInfo* AliasName,
9928                                 SourceLocation PragmaLoc,
9929                                 SourceLocation NameLoc,
9930                                 SourceLocation AliasNameLoc) {
9931   Decl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(TUScope, AliasName, AliasNameLoc,
9932                                     LookupOrdinaryName);
9933   WeakInfo W = WeakInfo(Name, NameLoc);
9934 
9935   if (PrevDecl) {
9936     if (!PrevDecl->hasAttr<AliasAttr>())
9937       if (NamedDecl *ND = dyn_cast<NamedDecl>(PrevDecl))
9938         DeclApplyPragmaWeak(TUScope, ND, W);
9939   } else {
9940     (void)WeakUndeclaredIdentifiers.insert(
9941       std::pair<IdentifierInfo*,WeakInfo>(AliasName, W));
9942   }
9943 }
9944 
9945 Decl *Sema::getObjCDeclContext() const {
9946   return (dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCContainerDecl>(CurContext));
9947 }
9948 
9949 AvailabilityResult Sema::getCurContextAvailability() const {
9950   const Decl *D = cast<Decl>(getCurLexicalContext());
9951   // A category implicitly has the availability of the interface.
9952   if (const ObjCCategoryDecl *CatD = dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(D))
9953     D = CatD->getClassInterface();
9954 
9955   return D->getAvailability();
9956 }
9957